Chatvi AP45

43 10/A300 System FlightManagement Pilot'sGuide
FMS Guideis 1 Revision to the HoneywellA3l0/A300 Pilot's describing documentation to the intended provide bestpossible FMS. of the operation the A310/A300 of 1 is by Revision material denoted a bar ( l) in the margin the quality service. page.lt remains goalto provide and our Pilot'sGuideOwnerPleaseNote: mailing for list lf you arenotalready the Honeywell on publication if you havea change of OR revisions this to please with call602-436-3172 thefollowing address, information: (lower CoverPage) rightcorner Number YourPublication Name Airline Name Company or YourFullName(lastnamefirst- please) Address Current Complete Telephone Number registration enclosed. card OR you mayusethe convenient

Honeywell
Helping You Control Your World

c2&3641-06-01 Decemebe|t993 Printed in U.S.A. @1993HoneywellInc.

$25.00 Rev 1 Dec/93 p.1

Chatvi AP45

p.2

Chatvi AP45

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

List of RevisedPages
PAGE NO. REV

Title Page Rev1 *oI" Proprietary Table Contents of
i ii iii iv
V VI

STATUS 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

NO. PAGE 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21

Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1

12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93

sEcTroN 3
&i 3-ii 3-iii 3-iv 3-1 SECTION 3.1 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

vii viii

1 sEcTroN
1-1 1-2 1-3 14 1-5 16 1-7

*1t

12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

2 sEcTroN
2-i 2-1 2-2 2-3 24 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11t12 2-13t14 2-'t5t16 2-17 1t92 1192 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93

Rev 1

3 .1 - i 3 .1 - ii 3.1-1 3 .1 - 2 3 .1 - 3 3 .1 4 3 .1 - 5 3 .1 - 6 3 .1 - 7 3 .1 - 8 3.1-9 3 .1 - 10 3.1-11 3.1-12 3 .1 - 13 3.1-14 3 .1 - 15 3 .1 - 16 3.1-17 3 .1 - 18 3 .1 - 19 3.1-20 3.1-21 3.1-22 3.1-23 3.1-24

n*f Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1

*l'
Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1

1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1192 1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 12i93 12t93 12t93
p.3

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
PAGE NO. SECTION (cont) 3.1 3.1-25 3.1-26 3.1-27 3.1-28 3.1-29 3.1-30 3. 1-3 1 3.1-32 3.1-33 3.1-U 3.1-35 3.1-36 3.1-37 3.1-38 3.1-39 3.1-40 3.141 3.142 3.143 3. 14 3.1-45 3. 146 3. 147 3.148 3.149 3.1-50 3 . 1 -5 1 3.1-52 3.1-53 3.1-il 3.1-55 3.1-56 3.1-57 3.1-58 3.1-59 3.1€0 3.1€1 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12/93 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1?i93 1?i93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 PAGENO. 3.1-62 3 .1 € 3 3.1€4 3.1-65 3 .1 € 6 3.1-67 3 .1 € 8 3.1-69 3.1-70 3.1-71 3.1-72 3.1-73 3.1-74 REV Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1

Chatvi AP45

n *f Rev1

neuf
Rev 1

12t93 1t92 12t93 12i93 1293 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 1iJ93 12i93

*l'
neu f
Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1

sEcroN 3.2
3.2-i 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.24 3.2-5 3.2-6 3.2-7 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-12 3.2-13 3.2-',t4 3.2-15 3.2-16 3.2-17 3.2-18 3.2-19 3.2-20 3.2-21 3.2-22 3.2-23
Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1

*1'

nev f

Rev1 Rev1

Rev1 Rev1 Rev1

n *f

1t92 12t93 12/93 12t93 1t92 12t93 12t93 12/93 1i/93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 1t92 1192 1t92 1?/93 12t93 1t92 12t93

p.4

B

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
PAGE NO. STATUS PAGENO. SECTION 34 3.4-i 3.4-1 3.4-2 3.4-3 3.44 3.4-5 3.4-6 3.4-7 3.4-8 3.4-9 3.4-10 3.4-11 3.4-12 3.4-13 3.4-14 3.4-15 3.4-16 3.4-17 3.4-18 3.4-19 3.4-20 3.4-21 3.4-22 3.4-23 3.4-24 3.4-25 3.4-26 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 neu f Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1
:' Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 SECTION3.5

Chatvi AP45

3.2 SEGTION (cont) 3.2-24 3.2-25 3.2-26 3.2-27 3.2-28 3.2-29 3.2-30 Rev1 Rev1 12t93 1t92 12t93 1t92 12t93 1t92 12t93

n*f
Rev1

1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1z93

1t92
12,93 1t92 12t93 1t92 12t93 1z93 12t93 12/93 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 1z93 1U93 1t92 1t92 12t93

sEcTroN 3.3
3.3-i 3.3-1 3.3-2 3.3-3 3.34 3.3-5 3.36 3.3-7 3.3-8 3.3-9 3.3-10 3.3-11 3.3-12 3.3-13 3.3-14 3.3-15 3.3-16 3.3-17 3.3-18 3.3-19 3.3-20 3.3-21 3.3-22 3.3-23 3.3-24 3.3-25 3.3-26 3.3-27 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 1t92 1z93 12t93 1z93 12/93 1z93 1?/93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1z93 12t93 12t93 1A93 12t93 1i/93 12t93 1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1t92

3.5-i 3.5-1 3.5-2 3.5-3 3.54 3.5-5 3.55 3.5-7

Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1

1t92 12/93 12t93 1t92 12t93 12t93 12/93 1t92

p.5

A3'O FMS PILOT'S OUTDE
PAGE NO. SEGTION (cont) 3.5 3.5-8 Rev1 12/93 3.s-9 Rev1 1?,93 3,5-10 Rev1 12y93 3. 5-1 1 Rev1 12t93 3.5-12 1t92 3.$13 Rev1 12t93 3.5-14 Rev1 12t93 3.5-15 Rev1 12t93 3.5-16 1t92 3.5-17 Rev1 1?/93 3.5-18 1t92
SECTION 3.6

Chatvi AP45

PAGE NO.

STATUS

sEcTroN 3.8
3 .8 .1 Rev1 SECTION 4 12/93

+2

4-i 4-1

n *f
Rev1
.:'

4-3 44 4-5 4-6

+7

1t92 12/93 12t93 1z93 1192 1t92 1t92 1t92
12193 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92

4-8 1t92 1t92 12t93 12t93 1t92 12t93 12t93 12/93 1t92 1?/93 12t93 12t93 1t92
4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12

Rev 1 Rev 1

3.6-i 3.6-1 3.6-2 3.6-3 3.64 3.6-5 3.6€ 3.6-7 3.6€ 3,6-9 3.6-10 3.6-11 3.6-12

Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1

SECTION5 5-i 5-1 *2 5-3 54 5-5 5€ 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11

SECTION 3.7 3.7-i 3.7-1 3.7-2 3.7-3 3.74 3.7-5 3.7-6 3.7-7 3.7-8 3.7-9

neu f Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1
Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1

n* l
Rev1

1t92 12t93 1'/93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

1t92 1t92 12t93 1z93 1?,93 12/93 12/93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1?/93 12t93

sEcTroN 6
6-i 6-1 6-2 6-3 64 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92
p.6

D

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
PAGE NO. SEGTION (cont) 6 1?/93 Rev1 12t93 Rev1 1192 1t92 _ 1t92 1192 Rev1 12t93 1192 12t93 neu f 12t93 Rev1 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 PAGENO. REV 7(cont) SEGTION 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-33 7-U 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38 7-39 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747

Chatvi AP45

6-5 6€ 6-7 &8 6-9 6-10 6 - 11 6-12 6 - 13 6-14 6-15 6 - 16 6-17 6 - 18

*l'
Rev 1 Rev 1

7 sEcTtoN
7-i 7-1 7-2 7-3 74 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7 - 12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7- 1 7 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21

*i'
*it
n"f
Rev 1

1192 12t93 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

Rev1

1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12/93 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

SECTION 8
8-i 8-1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1 Rev 1

t2 8-3 84 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9

1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 1t92 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 1293
p.7

ASIO FMS PILOVS GUTDE
PAGE NO. REV STATUS PAGE NO. REV

Chatvi AP45

STATUS

SEGTION (cont) 8 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 APPENDICES 1t92 APPENDIXA A-1 A-2 A-3 A4 A-5 A€ A-7 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92 1t92 12J93 12t93 12/93 12/93 12t93 1i/93

APPENDXC

c-1 c-2 c-3 c4 c-5

c€

C-T

c-8 c-9 c-10 c-11
APPENDIX D D-'1 D-2 D-3 D4 D-5

1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

Rev1

Rev 1

1t92 1t92 1t92 12t93 1t92

APPENDIX B

B-1 B-2 B-3 84 B-5 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11

1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92 1t92

E-1 E-2 E-3 E4 E-5 E€ E-7 E€ E-9 E -1 0 E-11 E-12 E -1 3 E-14 E -1 s E-16 E-17

APPENDX E Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1 Rev1

12t93 12t93 12i93 12t93 12t93 1A93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12t93 12i93 12t93 12/93 12t93 12t93
p.8

F

Chatvi AP45

A.3 10/4300-600 System FlightManagement Pilot'sGuide
FMS as aid ThisHoneywell Pilot's Guidewaswritten atraining tothe in System the A310/A300-600 operation the FlightManagement of list check ln be aircraft. nocasewillthisguide usedas anauthorized procedural replacing or other FAA certifying authority approved aid or Flight Operations Honeywell flightmanuals checklists.Contact or questions, related with Pilots 602-436-1446 anyaircrew at Programs problems, comments. or

Honepvell
Helping You Control Your World

c2&3641-06-0l December1993 Printed in U.S.A. Inc. @1993 Honeywell

$25.00 Rev 1 Dec/93
p.9

Chatvi AP45

PROPRIETARY NOTICE hereinare proprietary This document the information and disclosed nor data of Honeywell Inc. Neither this document the information contained hereinshallbe reproduced, used,or disclosed others to without written the lnc., for authorization Honeywell except training of on recipient's equipment. NOTTCEFREEDOM INFORMATION (5 USC552) AND OF ACT DISCLOSURE CONFIDENTIAL OF INFORMATION GENERALLY (1 8U S C1 e 0 5 ) Thisdocument being is furnished confidence Honeywell The Inc. in by (bX4)of 5 USC information disclosed herein fallswithinexcemption 552andthe prohibitions 18 USC1905. of

p.10

Chatvi AP45

TABLEOF CONTENTS

1.0 GENERALOVERVIEW 1 . 1 FM S CO MP ONE NTS

PAGE 1-1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -2

.................1- 2 1 . 1 . 1 C o ntro l n dD i sp l aU n i t y a .................1- 2 1 . 1 . 2 F l i g hC o n tro l n i t.......... t U 1 . 1 . 3 E l e ctro nFc i g hIn stru meS t .................1- 2 il t n ystem ......... 3 11 . 1 .3 .1 F D......... P .........1- 3 1 . 1 .3 .2 D ............ N .......-3 1 1.1.4 Autothrottle System C 1 . 2 S Y S T EM ON F IGU R A T ION 1 . 2 . 1 O p e ra ti o nMo d e s al 1 . 2 .1 .1 u a lMo d e D 1 . 2 .1 .2 d e p e n d eMo d e In nt 2 . 0 c D U O VE R V IE W ...1- 5 ........ 6 1.........1- 6 ..............1- 7 .....................2- 1

....................2- 2 2 . 1 c D U KE Y B OA R D ...............2- 3 2 . 1 . 1D i s pl a ............ y ....2-4 2.1.2LineSelect Keys(LSK) ..............2- 4 2 . 1 . 3BR TK n o b........ ............2- 4 2 . 1 . 4F u n cti oa n dMo d eK e ys(R e ctangular ) n ..................2- 6 2 . 1 . 5A n nu n ci a to rs ...2- 6 2 . 1 . 6N u me riK e ys(R o u n d ) c (S q u a re ) ......2- 7 2 . 1 . 7Al p ha e ys K ..............2- 7 2 . 1 . 8C L RK e y........... F 2. 2 C D UPA G E OR MA T S 2 . 3 c D U C O N C E POF P A G1 N G.............. T S T 2. 4 W AY P O INF OR MA T .............. ............,2.8 .......2- 10

...............2- 17

p.11

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
3 . 0 F L I G H T H 4 S E S .................. P

Chatvi AP45

.....................3- 1

3 . 1 P R E F L T GH T ............3.1- 1 3 . 1 . 1 Po we r-u-pA i rcra ft ta tu s a ge P ......................3.1- 1 S 3 . 1 . 1 .1 a taB a seS e l e cti o n D ..........3.1- 2 3.1.2 lnitialization ..3.1 -3 3 . 1 . 2 .1N l TA P a g e ......... l ...............3.1- 3 3.1- 10 3 . 1 . 2 .2 o u te e l e cti oP a g e ........ R S n 3.1- 11 3 . 1 . 2 .3N l TB P a 9 e ......... l 3.1- 15 P Wa 3 . 1 . 2 .4 se u d o yp o i n ts 3.1- 17 3 . 1 . 3F l i g h P l a n n i n g t 3.1-20 3.1.3.1 Waypoint Stringing Lateral Revisions.. 3.1-20 3.1.3.2 ..31-24 Selection 3.1.3.2,1 SID/RWY .3.1-26 3.1.3.2.2 WPT/NAVAID Entry 3 .1 .3 .2 .3 E WWA Y P OINT N F u n cti o n .3.1- 27 P 3.1- 28 3 .1 .3 .2 .4IR WA Y S a g e......... A .3 ..3.1- 30 3 .1 .2 .5 O R T E C 3.1.3.2.6 Waypoint Insertion/ F-PLN andB Pages A 3.1-30 Deletion on 3.1.3.2.7 Waypoint F-PLN andB Pages 3.1-31 A F-PLN 3.1.3.2.8 Discontinuity ..3.1-33 - Purpose/Clearing 3 . 1 . 3 .3 -P L N P a g e F A ..3.1- 34 ..3.1- 37 3 . 1 . 3 .4 -P L N P a g e F B 3.1.3.5 VERTICAL Revisions 3.1-38 TimeConstraint 3.1.3.5.1 Entry 3.1-39 .3 3.1 .5 .2 p e e d o n straint y.............. S C Entr 3.1- 43 3.1 .3.5.2.1 Vertical Revision P a g e sA&B 3.1- 45 3 .1 .5 .2 .2 p e e d .3 S Limit ................. 3.1- 49 3.1 .3.5.2.3 Thrust Reduction A l ti tu d e .......3.1- 50 3.1 .3.5.2.4 Acceleration A l ti tu d e ....... - 50 3.1 Entr ............ 51 3.13 .1 .3 .5 .3l ti tu d C o n straint y A e 3.1.3.5.3.1 Altitude/ Step P re d i ction .......... - 53 Page 3.1
p.12

Rev 1 Dec/93

Chatvi AP45

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
IMM 3 .1 .3 .5.3.1.1 CLB/IMM DES............- 61 3.1 ...3.1-62 3.1.3.5.4 Wind/Temperature 3.1-64 Modes 3.1.3.5.5 Performance 3 .1 .3 .5 .5 S tra tegic .1 Page......... 3.1- 65 Mo d e Mode 3.1.3.5.5.2 Tactical .3.1- 67 P a g e........ 3 . 1.3 .6 l i g hP l a nC h e ck............... F t 3.1- 71 3 . 1.3 .7 o p yA cti ve ............... C 3.1- 74 3 . 1 . 4T r a n si ti o n T a ke o ff h a se .,..... to P ......3.1- 74 3 . 2 T 4 K E O F F ........ ...32- 1 ... F ....3.2- 2 3 . 2 . 1 T AK E OF P a g e ........ T F 3 . 2.1 .1 A K E OF P A GE CARS A Uplink .........3.2- 7 THR RED/ACCEL 3.2.1.2 Altitudes 3.2-10 3.2.2 Departure Runway Change 3.2-11 3.2.3 SpeedChanges 3.2-13 3 . 2 . 4 G W a n dC G U p d a te ......32- 15 3.2.5 Manual NAVRadio Tuning 3.2-16 3 . 2 . 6 PR OG a g e ........ P 3.2- 17 FMCPosition 3.2.6.1 Update 3.2-21 3.2.6.2 NAVAID Tuning 3.2-22 FuelPrediction 3.2.6.3 Page 3.2-24 ............ 3.2.6.4 Bearing/Distance To 3.2-26 3.2.7TakeoffRoll ..3.2-26 Position 3.2.7.1 Update 3.2-26 F 3 . 2.7 .2 MAIn d i ca ti o n s ......... ........3.2- 26 3.2.7.3 NAV Engagement 3.2-28 P 3 . 2.7 .4 ro fi l e n g a g e me nt.............. 3.2- 30 E 3.2.8Transition CLIMB to Phase 3.2-30 3.3CLTMB ...3.3- 1 To 3.3.1Return Autotuning .....3.3-4 3.3.2 Emergency Return NewDestination D e fi n e d ........3.3- 5 E ...............3.3- 6 3 . 3.2 .1 n g i n e t P a g e Ou 3 .3 .2 .1 .1O F -P L N a ges E P .....3.3- 8 3 .3 .2 .1 .2O S tra te g i c E Mode Page ...........3.3- 10
p.13

ASIO FMS PILOVS OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

3.3.2.1.3 DriftDownSituational EO Mo d e .......3.3- 12 3 . 3 . 2 .2 e wR o u te o ............ N ........3.3- 16 T 3 . 3 . 3C l i m b rfo rma n C h a n g e Pe ce ...........,.. 3.3- 18 3 . 3 . 3 .1 a cti ca l d e T Mo ...3.3- 19 3.3.3.2 Strategic Mode .3.3-21 3.3.4 Direct NAV to 3.3-22 3.3.5Transition Cruise 3.3-27 to Phase ..................3.4- 1 3. 4 c R U t s E ..........3.4- 1 3 . 4 . 1Si t u a ti o nMo d e s al IMMD E SMo d e ..................3.4- 2 3 . 4 . 1 .1 ......3.4- 3 3 . 4 . 1 .2 e ce Mo d e D l ..................3.4- 5 3 . 4 . 1 .3 IMMC L BMo d e Mode.....3.4-7 3.4.1.4 Engine DriftDown(D/D) Out ..............3.4- 8 3 . 4 . 2C R ZA L TC h a n g e s............. 3 . 4 . 3C r u i s e e rfo rma n C h a n g e ............... 3.4- 10 P ce Wi i 3.4- 12 3 . 4 . 3 .1 n dE n tryn C ru i se 3.4.4 Parallel 3.4-15 Offsets 3.4.5FuelPredictions 3.4-18 3.4.6Descent Preparations ......... 3.4-19 ........3.4-20 3.4.6.1 RWY/STAR Selection 3.4.6.2RWYChange 3.4-23 Option 3.4.6.3DES Forecast Page 3.4-24 3.4.7Transition Descent to Phase 3.4-26 ..............3.5- 1 3.5 DESCENT 3.5.1Descent Vertical Profile Guidance ...3.5-1 V 3 . 5 . 2D e s c en t e rti ca l e vi si o n s R ..............3.5- 6 3.5.2.1 MAXDESTactical Mode ....3.5-8 3.5.3AlongTrackOffsets .......3.5-8 3 . 5 . 3 .1 T O Wa yp o i n ts......... A .........3.5- 8 3 . 5 . 4H o l d i n g ............ 3.5- 10 P 3 . 5 . 4 .1 o l d i n g a tte rn yp e s H T .......3.5- 10 3 . 5 . 4 .2 o l dP a g e H ........3.5- 11 3 . 5 . 4 .3 o l d i n g a tte rn xi t........... H P E 3.5- 17 3 . 5 . 5T r a n s i ti o n A p p ro a ch h a se To P ....,...3.5- 18

p.14

Chatvi AP45

A31O FMS PILOVS

GUTDE

...............3.6- 1 3 . 6 AP P R O A C H .............. ..............3.6- 1 3 . 6 . 1A p pro a ch a g e P .............3.6- 4 3 . 6 . 2F MAIn d i ca ti o n s ............3.6- 6 T 3 . 6 . 3Pr o ce d u reu rn s 3.6PROCT............. 6 P S 3 . 6.3 .1 ro ce d u rep e ci fi ed 3.6PROCT.............. 7 Ma l 3 . 6.3 .2 n u aT e rmi n a ti on Phase ......3.6-12 3.6.4Transition Go-Around To

3 .7

3.8 4.0
4 .1

4.2 4.3 AUTOMATTC NTNG U 4 . 4 M AN U AT U N IN G L 5 . 0 o VE R V T E W DA B 5 . 1 P E R F O RMA N C E T A A S E . . ........4- 10 ..4- 11 ........5- 1 ..................5- 1
p.15

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
5 . 2 NAVIGATION DATABASE 5 . 2 . 1 N a m i n g o n ve n ti o n s............... C 5 . 2 . 1 .1 i x l d e n ti fi e rs.............. F 5 . 3 D A T A A S E OA D E R B L 5 . 3 . 1L o a d e Op e ra ti o n ............... r 5 . 3 . 1 .1 a taB a seC ro ssl o a d D

Chatvi AP45

......5-1 ........5- 2 ........5- 2

.............5- 8 ..............5- 8 .........5- 10

..................6- 1 6. 1 t R SD ES C R T P T T ON 6 . 1 . 1l n e r t i al yste ms i sp l aU n i t(IS DU) S D y ......... ......6- 1 6 . 1 . 2 M o d e e l e ct n i t(MS U ) S U .................6- 2 6 . 1 . 3 O n t h e -Gro u n di sp l a ys D ............. ....6- 3 Ac t i o n o d e s 6.1.4 C .................6- 5 g 6 . 1 . 5 F l a s h i nA n n u n ci a to............. rs .......6- 5 P 6 . 2 o PE R A T I NGR OC E D U R E S ...................6- 6 6 . 2 . 1 I R SM o d e s . .6- 6 6 . 2 . 2 N a v i ga ti o n d e S yste m u rn- On Mo T ................6- 6 6 2 . 3 T e s t. ........ ....6- 8 6 . 2 . 4 I R SI ni ti a l i za ti o n ......... .. .6- 9 6 . 3 L AT I T U D E /L ON GIT U D E R T IONS IN S E PROBLEM S.. 1 6.1 6 . 4 PROBLEMS AFTER LATITUDE/LONGITUDE H A V E E N C C E P T E D .............. BE A ............6- 13

6 .s N A VM O D E 3 -MIN U TR E A L IGN E OPTION .............6- 13 n 6 . 5 . 1 R e a l i g Op ti o n ro b l e ms P
6 . 6 A T T I T U DMOD E E 6.7 oFF MODE

................6- 14 ,.6- 15 ............6- 17 .......6- 18 ...6- 18 ................6- 18
p.16

6 . 8 S Y S T EM P E R A T |ONT A GR A.............................. O D M 6- 1 8

6 . 8 . 1 O f fM od e S yste m u rnOff.... T 6 . 8 . 2 N AVMo d e 6 . 8 . 3 At t i t u d Mo d e e

Rev 1 Dec/93

vt

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE AL S 7 . 0 A D D T T ION F E A T U R E.........

Chatvi AP45

.................7.1

...............7- 1 7 . 1 S E C o ND A RF -P L N Y .........7- 2 X 7 . 1 . 1 S E CT N D E P a g e ..............7- 3 7 . 1 . 2 S E CF -P L N a g e a n dB P A ......7- 5 P age 7 . 1 . 3 S E CF U E L R E D IC T ION P ....7- 6 7 . 1 . 4 S E C ON D A R Y MOD E a g e........ P ..........7- 7 7 . 1 . 5 S E CD E SF OR E C A SP a ge T |N ...............7- 9 7 . 2 R E F ER E N C E D E X 7.2.1 Defined Waypoints ...,....7-10 7.2.1.1LoadingA/erifying Waypoints Oceanic 7-14 7.2.2 WAYPOINTS/NEW WAYPOINTS Page..........7-16 7 . 2 . 3 C lo se st i rp o rts A .............7- 19 7 . 2 . 4 S E N S OR T A T U S a g e P S ........ ........7- 20 7.2.5 DEFINED NAVAIDS/NEW NAVAIDS Page ......7-22 7.2.6 ACARS ............ ..............7- 24 7 .2 .6 .1 C A R S a g e ........ A P .............7- 24 Page 7. 2 .6 .2 C A R S A K E OF F A T ......... .............7 - 26 7.2.6.3 ACARSMessages . .... ....7-30 (MU 7.2.6.3.1 Uplink Messages to FMC) ..7-31 7 .2 .6 .3 .2yste m ss age Me Logic.............. 7- 31 S (FPR)( Uplink) .....7- 32 7 .2 .6 .3 .3l i g hP l a n F t .. 7.2.6.3.4 Predicted WindData(PWD) (U p l i n k) ...7- 33 ( 7.2 .6 .3 .5 n ro u te n ds ER) Wi ................... 7- 33 E ( DW ) ...........7- 33 7 .2 .6 .3 .6 e sce n t n ds D Wi ..... 7.2.6.3.7 Predicted WindDataRequests

727 A'DS ,"n" |t*ol 1o:*:']l*] :

i}i

7.2.8 MAINTPage .7-36 7 .2.8.1TE S T P A TTE RN a g e. . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . .-37 P .. 7 7 .2.8.2K E Y TE S T P age... . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -3 8 7 .2.8.3IRS MONITOR age P . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 O

7 . 3 ALTERNATE FLIGHTPLAN

....7-43 . 7 .3 .1 Alternate FlightP lan P redic t io n. . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . 75 -4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 6 7 .3.1.1Takeoff(Go-A roun d ) 7 .3.1.2Climb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 6 7 .3.1.3Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 6 7 .3.1.4Descent . and A pproa c h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 7p.17 7 .3.2 EnableA lternate Function

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
8 . 0 D EG R A D EP E R F OR MA N C E D

Chatvi AP45

.,....,...........8- 1

8 . 1 D U A L N DI N D E P E N D E N T E R A T ION A OP .................. 8- 1

8 . 2 C R O S S - T I ED d e Mo

.................8- 3 ....8- 5

8. 3 S I N G L E L I GH T N A GE ME N T ......... F MA COMPUTER NAVIGATION 8. 4 DEGRADED I 8 . 4 . 1 R SD e gra d e d I 8 . 4 . 2 R SO n l yN a vi g a ti o n ........ ) At t i t u d(A T T On l yN a v.. e 8.4.3 ( N Mo 8 . 4 . 4 N O N E) a vi g a ti o n d e

.....8-5 .................8- 6 .................8- 7 ..................8- 8 .................8- 8

............8- 9 8. 5 F M CM A L F U N C T T ON S F 8 . 5 . 1 M R e se t ......8- 9 ...8-10 8.5.2FM Re-synchronization L ..8- 10 8.5.3 ocked U CD 8 . 5 . 4 M CF a i l u re u ri n g n g i n e ta rt F .......................8- 11 D E S 8.5.5Independent Operation Possible ...............1 Fix 8-1 8 . 6 E N G T NO U T ........ E

E 8 . 6 . 1 n g i n e tWi th o ua S ID Ou t 8 . 6 . 2 n g i n e tS IDa n dR o u te E Ou
8 . 7 MAINTEN ANCE RITE -UP S FMS W -

..................8- 12 ................8- 13 ...............8- 14
. . . . . . 8 -1 5

Appendices A Abbreviations & Acronyms B DataF o r m a t s C S c r a t c h p a . . . . ....... .d D T e r m i n o l o g y .......... E lnd e x ..........A-1 .............8- 1 ....C- 1 ..... 1 D........ 1 E-

p.18

Rev 1 Dec/93

viii

Chatvi AP45

GENERAL OVERVIEW

TABLEOF CONTENTS
1 . 0 GENERAL OVERVIEW PAGE 1-1

1 . 1 F M SC OMP ON E N T S ...............1- 2 1 . 1 . 1 C o n tro l n dD i sp l aU n i t a y .................1- 2 1 . 1 . 2 F l i g hC o n tro l n i t.......... t U .................1- 2 1 . 1 . 3 El e ctro nFc i g hIn stru ment il t System .................1- 2 1 .1 .3 .1 F D......... P .........1- 3 1.1 .3 .2 D ............ N ......... 3 11 . 1 . 4A u toT h ro ttlS yste m e ....1- 3 1 . 2 S Y S T EM ON F IGU R A T ION C 1 . 2 . 1 Op e ra ti o nMo d e s al 1.2 .1 D u a lMo d e .1 1 .2 .1 .2 d e p e n d eMo d e In nt ...1- 5 .,......1- 6 .........6 1..............1- 7

p.19

f-i

Chatvi AP45

p.20

Chatvi AP45

GENERAL OVERVIEW

ThisHoneywellFlight Management System Pilot's Guide oriented is to the operation the A310/A300-600 and standard of software QIP loads*. Thisautomated Flight Management (FMCS) Computer System consistsof two Flight (FMC), twoControl Management Computers and (CDU). purpose the FMCS, conjunction Display Units The of in with otherinterfacing equipment, e.9.,the Auto FlightSystem(AFS), Electronic Flight lnstrument (EFIS), AutoThrottle System and System(ATS), to provide flight is the crewwithfullyautomatic, flight full regimecontrol lateralnavigation, of guidance vertical and thrust management, display, map perforautopilot commands, inflight and mance optimization. Thiscombination interfacing of equipment referred astheFlight is to Management (FMS). System
NOTE: ThetermsFMCS,FMC,and FMSare usedthroughout thisguide, occasionally, the sameparagraph. in While appearing be similar, to they are not, and care should be exercised so as not to confuse or misuse these terms. See APPENDIXA - ABBREVIATTONS and ACRONYMS. The majorfunctions the FMS are: of . o o . r Flightplanning and predictions. Navigationand performancemanagement. Lateraland verticalguidancethroughthe AP, FD, and ATS. Engineout procedures and guidance. NAV radioselection and tuning.

"NOTE:Theseloadsare identified the Aircraft on Statuspage as P/N -964(for GE engines), -965 (for Pratt& P/N Whitney engines) orforthe latest lmprovement Quality (OlP)as P/N-967(cE) andP/N-968(PW). Package, Thesedifferences identified the textor by are in GREYshading.
p.21
Rev 1 l-)cn/9?

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

1.1 FMS GOMPONENTS
1.1.1 Gontrol and DisplaLUnit The two CDUs are centrallylocatedforwardof the throttle quadrant. They providethe long{erm interfacebetweenthe crew and the FMS, whichallows: . Definition and displayof flightplans . Selection pagesfor displayand data insertion of . Selection specificfunctions (HOLD,DIRECTTO, etc.) of . Displayof peripheral (ACARS,AIDS, MAINT,etc.) information See Section2.0 - CDU OVERVIEW 1.1.2 Flight Gontrol Unit The FCU, locatedin the centralportionof the glareshield,provides interface betweenthe crew and the FMS, allowing: the short-term . Manualselection speed,altitude, and verticalspeed. heading, of o Selection lateraland verticalguidancemodes. of . Engagement AP, FD, and A/THR. of changein Generally, actionstakenon the FCU causean immediate guidance. aircraftcontroland/or 1.1.3 Electronic Flight Instrument System of PFDs and NDs,one set each for The EFISconsists personalized the Captainand FirstOfficer;locatedeach side of the forwardmain instrumentpanel. These EFIS displays provide a wide range of guidance, navigation, and aircraftsystemrelateddata,e.9.,

p.22

1-2

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE 1.1.3.1 PFD

Chatvi AP45

. FD pitchand rollcommands target for speed andheading or course. o Armed andengaged status, and modes, engagement systemmessages. {.1.3.2 ND . Flight plantrack. o Aircraft position track. and . Navigation waypoints navaids. and . Computed suchas estimates, data TAS/GS, Wind. and 1.1.4 Autothrottle System TheFMScouples theATSthrough to engagement the PROFILE of mode,providing the automatic for control altitude, of speed, thrust, and time alongthe longitudinal or VERTICAL axis PROFILE of the aircraft. Thegeneral relationshipthemajorcrewcontrolled of components the of FMS,withthe exception the interfaces, shownin Figure1-1. of are Components interfacing the FMSareshown Figure with in 1-2.

p.23

1-3

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

CDU 1 FMSCOMPONENTS

CDU 2 C59556#

Figure 1-1 FMS Components NorE: Refertothe43l 0/4300600 Approved FlightManualfor operational detailsof the FCU,ATS, and EFIS.

p.24

14

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

{.2 SYSTEM GONFTGURATION
EachFMCusesdatafromtwo internal reference areasfor its calculations: o The first,contains engineand aerodynamic models all for the performance, flightplanning and computations. . Thesecond, navigation the database, contains allthenavigation dataselected particularairline. Section NAVIGATION bythe See 5.0, DATABASE, specifics. for Withreference Figure to 1-2,the boxat the bottom thevarious lists inputs the FMC, to whichcoupled the interfaces with in detailed the diagram, thetwomaindatabase and divisions, allow widerange the of flightmanagement tasksof whichthe system capable. is

IRS-DME.VOR.I LS.CLOCK ADC.FUEL FLOW QTY-FUEL TCC.FAC-FCU.RADIO PANELS EFISCONTROL PANELS

Figure1-2 FMSInterfaces
p.25

,t-5

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
1.2,1 Operational Modes

Chatvi AP45

There are two FMCS modes of operation, the Dual Mode and the Independent Mode. 1 . 2 . 1.1 Du a l M ode The normalmodeof operation isthedualmode, when bothFMCsare operating together.

E
CDU

E
CDU c59554#

Figure1-3 DualMode In thiscase,oneFMCis the master control) theotheris the (in and slave(obey master's the commands). are stillindependent Both in theircalculations, however, thefollowing criticalfunctionscontrolled are by the master. . Comparison thetwoflightplans of . Legsequencing . Comparison aircraft position of

p.26

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Master slave or status determined which is by AP/FD engaged, is or if noneare engaged, whichFMC is powered first.Dual FMS up operation indicated is by: r BothCDUscandisplay pages. separate . Simultaneous insertion, separate pages, allowed data on is and copied the otherFMC. in o Buttonpushes eitherCDU is processed both FMCsin on in pushes sameorder, going withcontrol simultaneous of button to the master. 1,2.1.2 Independent Mode Whenever discrepancy a existsin the critical functions, between master and slave, two FMCsrevert the Independent the to Mode, (i.e., eachFMCbecomes ownmaster button pushes only its and are processed the onside (same by side)CDU).

ry
lE l

,___r_

t-:l
Figure 1.4 Independent Mode

c59555#

This conditionis indicated by the scratchpad (SP) message: ' I N DEPEN D ENT OPERATION." See Section 8.0, DEGRADED PERFORMANCE.

p.27

1-7

Chatvi AP45

p.28

Chatvi AP45

CDUOVERVIEW

TABLEOF CONTENTS
2.0 2.1

2.2 2.3 2.4

p.29

2-a

Rev 1 Dec/93

Chatvi AP45

p.30

Chatvi AP45

CDUOVERVIEW

The CDU is the primarypilot interface with the FMC, and is mainly (strategic) used for longterm actionssuch as flight plan construction, flight plan monitoringand revision, insertionsof weights, temperature and wind entries,and performance data initialization. Short{erm (tactical) actions,altitudesteps,speed selections, etc., are also enteredon the CDU. This interface allows the pilot to control the lateral and vertical elementsof the flight plan. LATERALFUNCTIONS: o NAV (aircraftposition) o NAVAIDtuning(auto and manual) o IRS alignment . Flightplan initialization and modification . Lateralflight plan display r Lateralguidance VERTIGALFUNGTIONS: r Vertical profile o Constraints (time,altitude,and speed) . Wind and temperature revision . Step climb or descent . Predictions (fuel,time, altitudes)

p.31

2-1

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

2.1 GDU KEYBOARD
TheCDUkeyboard provides fullalphanumeric assembly a keyboard combined with mode,function, data entry, slew switches, and advisory annunciators. Also,the keyboard assembly contains two integral lightsensors a manual and knobto control display brightness. Thegeneral arrangement the CDUis shownin Figure . of 2-1

trtrtrtr8 trtrtrtrtr O@ trtrEtrtr @@@ trtrtrtrtr o@@ trtr@trtr o@otrtrtrtr
15
-/-J

14 11. ENGINE OUT KEY 13.CLEARKEY 14. ALPHA KEYS 15. NUMERIC KEYS 16.SLEWDOWNKEY 17, ANNUNCIATOH-DISPLAY, FAIL 18.NEXTPAGEKEY 19, PROGRESS KEY 20. SLEWUP KEY

1. LINESELECT KEYS 2. DIRECTKEY FLIGHT 3. PLANKEY 4. MODEKEY 5. TAKEOFF/APPROACH KEY 6. TACTICALMODE KEY 7. INITIALIZATION KEY 8. SECONDARY FLIGHTPLAN KEY 9. REFERENCE INDEXKEY ,IOBRIGHTNESS KNOB

Figure2-1 GDUKeyboard
2-2
p.32

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
2.1.1 Display

Chatvi AP45

The CRT display screenhas 14 lineswith 24 characters line.The per page format is partitionedinto four areas. See Figure 2-2. Title Field - This field is the top line of the display.lt identifies the page in view and what additional pagesof a set are available. Left Field - This field is composed of six pairs of lines, eleven per characters line.lt extendsfrom the left side of the screento the center.The operatorhas accessto one line of each pair througha LineSelectKey (LSK)on the left side.A line pair comprises label a lineand a data line. Right Field - Thisfieldis similar the leftfield,extending to fromthe centerof the screento the rightside. Operatoraccess is availableby a LSK on the rightside. Scratchpad - This field is the bottom line of the screen.Typed alphanumeric charactersand FMC generatedmessagesare displayed on this line. The scratch pads for the two CDUs operate independently data entry. The scratchpadacceptsentries up to for 22 characters.The last two character spaces are reserved for verticalslew indicators.
CRT DISPLAY SCREEN

Figure 2-2 GRTDisplayScreen

p.33

2-3

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
2.1.2 Line Select Keys (LSK)

Chatvi AP45

These six LSKs eachsideof theCRTdisplay. reference, are on For the left key set is identified through@ ; the rightkey set is Fr-) identified through . Theoperator access onedataline FEI has to @ of eachpairthrough LineSelect Key (LSK)on eachside. 2.1.3 BRT Knob TheBRTknoballows operator manually the to increase decrease or thebrightness theCRTdisplay. backlighted illumination of The key is controlled a remoteflight deck control. by Annunciators are controlled the master by bright-dim-test system. 2.1.4 Function and Mode Keys (Rectangular) Thisarrayconsists 15 keys,2 of whichare not used. of
DIR Key Accesses the DIR TO page and allows the crew to initiatethe DIRECTTO functionby manualentry of a fixed waypoint,or line selectionof a fixed waypointin the ACTTVE PRIMARYF-PLNonly.

@
fTdr-)

MODE Key Allows accessto the MODE page, which displaysthe strategicperformance modes.Changesmade on this page etfect performancein all the flight phases.

TACT MODE Key Allows accessto the currentflight phase page (climb, LUOD,E.' cruise,etc.).Changesmade to the strategic modeson this page effect performance only in the currentflight phase. lNlT Key Pressing keywillbringthe INITApageto thedisplay this on the groundonly.The crew can definevariousinitializationparameters including ACTIVE F-PLN data and IRS alignment.
p.34

24

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

REF Key Accesses REFERENCE the INDEXpage,whichallows further access to referencepages pertainingto aircraft configuration, stored and definedwaypoints,navaids, maintenance, and other user systems. FPLN Key Providesaccessto a leg by leg description the active of route. The data includesa listingof real and pseudo waypoints, estimated / timesof arrival, airspeed altitude constraints,distances between legs, and magnetic coursesbetweenlegs. TO/APPR Key I APPRI Accessesthe TAKEOFFor APPROACHpage, as appropriate, which takeoffor approachparametersare on displayed and/orinserted depending theflightphase. on

fT/-l

tEELN.'

rFl

SEC FPLN Key When pressed,displaysthe SEC INDEX page. The SEC INDEX page allows access to, and functions relatedto, the secondaryflight plan. These functions includecopyinginto, deleting,and activating the secondaryflightplan.The SEC lNlT pagesand all SEC PERF pages are accessible from this page. ENG OUT Key pageassociated pressHas no specific with it however, ing it can cause displayof an EOSID, if available, or displayof the MODE page with EO prompts. PROG Key Pressingthe PROG key displaysdynamicflight informationabout the activeflight plan including: CRZ FL, presentposition, distanceto destination, etc.

rml

t-our-J

@

p.35

26

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

NE"T PAGEKey pages of a set when Providesaccessto additional pageis required complete another to display data. of Thiscapability indicated a horizontal is by arrow the on titleline.The NEXTPAGEfunction closed is loop; that pageto the firstpage. is, it wrapsaround fromthe last VERTIGAL SLEWKey pages For longer thanthe available space the CRT on up vertical slewing used scroll display or down. is to the (or These two keys are also used for incrementing (LATLONG) a set amountin decrementing) data by particular is data fields.Vertical slew capability indicatedby arrows the lasttwo righthandspaces the in of scratchpad. Simultaneous displayof up and down arrows indicate upward downward scrollcapability. and
2.1.5 Annunciators There are four annunciators, on each side. two DSPY (top left) - llluminates when the flight plan has been slued and/orthe displaydoes not indicate activesituation the FMC. the in FAIL (bottomleft) - Indicates the CDU has failed.The screen is blank,exceptfor the message,'FMC FAIL.' MSG (topright) - llluminates when a scratchpad messageis being displayed when a messageis waitingin the queue. or OFST Oottom right) - llluminates when a paralleloffsetis active. 2.1,6 Numeric Keys (Round) Thesekeysenablethe operatorto enternumeralsintothe scratchpad successivelyfrom left to right. Alpha and numeric keys may be enteredtogetheras required. The slashkey (/) is included partof as the alpha keys and is used to separatepairs of entries in the same field;for example, airspeed and Mach(2801.72O), direction wind and (1041100), airspeed (250110000). trailing velocity or and altitude The precededby the slashif enteredby itself. entryof a pair is generally The leadingentry may be followedby the slash but is not required if entered by itself.
p.36

24

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE 2.1.7 Alpha Ketzs (Square)

Chatvi AP45

Thesekeysenable operator enteralphabetic the to characters into the scratchpad successively from leftto right. 2.1.8 GLR Key The @ keyis usedto clearmessages datafromthescratchpad and or an individual field.A single, data shortpressof the @ key will erasethe last character a seriesof alphanumeric characters of press thekeyerases entire entered. longer A of the scratchpad. lf the scratchpad empty, is operation the @ keyenters legend of CLR the intothe scratchpad. actionmaythenbe followed pressing This by a LSKadjacent the fieldto be cleared. the cleared to lf datafieldhas a default FMC-calculated or value, display the reverts thisvalue. to lf the cleared datafieldis a leg in the flightplan,the leg is deleted plan. fromtheflight Pilot-entered in a field data thatis normally blank cannot cleared the keybut maybe changed scratchpad be by via entry.The CLR legendcan be removed from the scratchpad by pressing @ keya second the timeor by entryof an alphanumeric character.

p.37

2-7

A31O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

2.2 CDU PAGE FORMATS
Pertinent FMCdatais displayed the CRTof the CDUon pages on that are selected the function by and modekeys,Two sizesof font are usedon the display pages. PageTitle (LARGEFont)- ldentifies page and type of selected datadisplayed below title. the Ne-t Page Prompt ()) - ln upperrighttitlefield.lndicates that additional is available the pageselected. data for LARGEFont Display- ldentifies pilot-entered data basedeor rived data. Bo- PromptsfTTT-n that ) - lndicate data entry is required for minimumFMGoperation. Thisdataentryis performed through the useof the scratchpad the corresponding Entryintoa and LSK. boxprompt is displayed LARGE line in font.Dashes a datafield in indicate dataentryintothatfieldis not allowed thatdatais that or beingcalculated FMC.The dataappears by automatically a after timeinterval is in sruntlfont. and BracketPrompts([ applicable field. optionalentrypossible the is in l) - lndicate

snaall-Font Display - Represents predicted, defaultor FMC calculatedvalues.When adjacent an LSK,the data can be changed to by pilotentry,in which case,the font will be LARGE. Scratchpad Line (BottomLineof Display)- DisplaysFMS generated messagesand keyboardentries. Vertical Slew Prompts (t.L) - As shown, the prompts indicate that the latitude or longitudevalue below the prompts can be incremented decremented. slew promptscan also appearto or The the extremerightof the scratchpad line.This indicates that the lines of the displaycan be scrolled move up or down one lineat a time. to Label (smau Font) - ldentifies the data displayeddirecflyunder the header. 24
p.38

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

PageNumber(sMqLL Font)- Indicates pagenumber a data the of set andthe number pagesin the set. of Waypoint(LARGE Font)- Waypoint on the selected is route. PagePrompts( ( or ) ) - Pressing associated accesses the LSK another CDUpagebut no function performed. is Asterisk (*) - This symbolappearsadjacent an LSK if the to actuation the keywill affect active of (e,g., INSERT, the situation, CLEAR, ERASE, etc). Airway (small Font)- ldentifies published the ainrvay between two waypoints. Symbols(+ or -) - Meanat or above(+);or, at or below(-). For example, +5000constraint a indicates crossing a restriction or at above5000. SpecifiedTurnArrow (C) - Appears nextto theaffected waypoint indicating mandatory direction, a (e.9.,ABCC , illustratesleft turn a turnat ABC). Dashes(-----) - In a data line indicate that data is being computed, notavailable, dataentryis notallowed. is or Overfly(A) - A triangle symbol nextto a fixedwaypoint indicates thatwaypoint be overflown will before course a change made. is

p.39

2-9

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

2.3 GDU GONGEPTOF PAGING
to CDU screendisplaysare referred as pages.Each mode key, pagecontaining to key, access a specific except the["EH allows data pertaining the pagetitle. to The following foldouts general are diagrams pagesequencing of andthe datato be foundon eachpage. are: thesediagrams Notesregarding by are slewcapability indicated opposthathavevertical 1. Pages page- they may be slewedin ing arrowsat the bottomof the eitherdirection.

GD ED ED ED
@ @ fJ

GE GE EE

go
EE

(m

Figure 2-3 sluing,or the abilityto turn the page, is denotedby 2. Horizontal Next Page (N/P) the and 3. The pagetitleis underlined, beneath titleis listedthe type found on that page. of information 4. The (ffiEland [ffi{] keys display different pages when pressed, dependingon the activeflight phase. or 5. Any page accessedautomatically, by pressinga Line Select A Key (LSK),is shownin the following diagrams. modekey must be pressedto changepageswhen a page has no exit route in the diagram. 2-10
p.40

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
SEC F-PLN SAMEAS ACTIVE SEC INDEX F R oi / l o HOI,IElI}EST F U EL <SEC F - PLN PR ED ) c0 l tE COP Y AC T IVE CLEAR SEC FLXXX SEC LAT REV SAMEAS ACTIVE EXCEPTNO EOSIDENTRIES ARE ALLOWED M SEC O N D AR Y OD E c0sT ti D Ex 54 D Es r Ai T ^r EFOI TACT IVAT E SEC
CiZ FL

Chatvi AP45

trE SEL PAGE

C LO SESTAIR PO R T S LISTOF AIRPORTS BRGDIST TO EACH AIFPORT

REF iNDEX DEF I XED DEF I NE! (I , I A Y P O ] N TS NAVAIDS) ( I.IAYPONTS I < A I R P O R TS < S E N S O R TA TU S S (A/C STATUS
CLO6EST

NAVAID

|/e
!EC

6EN

I!ENI LAT /LONG

ST AT IOX

03r.1

NAVA DS) I ACARS) AIDS> I,'IAINT>

44?5,4N/gq9S4,9E 1L?.8O cLA33 VORDI,IE a (ra a
F I€ OF F REO ELV

N E X T) PREV)

T ,IOD E)
D ES

?9?g

IESELECT

I

l

F OR EC AST ) ID EXT RH33L

IIAYPOINT

ri )

T EIIT

4337 . |N/OSL??.4E

L ^ T/L Oi 6

ECoN
iIT ilN

O?tA

11.4

5SO L EX6 TH 3499 cR3 3e6'

EL V

C ATEAOR Y

?

D E FI N E D N A V A I D z / z l!Exr s T^ Tro r ! E c DAN 13E 36gg,oN/t1035.5H
F REO LAtlLON6

NEXT) PREV) xEl NAVAID>

FUEL lliE

D EF IN ED I,,| AYPOIN T r /r Rl.lt 3 CSTR cl z Fl?59 rt
O FST ID EN T L AT/L ON €

ASLA-?O6. Et5 cF6-8843

I 15.60 Etv 1I7O cLA33 VORD]'IE a (l s r
F I8 OF iERIT

DELETE ALL xi)

E CON CLB r 6r a ilx oPT FL350 FL250
FUEL

or ?3.5N /6qO 56.4E
SEC DES FORECAST ALl I ttXD

N EXT > > PREV XEI I.IAYPOIN T )

^ r o)iti:6qilAi'AiSssosos
P S 4 0 6 12 3 9 -9 6 2
DAT A SECOND t6tAY-llJUt OP PROERAi 'A5E

I
BRB PO 3 /!ISI

PRED) ---'/---FRO 2EN

ro

t

l

4 ? 4 7 .4 N /OL I3 8.9E UPDATET DIa r DES 1 4 4 ro D E S T FoRECAST) i te 3 .6 5 ta v All5.za S T U-S T U R /I TGO- TGO

J/t )'/t )/E J'/E 7 L GA T/t )'/E 1
I!EIT

t I t

1/t )'/t

i I

ELV ?@ LEX6T H ?iqS cRs 133'

NEN NAVAID ZUE
I!ENT LAIlLOt6 SIAT IOf, DEC

DELETE ALL

ISE

+o .o

PEiF

F ACT OR

37 4? .gN/O2351 .4E

r15.gg

F IEC

r?go
NEI.I I.IAYPOINT Rht l3 S E L F TE S I
L ATl L OXS

ELV

MA I N T

cL^s8 VORTAC FI€ OF XETTT IE]

ENTER

D E S F ORECAST

rrrn.E/ELE,m rrrrn/r-rT'r.
PL C E/ IR G

A N N TE S T
/!T5 T

o. /E13. D

< TE S T P A TTE R N (K E Y TE S T I R S MO N I TO R ) I R S MO N I TO R

1/t )/t E )/t L G A T/ t

E E

All

/

t t ND

)'/t )'/E )'/t 7'/E

1 ) I 1

SEC F U EL PR ED IC T ION SAMEAS ACTIVEUNDER PROGFUNCTION

ELV TTTTN LEXATH

EEEr cRa rrn.

ENTER

AB?gggsgot TRANSI.IIT

DAtA

8A6E

t l RECEIVE

IR U 1 IR U a IR U 3

DRIF T

99.9 99.9 99.9

RAT E

83

0 0 g

F UE L P REDICTION

ACARS
CO RIE

LGAT LGTS
9 9 .6 tl E ta v/x O.5 /c.t
FIi L/I!iE r.ctOO39 EXrRA/ttiE 7,2/azat
8r

AT

O 2t8
FOI

€I T

EFO!

11 .5 9 .5
KEY TEST
D AYl l 0 i Ii a a /4 2

ROUTE T/ O D A TA POS REPORT

t
ilY

] t ] @ ] DUPLI CATE NA14E

t9.6s/FF+F8
TEiP/ITOPO -51l3a.sr CRZ rrt! aaa. /aaa

F .PIi/F L

I.IIND PLAN
llDS tl D Ar A

I

)/ E

ED
m

I.IIND CH6

slAluS READY

AFTEF ENTFY OF A DUPLICATE NAVAID OR WAYPOINT.

[E) EF EO

c6o24r(Fl)*

Figure24 PageAccessingDiagram (sEc F-PLN, REF,PROG)
Use or disclosureof the intomation on lhis page is sub.iect the Eslric-lionson the title page of thie document to

2-11t12

p.41

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
SEC F-PLN SAME AS ACTIVE c0 R r E SEC INDEX F i oi / to HO].IE,/DEST
FU EL

Chatvi AP45

trE SL PAGE

C LOSEST AIR PO R T S LISTOF AIRPORTS BRG DIST TOEACH AIRPORT

<SEC F-PLN COPY ACTIVE CLEAR SEC
CIZ FL

PREII) T.IODE)

REF INI}EX DEF I NED DEF I XE! ( I.IAYPONTS NAVA DS) I I ( I.IAYPO NTS I NAVAI DS) cLosEsr < A I R P O R TS ACARS) < S E N S O R TA TU S S AIDS) T4 A I N T) (A / C S TA TU S

NAVAID

| /?
DEC

6EN

I!ENT LAT lLOt6

ST AT tOX

03r,1

44?5.4N/90904.3E
F REC

NEXT) PREV)
DESELECI

1l2.Ag

FLXXX SEC LAT REV SAMEAS ACTIVE EXCEPTNO EOSIDENTRIES ARE ALLOWED TACT IVAT E SEC

F OR EC AST )

D ES

I.IAYPO]NT

?3?S cLASS VORDME
FT3 OF

ELV

I

l

Rt,t33L 4337 [N /Ogr??,4E ,
L AT/L ON O

I D EN T

? t ra s

rrl

iEiIT

SECONDARY MODE
COST 54 IN D EI D EEr

596

EL V L Ei l 6 TH

C ATEAOR Y

?

D E FI N E D N A V A I D

?/?

6p
EFOI

S E C V ERT REV SAMEAS ACTIVE

ECoN
iIN iIX FU EL TTi E

g?18

8 XT^ r

3499 3e6'

1 1.4

I?B

DAN LAT /LON6 3600,9N/1ro35.AA
F REO

IDEXT

ST ^IION

13E NEXT>
PREV> iEX NAVAID>

D€C

€E
D EF IN ED }IAYPO IN T Rl.t 13
ID EN T L IT/L OtA

I 15.60 ELV I I TS r /r
EN5 ACT T VE

A3IS-?SS.

VORDT4E e (l 3 r
F I6 OF

cLASS

DELETE ALL
iERIT

cF6-8043
DAT A IASE

N r)

CSTR cRz Ft?59 rt
O FST

E CON CLB ssr a t^x oPT FL35g FL?50
FUEL

9123.5N/06956.4E SEC DES FORECAST
EL V

NEXT) ) PREV I.IAYPO NT ) I
I€ T

oTAPR-gAtAY
SECOXD DAT A a5xAY-!tJUN PioaR^i oP

AE?SS650gl
EASE

I
BR6 /DTSI ---'/---?os FRozEt 10

PRED)
t l

?O
!EX6 TH

PS4S6L739-967 +O.g
PERF F ACfOR

NEI.I NAVAID ZUE
I'Ef,I LAT /LON6 ST A]IOX DEC

4?47.4N/grt3e.9E UPDATET
l t8 r 1 4 4 ro DE S T
Rt a8. 5t { AV

DES FoRECAST) TGO-T6O
All5.7a

STU-STU

R/I

1/t t 1/t E 7/t L GA r /E

t

ALf

/

1./t 1'/c

tIi D

)'/E )./E )

1 J )

?5Og cRs 133'

DELETE ALL

LgE

374?.ON/g?351 .4E Fi E E lt5.oo ELV

r?os
cLASS F I6

NEI.I I.IAYPO]NT
ID EXT

I'lAINT SELF TEST ANN TEST <TEST PATTERN < K E Y TE S T
DAT A

VORTAC
OF iERIT

Rl.t13 DES FORECAST

I?)

E N TE R

rrrn.E/l:Ir.8 ? L AC E/ IR E /D I3 T rrmnm.tr./trf1.tr
SEC F U EL PR ED IC T ION SAMEAS ACTIVEUNDER PROGFUNCTION

L AT/L ON 9

)/t )/E 1/c t L G A T/ t

E E

Alf

/

{ItD

7'/t )'/C )'/t )./t

) 1 J t

[E)
@

ELV TTTTN LEN€TH Fill-lr cRs

I R S MO N I TO R ) t l IRUI IRUa IRU3

I R S MO N I TO R D R I FT N TE 99.9 99,9 99.9 83 g 0 0

AB?gaqdSgL

IAAE

rrn.

ENTER

TR A N S MI T

RECEIVE

F U E L P REDICTION L GA T L GT S 9 9 .4 i l E R sv/r O.5 /a .t
FIIAL/IIXE r.et6O3@ EXIIA/lli€ 7.2/azat
at Fol AT

ACARS R O U TE T/ O D A TA t
CO RT E

O?tS

€i '

EFOI

1 1,5 9.5

]
ilY

T ]
6

|3.60/FF+ FO
TEiPlTROPO -5rlasa3i cRz xttD aaa. /aaa

KEY TEST

!AtliotTH a5/a? Atls DATA

DUPLI CATE

POS REPORT

I.IIN D LA N P r.rlND CH6

E )/T

F -PLX/F L

]

STATUS READY

EB ED
c6o27r(Rl)*

AFTEF ENTRYOF A DUPLICATE MVAIDOR WAYPOINT.

cn
@ @

Figure2-4 PageAccessingDiagram (sEc F-PLN,REF,PROG)
Use or digclosure of the infomation on this page is subject to the Estriciions on lhe tille page of this document.

2-11t12

p.42

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

SID raor
gIDS

L SGG
RHYS

F-P LA N A S5

F-P [.N B SPD,/ALT S P D ,/A LT
STARS

F R I S N < S E L ) < SEL )

NONE
RE'IAIXI]{8 glDS RE}IAt

TRAXS

EOSID

EOOs
23

DIJ1A DIJEN *INSERT

NtN6 RI{YS

HPT vtA HPT vtA I.IP T HPT vtA I,.IP T HPT
v!A YtA

TII,IE TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME

!.IPT S TA R To LGA T
T GR l A <SEL> T R At{3 NONE R Er ^tx tx B ST AR S <SEL)
APPRS vtAlDlsT

TEItlP TEl|lP TE I' .IP TEi4P
l

HINI) I.II NI) H IN D I.II NI) H IN I) ?J

HPT HPT
vlA/DIST YtAlDIST YIA/DIST

S P D /A LT S P D /A LT S P D ,/A LT S P D /A LT tJ

ILS33R

R E I ^ I N rN B APPRS VORISL

I^IPT

RET URN> f

A R G1D A R G1E

V OR 33R 151 R E TU R N > tJ

HPT TE I.IP v IA ./D ts r HPT TEI.,IP

TIN S E R T AHY FROM ]..IPT LIST OF AIRWAYS FROMREVISE POINT

LAT REV rno; HPT
<S ID
465f!. gN / g68e 5, gE

VERTREV rr HPT
EF0E-----EXTRA------

+
BNT

S TA R > H OLD >
T0

<A IR I.IA Y

APPR T R ANS TO A R P T LIST OF APPR TRANS FOR INSERTED STAR.APPR

*[ *[

vIAl60

*t *[

SPD

I
CLI

t
SPD

l*

1/t
I{PT

] t
IEII

PRoc T>
CO RTE

IIEI{

]

l*
l*

AT OR AEOVE *L I AT ALT

blPf /t

RTE

IO

]

rT ]

Ar

? 5 9 /1 6 6 0 0 STEP r r HPT FL330
}IIND STEP IO AT FL FL

LIII

oR tEL0r

STEPPRED> RETURN)
I l ' /t

TE N A B LE A LTN

R E TU R N >

60?2/ t67

TIIIE/DIST

)

HPT. 0N Al.tY LISTOF WAYPOINTS ON SELECTED AWY

PROCT rr l.,lPT
E CRS D!ST cRs

E F0B .--,-

VERTREV rr HPT
l

t

FUEL

TIIE

CO9T

E x tR ^.-.-

DATABASE HOLDrr HPT
INE TURN TRIP RTE RSV/I LIIIIT TIIIE/FUEL CRS TIIIEIDIST

*I

TINSERT l

RETURN)

---- /---ALTN/FUEL

*t

II I ND

l 'l t

+INSERT

RETURN>

A LTN
FINAL./TI}IE

N0 ALTNr RETURN>
c60272(R1)#

RETURN THE TO F-PLNPAGEWHICH WAS LASTDISPLAYED

TINSERT

Figure2-5 PageAccessingDiagram (F.PLN, LAT REF,VERTREV)
U8e or disclooure of lhe intormation on this page is sub.iecrt the restric{ions on the title page of this document. to

2-13t14

p.43

A31O FMS PILOVS GU'DE

Chatvi AP45

TAKEOFF
YI VR fT-n v? R]IY
T.O

TAKEOFF SELECTI
St{lFl

APPROACH
R]IY LANDINO CONFIG Ltl=128.3 VFTO CO

(ID @D ED 6D 6! GD

vt

FLEX SLAT/FLAP THR

?o441
RTE

RTE

) IN IT A FR 0 r / r 0 LSG6/LGAT

tA x I e,4

IN IT B

FoE ?e ..s
ilZFlt

' ILOC |( ?g.O 1 0 8 .9
L]{ 116.7 ZFII

GD 6D
@

1 48
FLP SLl

rF cu l
RETR RETR

F=16 3
VFTO

S=1 95

RED ?67 a ACCEL 4?70 EO ACCEL g EO THR "97 REI) ?a7D

THR

n-n

VR

REI)

--/-IRI}I

aa7 s
ED ED ACCEL 437U ACCEL ?s7 0 THR REt) 297 g

.2e / ?B

O= ??8
SLT FLP CORR

rrrrrrn
30
FLT COST CRZ

ALTN

v?

3O/4A
V epp=144
I{IND -

5 =1 9 4
RETR

RETR

l r r fJ 4 6 1 4 .4 N
INDEX FL II}

rrrrn

A L TN

o g 6 a 6 .6 E AL IGN IR S
TEITP/TROPO -58,/3669t CRZ TIND eeg. / age

LONB

F =1 6 3
SLAT

FLP

RETR RETR

F= 159

S =1 9 6 O=?36
VF T O

s

M D A=3 6 5

FL 3 7 A

0=235

APPROACH)

<G 0 A R O U N D FIN AL APPR *

@ ED ED 6! @

TRIP/TIIIE

R TE R S V /Z s .E /5.@
ALTil ?,4 FII{ALlTII,|E

r r ,s/s"se

l 0Grl l tT06l { res .5
NAX FL FL C6

z .z /OQ3O
EXTRA./TIt,IE

FL37g
OPT

?i .g
CRZ

2.7 /ts ?7

FL345

FL37O

ECO NCLB
co sT 36 tIItE x

GO AROUND
DEst EFOI

E CoN
.tl IN ri l l N FUEL rl i E

tL o T

Ar GTT

33R 9 .6
FLP RETR RETR EO THR REI) 1575 ACCEL t57g ACCEL

RIY

LS KEY FROM SEC INDEX (RTES APPLY TO sEc F-PLN)

A R P T P A IR C O R TE

L/?

"l,loDE"

EE
@ @

54O EC 0 N
.||Iil .tllN

COST

INIIEX

^ OXT r L?39
FUEL TlilE

D Esr ? O.?
EFOS

EO

FLIGHTPLAN FIOUTE (WAYPOINTS AND AIRWAYS)

F=159

ri Ta
TI{R REI)

6E
@
* IN S E R T R E TU R N >

5 =1 9 5 ICONFIRM ENG O UT CLEAR* 0=2?9
VF T O

SLT

rs7.

APPR0ACH)

c60273(R1 )#

DES
BTI .E C ON . rl A X sP D DE S t3eg 22 PRED TO FLTSE DIST

cRz
PR ED

CLB FL37O
DIST

D IR TO
P R E D TO F L?55 D I ST
2?

TO

E C oN
.F AX SPD EN D

1?30
LZ ee

O}IT

e5
ee

ECoN
.HAX SPD CLB

1?30
l22a

6l l r

?5

SIMILARTO F-PLN PAGE A WITH IN D IR TO P R OMP T LIN E 1

?59

t34s

a8

tl

tl

.a?

Figure2-6 PageAccessingDiagram (TACT MODE, tNtT, ENGOUT, MODE, DtR,TO/APPR)
Use or disclosureof the infomation on this page is subjecl to the Estric{ions on the title page of this document.

2-15t16

p.44

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

2.4 WN(POINT FORMATS
LEG

(s)

EXAMPLE

DESCRIPTION Track between two fixes (Great Circle)

MCDU

SITUATION Directto fix fix to fix interceptto fix Directto fix fix to fix intercept to fix Heading to altitude

CONDITION When first line is blank, a directleg is assumecl" Whenfirst line is blank, a directleg is assumed. XXX is heading HHHHH. terminating altitude

I^IPT

TF

I,.IPT
Heading an to altitude (position unspecified)

UNSPECIFIED

VA

HHHHH

HXXX

Courseto a fix CF cxxx. I,,IPT

Course to fix

XXX is the definedcourse.

UNSPECIFIED POS|TION

DF

_.r1\ DIRECT \JD-FLEG-

/

Computed track direct to a fix

I,,IPT
O A-

Directto fix fix to fix intercept to fix Fix to an altitude

Whenfirst line is blank,a directleg is assumecl XXX is course from the previous waypoint. HHHHHs i terminating altitude. WPT is the first three charactersof the identof the fixed waypointfrom whichthe courseis defined.
G3641-06-002#

Coursefrom a fix to an altitude

FA

l"lPTx x x HHHHH

p.45

2-17

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOVS GU'DE

Chatvi AP45

2,4 WAVPOINT FORMATS (cont)
LEG

(s)

EXAMPLE

DESCRIPTION Trackbetween two fixes (TF) tollowedby a constantDME arc to a fix (AF)

MCDU

SITUATION Directto fix fix to fix intercept to fix Directto fix fix to fix interceptto fix Course to fix

CONDITION Whenfirst line is blank,a directleg is assumed. When first line is blank, a directleg is assumeo. DD is the distance the oJ arc is defined from.WPT is the terminating waypoint. XXX is the defined course

I,.IPT

TFAF
LEG

I"IPT

ilPT

DD

NAV

Coursefrom a fix to a distance converted to courseto a fix
UNSPECIFIED POStTtON

Courseto fix

cxxx' ilPT
Courseto an altitude

+ffi.d
CD

Courseto an altitude(position CXXX unspecified) HHHH

XXX is the courseHHHHF terminating altitude. XXX is the courseNAV is DME station DDis DME distance. XXX is course. The following leg defines the intercept termination. XXX is the defined course

Courseto a DME distance

Courseto a DMEarc

cxxx' N AV ,/D D

ut-

CF

c0900 CI LEG

oroy'€

Courseto a next leg Cl followed by a course to a cxxx fix (CF) intercept I N T C P T pointundefined

Courseto intercept leg

-cFLEG

Courseto fix

cxxx I,,IPT

G3641 -06-003#

p.46

Rev 1 Dec/93

2-18

A3'O FNilSPILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

2.4 WN(POINT FORMATS (cont)
LEG

(s)

EXAMPLE

DESCRIPTION lnitial lix

MCDU

SITUATION

CONDITION

N PT

Whenfirst line Directto fix is blank, fix to fix a intercept fix directleg is to assumeo.

Fixto fix direct fix to PB XN N

Place-Bearing/
Place-Bearing waypoint definedby the pilot.NN is the defined waypoint sequence number. The waypoint was a LAT/ LONGinputby the pilot.NN is the defined waypoint sequence numDer. Place/Bearing/ Distance waypoint definedby the pilot.NN is the defined waypoint sequence numDer. Whenfirstline is blank, a directleg is assumeo.
A PF replaces a P I-C F C ombi nati on. The terminatior of the PF leg is the fix of the ori gi nalC F. G3641-06-004#

IF

d
LLNN

Fix to fix direct to fix

Fix to fix directto fix

PB D N N

Procedure turn (PF) '.IPT
PF
PROCT

Directto tix fix to fix intercept to fix Courseto a VOR radial

HPT

p.47

AS|O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

2.4 WAYPOINT FORMATS (cont)
LEG

(s)

EXAMPLE

DESCRIPTION

MCDU

SITUATION CONDITION
Courseto a VOR radial XXX is course RRR is radial from WPT.

CR

Courseto a radialtermination interceptpoint cxxx. I"IPT RRR undefined

Heading DME to distance VD

Headingto DMEARC

\A V,/D D

HXXX'

XXX is heading-NAV is DME station, DD is DME distance.

vtCF

,+
ozo./v Hogoo /CF LEG fiLEG7-

Heading next to leg (Vl) followed by a courseto a fix (CF) intercept HXXX pointundefined I NTCPT

Heading to intercept leg

XXX is heading. The followingleg definesthe intercept termination.

Courseto fix

cxxx' l,.IPT
Heading a to radialtermination point intercept HXXX hPTRRR undefined Headingto VOR radial

XXX is the definedcourse.

VR

XXX is heading RRR is radial from WPT

Coursefrom a fix to a manual termination

Course from fix with manual termination

RADAR

FM

VA

X9l-vEcroRs FMLEG

r .lPT xxx M ANUAL

XXX is the course.The courseis from the previous waypoint. WPT is the first thre€ characlersof the identof the fixed waypoint from whichthe courseis defined.

G3641-06-005#

p.48

Rev 1 Dec/93

2-20

A37O FMg PTLOT'S GI'IDE

Chatvi AP45

2.4 WAYPOTNT FORMATS (cont)

Holdingpattern terminating Automatically at the fix afterone full circuit(HF) Automatically at a fix after reaching an altitude(HA) Manually (HM) Holding an to altitude
HOLD L

Whenfirst line ls blank, a directleg is assumed. L is direction of bank (L-teft, R-right). When first line is blank, a directleg is assumed. L is direction of bank (L-left, R-right). HHHHHterminating altitude. When first line is blank, a directleg is assumed. XXX is the inbound cou to the holding patternfix. L is direction of bank (L-left, R-right). WPT is the holding pattern fix whichmay be a fixed waypotnt or T.P. When first line is blank, a directleg is assumed. Courseto a DMEArc XXX is the course,NAV is DME station, DD is DME distance.
G3641 -06-006#

HHHHH

Holdingwith manual termination

DL
CXXX

Coursefrom a fix to a DME distance

N A V,/D D

CXXX'

p.49

2-21

Chatvi AP45

p.50

Chatvi AP45

PHASES FLIGHT

TABLEOF CONTENTS
3 .0 F L I G H T H A S E S P

PAGE ...3.1.1

3 . 1 P R E F L IGH T .............. ...............3.1- 1 ......................3.1- 1 3 . 1 . 1 Po w e r-u-pA i rcra ft ta tu s age S P ..........3.1- 2 3 . 1.1 .1 a taB a seS e l e cti on D ..3.1- 3 3 . 1 . 2l n i ti a l i za ti o n 3 . 1.2 .1 IT P a g e ......... IN A ...............3.1- 3 3 . 1 .2R o u te e l e cti oP a ge .......................... 3.1- 9 .2 S n l 3.1- 10 3 . 1.2 .3N l TB P a 9 e ......... Pseudo 3.1-14 3.1.2.4 Waypoints 3.1 16 3 . 1 3 F l i gh P l a n n i n g . t 3.1 1I 3 . 1 .1Wa yp o i nS tri n g i n g .3 t 3.1-19 3.1.3.2 Lateral Revisions ..3.1- 22 S S 3 .1 .3 .2 .1ID /R WY e l ection .3.1-24 WPT/NAVAID Entry 3.1.3.2.2 NEWWAYPOINT 3.1.3.2.3 .3.1-25 Function 3.1- 26 3 .1 .3 .2 .4IR WA Y S a ge......... A P ..3.1- 28 3 .1 .3 .2 .5O R T E C Insertion/ 3.1.3.2.6 Waypoint 3.1-28 F-PLN andB Pages A 3.1.3.2.7 Waypoint Deletion on 3.1-29 F-PLN and B Pages A .3.2.8 F-PLN Discontinuity 3.1 - Purpose/Clearing ..3.1-31 ..3.1- 32 3 . 1.3 .3 -P L N P a g e F A F ..31- 34 3 . 1.3 .4 -P L N P a g e B 3.1-36 VERTICAL 3.1.3.5 Revisions 3.1-37 TimeConstraint Entry 3.1.3.5.1 .....3.1- 41 Entr S C 3 .1 .3 .5 .2p e e d o n str aint y......... Vertical Revision 3.1.3.5.2.1 3.1- 43 P a g esA&B Lim it ......... 3.1 47 ........ 3 .1 .5 .2 .2 p e ed .3 S Thrust Reduction 3.1.3.5.2.3 .......3.1- 48 A l ti tude p.51

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

3.1.3.5.2.4 Acceleration A l ti tu d e .......3.1- 48 3 .1 .3 .5 .3l ti tu d C o n stra int y A e Entr ............ 49 3.13.1.3.5.3,1 Altitude/ Step P re d i ction .......... - 50 Page 3.1 3 .1 .3 .5 .3 .1.1 tMM CLB/IMM DES............- 59 3.1 3.1.3.5.4 ...3.1-60 Wind/Temperature 3.1-62 3.1.3.5.5 Performance Modes 3.1.3.5.5.1 Strategic Mo d eP age......... 3.1- 62 3 .1 .3 .5 .5 T a cti ca l .2 Mode P a g e ........ ,3,1- 64 F t 3 . 1 . 3 . 6 l i g hP l a nC h e ck............... 3.1- 69 3 . 1 . 3 . 7 o p yA cti ve .....,.,....... C 3.1- 72 3.1.4Transition Takeoff to Phase 3.1-73 3 . 2 T A K E O F F . . ......,..,. ...3.2- 1 3 . 2 . 1 T A K E OF P a g e ........ F ....3.2- 2 3 . 2 . 1 .1 A K E OF P A GE C A R S T F A Uplink .........3.2- 7 THRRED/ACCEL 3.2.1.2 Altitudes 3.2-10 3.2.2 Departure Runway Change 3.2-11 3.2.3 Speed Changes 3.2-13 3 . 2 . 4 G W a n dC G U p d a te ......3.2- 15 3.2.5 Manual NAVRadio Tuning 3.2-16 3 . 2 . 6 P R O G g e ........ Pa 3.2- 17 3.2.6.1FMCPosition Update 3.2-20 3.2.6.2 NAVAID Tuning 3.2-22 FuelPrediction 3.2.6.3 Page. 3.2-23 3.2.6.4 Bearing/Distance............ To 3.2-25 3.2.7Takeoff Roll ..32-26 3.2.7.1 Position Update 3.2-26 F 3 . 2 . 7 .2 MAIn d i ca ti o n s ........ 3.2- 26 3.2.7.3 NAV Engagement 3.2-28 3 . 2 . 7 .4 ro fi l e n g a g e me n t.............. 3.2- 30 P E 3.2.8Transition CLIMB to Phase 3.2-30

p.52

3-ii

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

...3.3- 1 3.3CLTMB .....3.3- 4 T 3 . 3 . 1R e tu rn o A u to tu n i n g Return NewDestination 3.3.2 Emergency ........3.3- 5 D e fi n e d ...............3,3- 6 Ou E 3 . 3.2 .1 n g i n e t P a g e .....3.3- 8 P E 3 .3 .2 .1 .1O F -P L N a ges 3.3- 1 ........... 0 M 3 .3 .2 .1 .2O S tra te g i c odePage E EO 3.3.2.1.3 DriftDownSituational .......3.3- 12 Mo d e N 3 . 3.2 .2 e wR o u te o ......... T . ........3.3- 16 3 . 3 . 3C l i mb e rfo rma n ce a n g e.............. P 3.3- 18 Ch ...3.3-19 3.3.3.1 Tactical Mode .3.3-21 3.3.3.2Strategic Mode 3.3-22 3.3.4 Directto NAV 3.3-27 3.3.5Transition Cruise to Phase ..................3.4- 1 3.4 CRUISE ..........3.4- 1 3 . 4 . 1S i t u a ti o nMo d e s al IMMD E SMo d e ..................3.4- 2 3 . 4.1 .1 ......3.4- 3 3 . 4.1 .2 e ce Mo d e D l IMMC L BMo d e ..................3.4- 5 3 . 4.1 .3 Mode.....3.4-7 3.4.1.4 Engine DriftDown(D/D) Out 3 . 4 . 2C R ZA L TC h a n g e s............. ..............3.4- 7 ............................. 3.4- 9 3 . 4 . 3C r u i se e rfo rma n C h a n g e P ce 3.4-12 WindEntryin Cruise 3.4.3.1 3.4-15 3.4.4 Parallel Offsets 3.4-18 3.4.5FuelPredictions 3.4-19 Preparations......... 3.4.6Descent ........3.4-2O RWY/STAR Selection 3.4.6.1 3.4-23 3.4.6.2 RWYChange Option 3.4-24 DESForecast Page 3.4.6.3 3,4-26 to Descent Phase 3.4.7Transition 3.5 DESCENT 3.5.1 Descent Vertical Profile Guidance V R 3 . 5 . 2D e sce n t e rti ca l e vi si o n s Mode 3 . 5.2 .1 XD E ST a cti ca l MA 3.5.3AlongTrackOffsets A 3 . 5.3 .1 T O Wa yp o i n ts......... ..............3.5- 1 ...3.5-1 ..............3.5- 5 ....3.5- 7 .......3.5-7 .........3.5- 7
p.53

3-iii

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

...,,,.........3.5- 9 3 . 5 . 4H o l d i n............ g 3.5.4.1 Holding Pattern Types .......3.5-9 3 . 5 . 4 . 2 o l dP a g e H ........3.5- 10 3 . 5 . 4 . 3 o l d i n g a tte rn xi t........... H P E 3.5- 16 3.5.5Transition Approach To Phase ........3.5-17 3 . 6 4 PP R O A C H .............. ...............3.6- 1 3 . 6 . 1A p p r o ach a g e P ..............3.6- 1 .............3.6- 4 3 . 6 . 2F M AI n di ca ti o n s T ............3.6- 6 3 . 6 . 3P r o c e du reu rn s 3.6-6 3.6.3.1 Procedure Specified PROCT............. PR 3.63 . 6 . 3 . 2 n u aT e rmi n a ti o n OCT.............. 7 Ma l ......3.6-12 3.6.4Transition Go-Around To Phase 3 . 7 G O- AR OUND........ .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 7 -1 3 .7 .1 G o- Ar ound a9e......... P . . . 3 . 7 -1 3 .7 .2 M isse d pproach A Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 7 -2 3.7.3 SecondApproach Destination To ....3.7-5 3.7.4 Diversion Alternate ...3.7-6 To 3 .7 .5 Tr a n sition the DONEFlightP ha s e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 7 -9 To . . . . . . . 3 . 8 -1

3. 8 D ONE PHASE

p.54

3-iv

Chatvi AP45

FLIGHT PHASES

in The operation the FMS is described this sectionusinga of where scenario might that flight, withdigressions occur an actual on particular necessary fullyexplain to a function, to expand the or on meaning eachdatalineon eachCDUpage. of Theprimary features of the systemare demonstrated the flight proceeds its as to profilefrom destination. Figure3-1 illustrates typicalFMS a PREFLIGHT, through sevennormal the flightphases.
TOP OF CLIMB SPEED LIMIT ALIITUDE CONSTRAINI INITIALCRUISE FLIGHT LEVEL TOP OF DESCENT

LIMIT SPEED ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT
SLATS/FLAPS FXTENDED EARLY DESCENT DESTINATION

ACCELERATION ALTITUDE

REDUCTION ALTITUDE

PREFLIGHT PHASE TAKEOFF PHASE

CLIMB PHASE

CRUISE PHASE APPROACH PHASE

Figure 3-1 Flight ManagementSystem Profile Operation the Honeywell of FMCSis definedby theseflightphases, and automatic sequencing througheach phaseoccursas the flight progressestoward its destination.Each flight phase sequence is explainedat the end of the appropriate subsection. NOTES: 1. The CDU pagesillustrated this guideare accurate in insofar as data type, layout,and scaling is concerned,however, they do not representreal situationsand should not be interpretedas such. 2. Frequentreferenceto APPENDIX B, DATA FORMAT,is recommended untilthe readeris familiarwith the required format of all pilot-entered data.
p.55

3-1

Chatvi AP45

p.56

Chatvi AP45

PREFLIGHT

TABLEOF GONTENTS
PAGE ................3.1- 1 3 . 1 P R E F L T GH T .............. 3 . 1 . 1 Po we r-u-pA i rcra ft ta tu s age......................3.1- 1 P S ..........3.1- 2 3 . 1 .1 .1 a taB a seS e l e cti on D ..3.1- 3 3 . 1 . 2l n i t ia l i za ti o n 3 . 1 .2 .1N l TA P a g e ......... l ...............3.1- 3 3 . 1 .2 .2 o u te e l e cti oP a g e........ R S n 3.1- 10 3 . 1 .2 .3N l TB P a 9 e ......... l 3.1- 11 3.1- 15 3 . 1 .2 .4 se u d o yp o i n ts P Wa 3 . 1 . 3F l i gh P l a n n i n g t 3.1- 17 3.1.3.1 Waypoint Stringing 3.1-20 3.1.3.2 Lateral Revisions 3.1-20 3.1.3.2.1 SID/RWY Selection ..3.1-24 3.1.3.2.2 WPT/NAVAID Entry .3.1-26 3 .1 .3 .2 .3 E WWA Y P OINT N F u n cti o n .3.1- 27 3 .1 .3 .2 .4IR WA Y S a ge......... A P 3.1- 28 3 .1 .3 .2 .5O R T E C ..3.1- 30 .3.2.6 3.1 Waypoint Insertion/ F-PLN andB Pages A 3.1-30 3 .1 .3 .2 .7 yp o i n t e l etion Wa D on F-PLN andB Pages 3.1-31 A .3.2.8 3.1 F-PLN Discontinuity - Purpose/Clearing ..3.1-33 3 . 1 .3 .3 -P L N P a g e F A ..3.1- 34 ..3.1- 37 3 . 1 .3 .4 -P L N P a g e F B 3 . 1 .3 .5 E R T IC AR e vi si o ns V L 3.1- 38 3 .1 .3 .5 .1i meC o n straint y T Entr 3.1- 39 3 .1 .5 .2 p e e d o n str aint y.............. .3 Entr S C 3.1- 43 Revision 3.1 .3.5.2.1 Vertical 3.1- 45 P a g e sA&B ......... 3.1 49 ........ 3 .1 .5 .2 .2 p e ed .3 S Limit .3.5.2.3 3.1 Thrust Reduction A l ti tude .......3.1- 50 3.1 .3.5.2.4 Acceleration .......3.1- 50p.57 A l ti tude

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

3 .1 .3 .5 .3l ti tu d C o n straint y A e Entr .,...,....,. 51 3.13.1.3.5.3.1 Altitude/ Step P re d i c tion .......... 53 Page 3.13 .1 .3 .5 .3 .1.1 tMM CLB/IMM DES............- 61 3.1 3.1.3.5.4 Wind/Temperature ...3.1-62 3.1.3.5.5 Performance Modes 3.1-64 3 .1 .3 .5 .5S tra te gic .1 Mo d eP age......... 3.1- 65 3.1.3.5.5.2 Tactical Mode P a g e ........ .3.1- 67 3 . 1 . 3 .6 l i g hP l a nC h e ck............... F t 3.1- 71 3 . 1 . 3 .7 o p yA cti ve ............... C 3.1- 74 3 . 1 . 4T r a n s i ti o n T a ke o ff h a se ....... ......3.1- 74 to P

p.58

3.1-ii

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

3.1 PREFLIGHT
are weights this phase, data base cycleis validated, the During parameters selected modified, performance are or certain initialized, is andflightplanning accomplished. 3.1.1 Power-up - Aircraft Status Page whenthe crewfirst displayed The AircraftStatuspageis normally (SeeFigure 3.1-1.) Display thispageresults of enters cockpit. the fromanyoneof thefollowing: r Automatically whenpower firstapplied the FMCS. is to o Automaticallyshutdown thesecond whenfuelflowis at of engine (200k9/h). below 440pph . Manually page. (SeeSection7.2.) through REFINDEX the
A3L@-"OO.OO

JT9D-7R4D 1

ENG

@
BASE

a 8 o cr-e 4 N 0 v
PSta607
+1.7
PERF SECOND DAT A 2 5 NOV- 2 e DEC OP PROGRAI,I

ACT IVE

DAT A

A B a82r ?66r GE

BASE

EE EE EE
@

F ACT ORS

Figure3.1-1

p.59

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

The purpose the AIRCRAFT of STATUSpage is to display the performance navigation and data base parameters whichthe for particular FMCSis configured, including: TitleLine - Aircraft model andseries @ @ @ @ @ @ Engine type. periodof the activeNav DataBase. Effective Customer code, cycledate,andsequence number the of database. periodof the secondNAVDataBase. Effective FMCprogram reference number, Performance Factor a number with a rangeof + or - 9.9, reflecting A/C performance the status, measure aircrafU a of engine efficiency nominal, which FMCperformance from on all andprediction calculations based. Forexample,positive are a PERFFACTOR effectively decreases entered the costindex and increases predicted flow. the fuel NOTE: Selection an appropriate of PERF FACTORis a maintenance engineering function, although and this valuemaybe modified thecrew,suchpractice not by is recommended. 3.1.1.1 Data Base Selection Thesecond NavDataBasemaybeactivated pressing by LSK [sD, Figure 3.1-1Thisaction periods change . causes twoeffective the to positions the page. periodis on TheactiveNAVDataBaseeffective always displayed LARGE in font.
GAUTION Ghanging data bases, on the ground or in flight, erases all previously entered data including flight plans. In flight, depending on mode engagement, this action can also cause the A/P to disengage.
p.60

3.1-2

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
3.1.2 lnitialization

Chatvi AP45

pages,lNlT A and lNlT B. Both contain There are two initialization to to datathat is pertinent the flightand whichmustbe inserted allow the FMCSto function. only in the NOTE: lNlT A and lNlT B pages are available PREFLIGHTand DONE flight phase before second engineis startedor aftersecondengineis shutdown' 3.1.2.1 INIT A Page 16s The lNlT A page is accessedby pressing [ffi] mode key on the cost index,definethe CDU. This page allowsthe crew to initialize (or cruiseflightlevel,cruisewind, origin/destination companyroute), etc., and providesaccessto the lNlT B page. lf the lNlT A page is to displayedat engine start, the display revertsautomatically the F-PLNA page.

AL T N L AT

RT E

A LTN LON G

: 9: t CRZ

I NDEx FL TEI { P / T R O P O
CR Z ]'IN I'

/ eesss

EE) GE CE 6E 60 GE

Figure3.1-2 Package). lmprovement SeeNote: Page1-1for QIP(Quality
p.61

A37O FMS PILOVS

GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

@

CO RTE/FLT - Boxes are initiallydisplayedindicating this data is mandatory. Eitherone, or both the CO RTE and flight number may be entered.1@ figure 3.1-3.)The data is separated a slash ( / ) when enteredtogether, when the by or flight numberis enteredalone it is precededby a slash.The slash is omittedif the CO RTE is enteredalone. CO RTE (OlP ONLY) - Enter company route designator. Enteringthe CO ROUTE automatically in the FROM/TO fills field.lf any partof a CO ROUTEis modifiedlaterin the flight, the CO ROUTEfieldis blanked, sinceit is no longerexactly as originally stored. NOTES: 1. lftherearenoroutesstored inthedatabase, oncetheFROM/ "string" routeon TO is identified, crewmustmanually the the the F-PLNpageby entering departure, the airways, waypoints, and arrival. 2. lf the nav data baseeffectivedate does not matchthe aircraft clock date,the MCDU Scratchpad (SP) message"CHECK DATA BASE CYCLE'is displayed. 3. lf the CO RTE entereddoes not exist in the activenav data base,a message'NOTlN DATABASE'is displayed the in scratchpad. FlightlD entry boxesare ( Figure3-4) and Page 3.1-7. The CO RTEfield is alsofilledwhen a CO RTE is selectedon page.(SeeSection .2.2.) theROUTE SELECTION 3.1 Selection of a GO RTE completes flightplanning the function exceptfor selection thedeparture runway. of (SeeSection and 3.1.3.2.1, SID/R WY SELE CTION, Figure and 3.1- 1 0 F L I G HT L A NS . ) , P

@

p.62

3.14

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
@

Chatvi AP45

and for lcAo identifiers origin destination FROM/TO Enter field TheFROM/TO by separated a (/)in thisdatafield. airport in a CO RTEis defined @, or when is filledautomaticaity in withLSGG/LGAT (SP), e.g., from manually thescratchpad pair this LSK [lE.linserts airport 3-4), thesP 1-rigure pressing page theRoUTESELECTION isdisplayed. and into boxes the (SeeSection3.1.2.2.)
INIT -> rtffiYnfn
AL T N L AT

)
FRO M / TO

co

RTE
RT E

FLT

rrrrr-l/rrrrn

m €n
* GE EE EO
@

A LTN LON G

G'tr

99:t
CRZ

INDEx
FL T ENP/TR OP O

/ gesgs

Figure3.1-3 @ @ Withentry LATandLONG IRS/FMPositionVerification: of in RTEor FROM/TO line1, theLAT/LONG theorigin ofa CO These in point displayed thisline. is reference (FROM) airport at units, in 0.1minute or maybe increased decreased values indias coordinates, gateposition to option, actual the pilots to (fJ) adjacent LAT or LONG catedby the slew symbols Theslewkeysof the CDUare used[--l-l (seeFijure 3.1-4). by valuechanges the [-Tl , witheachkeypress LAT/LONG (LAT), degree of per to 0.1minute second), themaximum 90 may the (LONG). Only magnitude bechanged and180degree fromfgn to @, may Theslewsymbols bemoved inthisway. to the or viceversa,by pressing LSK adjacent the desired be changedby typing the may also field. LAT/LONG the into coordinates theSP andtransferring databy pressing field. to the LSKadjacent the desired

p.63
,l- F

A3'O FMS PILOT'A GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

The cardinaldirections(N, S, E, W) may either precedeor followthe numericLaVLong data when entered.A combined entry of LAT/LONGis not possible.Each must be entered separately the scratchpad. in The degreesand minutesare required the tenthsare optional but and will fillwith zeros.The same fillingoccurswith leadingfieldzeros. NOTE: SeeSection ISDUOPERATION, 6.0, formanualposition entryvia the ISDU. This latitude and longitude usedto initialize IRS and thus very is the accurateposition entriesare desirable. The smallerthe initialization inputerrorsin LaVLong, betterthe IRS performance be over the will time. Inertialsystemaccuracyis improvedby updatingthe aircraft positionto the gate coordinatesversus the less accurateNav Data Base airport referencepoint. The HoneywellIRS will accept LaVLonginput errors that differfrom powerdown laststoreddata by plusor minusone degreeduringthe full alignment. The stationaryIRU uses the earth'srotationrate to determine True Heading the and latitude the aircraft. the end of of At the alignperiod,onlylatitude mustpassanother specialBuilt-ln Test Equipment(BITE) comparisonwith the lRUs measuredvalue of latitude.The IRU cannotdeterminethe Longitude from the earth's rotation rate and will accept any good longitudeas its starting position. Thereforeit is the pilot'sresponsibility ensurethat the to correctLongitude entered. is @ COST INDEX - The COST INDEXfieldis dasheduntila CO RTE or FROM/TOentry is made, then boxes are displayed unless CO RTEalsohasa costindexstored the with it,inwhich case it is filledin with the other CO RTE data. The COSTINDEXis a ratioof the costof flyingtime,to the cost of fuel. lt is determined dividingthe dollarcost per hour of by operatingexpenseof the aircraft,excludingfuel, by the cost of fuel in centsper poundor dollarsper kilogram. The lowerthe Cl the slowerthe speedfor betterfuelsavings. The higherthe Cl,thegreaterthe speed, whichsavestimeandtime-dependent operating expenses. Valuesfrom0 to 999areallowed entry, for although thereis no significant effectfor valuesaboveg9 when
Rev 1 Dec/93

p.64

3.1-6

AS|O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

of computations madeusing are costperkilogram fuel.When "Pounds Fuel" made, is thenthe thepinselection display to of limitfor the sameeffectis approximately Thisvalueis 132. usually established eachairline. is modifiable thecrew by lt by viathe MODEpageduring various flightphases maybe and manipulated meetuser needs,i.e.,ATC or otherspeed to requirements. @ ALIGNIRS - Thisprompt displayed is whenanyone,of the three lRUs inthealign is mode, ortheLATor LONG changed is afterthe prompt pressed. is Pressing LSK l4il initiates IRS alignment the position to (SeeFigure displayed line3. on 3.1-4.)
The promptdoes not reappearunlessthe positionenteredon line3 is changed the crew.Changes PPOSduringthe last by to 30 secondsof align mode can extend the alignmentperiod approximately minutefor BITE checks. 1 TheSP messageALlGN is displayed pilot IRS anytimethatthe leaves the lNlT A page before initiatingthe last phase of alignment pressingLSK tZR'|. by See Figure3.1-6,O.

@

CRZ FL - The cruise flight level is either taken from data base,withthe CO RTE,or is manually entered the crew.The by MAXFLfortheA3l0 series F1410.(QlPONLY) TheA300is 600 is limited FL400.Additionally, to someA300-600's havea switchin the cockpitthat lowersthe MAX FL to FL350. TEMP/TROPO - The cruise temperature and tropopause altitudemay be enteredor modifiedby the pilot.Dashesare displayed, and data entryis not allowed, untilthe CRZ FL is definedin [sfl. Cruise temp, unless entered by the pilot is defaultedto ISA for the altitudedefined in GD. TROPOaltitude defaults 36,090 MSL,butmaybe modified to ft. if desired.

@

p.65

3.1-7

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE @

Chatvi AP45

FLT lD (OlP ONLY)- The FLT lD (up to 8 characters) is passed to the_Mode transponder, system, flight on S aids and (@ data recorder Figure 3.1-3). The FMCextracts first the string digits of fromtheFLTlDtocreate FLTNUM the displayed at the top of the F-PLN & B, MODEand otherpages. A For example, HWL1234A entered if is intothe FLT lD, the FLT NUMis setto 1234.lfHWL56B78, FLTNUMis setto 56. the because "B"terminates firststring. the the CRZWIND - Dashes displayed thisfielduntil CRZ in are the FL is defined GD. Default in valueis then0/0 untilthe crew enters cruise the wind. priALTNandALTN RTE - These fields dashed are untilthe mary destinationdefined, boxes displayed, is then are allowing page entryof alternatedesired. ROUTE an if The SELECTION is displayed soonas an alternate as destination specified is in route designator theCO RTES in function of @.An alternate theNavDataBase automatically therouting thealterloads to nate. ALTNRTEfieldis blanked anALTN isentered The if @ viatheSP or modifications madeto thealternate are routing. (if Routing options available) thealternate automatically to are presented upon entry analternate DataLine2onthelNlT of in A page.When no routingis defined,routingis from the destination direct the alternate. to Waypoints the alternate to may then be strungvia the F-PLNpage.lf no alternate is "0" desired, typingthe number in the SP and pushing@ "NONE' the alternate. designates as

@

@ @

p.66

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-8

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
INIT ) LS G6 / L G A T GE
FRO r . l / T0

Chatvi AP45

GD
@

CO

20441
RTE TO

RT E

ALTN L^T

60 4614.4N COST INDEX ED 30 CRZ FL 6D FL37O (B

GE OO 6 0 6 . 6 E EE A LIG N I RS EF T E} 4P/ T R O P O ED - 58 / 3 6 ', 9 9
LONG c Rz s gs. l.ttNIt /g6g

ALTN

@

g

tsRl

c59590#

Figure3.14 With alternate, the LGTS theSP,pressing @ places data in LSK the (SeeFigure in theboxes 3.1-4). alternate No route exists thedata in (See base forthis route, thereforethe in@ isblank. field Figure 3.1-5.)
INIT
CO

?6441/ rtS A
RT E

RT E,/F L T

F ROl.l/

LSGG,/LGAT

AL T N

4614.4N 3g
COST CRZ INI} EX FL

L AT T J

FL37O

GO EE LON G o o6a6.6E EE 6E T EAP / T R O P O GE - 5 6 / 3B g9g CRZ H IN D GO 6 g s'/sgo

T0

Figure 3.1-5 Figure3.1-5is an example the completed of lNlT A page,for flight 1150from LSGGto LGAT.with CO RTE#20441entered.

p.67

3.1-9

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

planresults blanking @ in of Anymodification theCO RTEflight of since routing nolonger the is identical theNavDataBase RTE. to CO NOTE: See Section 3.1.3, FLIGHT PLANNING, manual for planning flight using FROM/TO the ratherthan CO the RTEmethod. into Entries datalines[Tt-] or@, Gt-1, andGDoftheINITApage are required initialize FMC.(QlP ONLY)An entryinto Gfl is to the required ModeS, etc. for 3.1.2.2 Route Selection Page
This pageis displayed or automatically when a CO RTE,FROM/TO, ALTNis specified the INITApage,forwhichthereis morethanone on route.Page accessmay also be from the SEC INDEXpage. (See Se c t io n .1.1, 7 SEC INDE X .) page. Figure3.1-6is an exampleof the routeselection LS GG/LGA T ?/? ) ?9441
IF uGs uBrl.r BI DIR LSGG DIR ]^lIL ucso VItl uE1 TGRNB DIR LGAT FRI KPT @ TALAS EGNNB EO

GO

GO

60

[ g@

* INS E RT ALIGN IRS

RE T URN>@

Figure 3.1-6 The title line displays the Origin/Destination, LSGG/LGAT,and indicates thattheroutedisplayed the secondof two (212)CO is RTE's availablebetweenthese airports.Accessto the other page is via the key. ["-lFEElfunction

p.68

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-10

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
@

Chatvi AP45

for Displays route the alpha numeric, example,20441which to on corresponds the CO RTE inserted the lNlT A page previously. prompt, enters displayed the Pressing LSK GLl,the INSERT plan primary secondary, depending route theflight (either into or pagewasaccessed), thedisplay on howthe and reverts the to page. accessing prompt, Pressing LSK Gn, the RETURN reverts display the to page plan. theaccessing without inserting route theflight the into

@

@

3.1.2.3 lNlT B Page Access the lNlT B pageis fromthe lNlTA pagevia the, [SFl, to prompt), function ontheCDU, indicated theNEXT key as by PAGE pages. lNlTB is displayed, pressing in thetopright corner both of lf the ["-nFdll causes key The lNlTA pageto be displayed. lNlT B page performance parameters, allows crew initialize the related which in to predictions, weights, cruise (e.9., turngenerate performance all CG, altitudes, etc.) Thecrewmayalsousethispagefor fuelplanning. assessment An judgements and subsequent may be made by changing and/or eliminating displayed the values,and notingthe resulting fuel requirements adjustments made. (e.9., as are alternate holding fuel, fuel,required reserves, etc.)
NOTE: Predictions onlyas goodas the completeness are and accuracyof thedataloadedintothe FlightManagement System. Completeroutingfrom DepartureRunway, SlD, Cruise,Steps,Descent, STARs,Approachtype, LandingRunway,and Winds (T.O., Climb, Cruise, Descent,and Landing)must be enteredor updated, when preciseplanningdata is required. The lNlT B page cannot be accessedafter the second engine is started.lf the lNlT B page is displayedat engine start,the display page. automatically switches the FUELPREDICTION to (SeeSection 3.2.6.3.)
p.69

3.1-11

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Figure 3.1-7is an example the lNlTB pageas it appears of initially. Mandatory fieldsdisplay data boxes entryof dataintotheseboxed fields andthoseof the lNlTA Pagecause predictions run. the to
INIT
T AXI 9 .4 T RIP F OB ? o .sg T IM E

)

----/---RTE
ALTN F INAL E XT RA T I} IE T IIlE } IAX OPT FL FL

RSV / iI

- .-/5.O
-- . -/@93@ ----/----

81.tr zF bl rrrr.tr TOGH rrl].tr
L l.l CG ?5.s

BLOC K

cR z F L376

Figure 3.1-7

@

TAXI - Taxi fuel is a data base derived default value, in Thisamountmay be tonnesor pounds, specified the airline. by modified the pilotto a maximumof .9 kgs. or 1984 lbs. by BLOGK - Boxes are initiallydisplayedindicatingthat this entry is mandatory. Value may either be calculated pilotor entered. This field is available allowpredictions run with to to various blockfuelweights. is affords crewtheopportunity Th the to previewthe impactof proposed fuel loads. NOTE: In fields@, @, and IoR-|, data entryis only required in two of the fields. Entry of data into any two, causes the remaining valueto be calculated the FMC and by predictions run.Manualflight construction plan allows to may be expedited when the predictions disabled. are Subsequentto constructionof the flight plan, the predictions may be enabledby inserting the missing data via the lNlT B page or the FUEL PRED page. When the absenceof BLOCK fuel was the disabling factor, at engine start FOB will be assumed and predictions proceedautomatically. will
p.70
restri.Ji^^.

@

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-12

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

by FOB is the present on boardas calculated the FMC. fuel Dashes displayed datais invalid. are if

@

TRIP/TIME The FMC calculated fuel and timeto the trip primary Dashes and destination displayed is notmodifiable. is is notavailable. aredisplayed calculated if data ZFW - Boxes initially indicating thisdatais that are displayed or mandatory. Valuemay eitherbe calculated pilot-entered. (SeeNOTEbelow.) MZFWvaluesappear only if the Zero FuelWeightentered exceeds maximum. the

@

@

RTERSV/%- Thetripreserves expressed actualfuel are as andthepercentage tripfuel.Thepercentage a database of is default valuespecified the airline. by Eithervalueis pilotparametermodifiable, at a time,andthedefining one actual fuel or percentage is displayed LARGEfont. (See in pageB-8.) APPENDIX DATAFORMAT, B, TOGW- Boxesare initially displayed, indicating this that entryis mandatory. Valuemayeitherbe calculated pilotor entered. MTOGW onlydisplayedtheentered is if value exceeds themaximum. NOTE: ln fields@, @, and [sFl, dataentry onlyrequired is intwoofthefields. Entry dataintoanytwocauses of the remaining value be calculated theFMC. to by

@

@

ALTN - lf analternate destination been has specified lNlT on A page, fielddisplays fuelrequired thealternate. this the to lf alternate cannot calculated, fuel be dashes displayed. are Pilotentry into this field is only allowedif no alternate is specified.

p.71

3.1-13

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
@

Chatvi AP45

isacalculated Ll^l - Landingweightattheprimarydestination value of the differencebetweenTOGW and trip fuel,and is not pilot-modifiable. MLW - is only displayed if the entered value exceeds the m a xim um.

@

FINAL/TIME- Represents computed the holding fuel/time at the alternate destination, 1500'QFE at and MAX ENDURANCE speed.Time initially a data base deriveddefaultvalue.Either is valueis modifiable the pilot,butone at a time.Changing by one valuecausesthe otherto be recomputed. eG - Center of gravityis displayedas a % of MAC with a defauftvalueof 25o/o.lf atrim tankis notfitted, thefielddisplays the GW CG. Witha trim tank,the labelline is ZFWCGand the initialdefault stateof the labellineis boxes,indicating entry that of the ZFWCGis mandatory initialize trimtankcomputer. to the In eithercase the data is modifiable. MAX FL - ls the calculatedmaximum altitude capability based on flight level. Dashes indicatea calculated value is unavailable.

@

@

EXTRA/TIME - This field displaysthe extra fuel/timeabove and beyond required all fuel,including reserves. Whenthe Fuel valuebecomes negative, timeis dashed. the Whendashesare shownthe calculated valuesare unavailable. CRZ - Displaysthe CRZ altitudeas definedon the lNlT A page.Any (e.9., datadisplayed datafieldGl-1,lNlTApage, in of boxes,dashes, etc.),is duplicated thisfield.Entryis allowed in unlessthe field is dashed. OPT FL - The presentoptimumaltitudeis displayedin this field.Dashesindicatecalculated value is unavailable. The threemandatory data lineson the lNlT B pagehavebeen performance filled,initializing relatedparameters causing and predictions be calculated, indicated the full data lines to as by in Figure3.1-8below.
p.72

@

3.1-14

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
INIT )
F OE B LOC K

Chatvi AP45

GD s . 4 T R I P / T I }t E EB ||.s/s?s? RT E RSV/Z ED s.e/5.6 gD AL T N ? .4 GD
F INAL /T I} IE

T AXI

ao .6s

?O.@ 148.9
TOG}I ZF W

r es. s FL37O
O PT
} tAX L}I 116.7 FL CG

z.a/OO36
?.7 /sss7

as. o

(o

EXTRA/ TI I . I E

FL345

FL

FL37O

CRZ

Figure 3.1-8 NOTE: In data lines [Tn-|,[zTl, and [5n-1, when data is entered into any two lines by the pilot,the remainingline is calculated and filledby the FMC. 3.1,2.4 Pseudo Waypoints previously, the lNlT B pageoverview, As mentioned in initialization of weights causes performancepredictionsto be calculated and displayed. a resultof thesepredictions, As whichaffectthe lateral and vertical elements the flightplan,pseudowaypoints generated, of are however, these pseudo waypoints- not cause any lateral path do changesto the aircraft, are they everthe FROMwaypointin the nor flightplan. A pseudowaypointis a waypointnot fixedto a geographic location, planby the FMCas an altitude whichis inserted directly intothe flight and/ordistance termination. purpose thesepseudo The primary of waypoints to provide pilot is the with EFISand CDU displayof the location, relative the lateralflight to plan,wherea verticalevent predicted occur.Pseudowaypoints is to are definedas follows:

p.73

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

(T/C) Top of Climb - The point where the predictionprocess intercepts cruise altitudeor the constructed the descenUapproach path,or the pointat whichthe aircraft reaches stepaltitudeif in a the stepclimb. (T/Dl Top of Descent - The point where the prediction process interceptsthe constructeddescenUapproach path, or the aircraftis predicted descendfrom the cruisealtitude. to NOTE: Short route segments with high CRZ ALT's can cause the (T/C) and (T/D) to be at the same point on the fl i ghtplan. (S/G)Step Climb - The point at which the aircraftis predicted to begina previously inserted step climb. to {S/D)Step Descent - The pointat whichthe aircraftis predicted beginthe step descentpreviously insertedin the flightplan. (LEVEL) GlearanceAltitude - The point at which the aircraftis predicted intercept clearance to the altitude. (SPD LIM)Speed Limit - The Speedand altitude displayed are as constraints the F-PLNPageA.Thisis an altitude in related speedlimit associated with the airspacethe aircraftis in. The speed limit is inserted theflightplanat the pointwherethe aircraft crossthe into will speed limitaltitude. (l/P)InterceptDescentPath - is the pointat whichFMScalculates that the aircraftwill reach the constructed path descenUapproach underthe following conditions: 1. IMMEDIATE DESCENTsituational mode is active. ( S eeSe cti on .4.1.) 3 2. The clearancealtitudeis below the point at which the descenU approachpath is intercepted. 3. The absenceof an altitudeconstraint causesthe predictions to level off beforethe descent path is intercepted.
p.74

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-16

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

(HHHHH)Altitude lntercept - is the point at which the aircraftis predicted reachthe PRED TO altitudewhen it is definedvia the to TACTMODEpage,in the CLB or DES phase.This pseudowaypoint if is is not displayed the altitude the sameas the CRZ ALT, SPD LIM ALT, or FCU ALT. may causethe Any changein the activelateralor verticalsituation predictions restart, to to which in turn causesthe pseudowaypoints be recalculated. 3.1.3 Flight Planning Therearetwo active flightplanpages,F-PLNA and F-PLNB. Manual m6flg key on the CDU. accessto the F-PLNA page is via the [r+LH'l Whenon the F-PLNA page,accessto the F-PLNB pageis provided throughthe["TII-l mode key.The key allowsthe crewto viewthe lateral andvertical elements theflightplanintheorderinwhichtheyoccur, of pla n n in g purposes, and revisio n a s d e s ire d . E a c h f or or F-PLNpage is capableof displaying to six waypoints navaids. up waypoints/navaids may be broughtinto view by vertical Additional sluing,untilthe closedloopflightplan returnsto the originairport. NOTE: lf bothACT and SEC F-PLNsare used,each may hold lf 65 a maximumof approximately waypoints. onlythe ACTiveFlight Planis used,approximately waypoints 96 may be entered. Bothlateral(LAT REV)andvertical(VERT REV)revisions made are pages,with LAT REVs beingmadevia the left on the flightplanning six LSKs,and VERT REVs beingmade via the rightsix LSKs.This applies the F-PLNA and F-PLNB pagesonly.Bothare coveredin to detailin this section.

p.75
.r .

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.1-9. of in Theplanned route flightis illustrated Figure

Chatvi AP45

co RourE20441

SEC FLT PLAN

PEP

MKR (LGTS)
TSL

cRo

BRI" -;t,

SKL

-i*;=;*-$ DDM
ATH (LGAT) c59595#

Figure3.1-9 would CORTE20441, northerly the trackofthetwoflightplanroutes, have been insertedin its entiretyhad the CO RTE optionbeen selected. however,the same route is For the purposeof demonstration manually strung, waypoint waypoint. by process The initialization has beencompleted flightplanning and with key.Figure 3.1-1 is anexample begins pressing F'LNI the mode 0 pageas it wouldappear of the F-PLN A withLSGG/LGAT defined.

p.76

3.1-18

A31O FMS PILOVS OUIDE
F ROtl )

Chatvi AP45

GD ED ED ED ED

LS G6 LGA T

@@gg ---/ ---/----0F F-P LN--------/- ---A LTN F-P LN------

@

---F-P LN DIS CONT I NUI T Y -- EF ------E ND -----NO LS GG

6E 60 6E
@
c59596#

(o

Figure 3.1-10

@ @

LSGG - The origin(FROM)airport. F-PLNDISGONTINUITY Aflightplanmarkerdisplayed on the F-PLN, SECF-PLN, and DIRTO pagesonly,indicating the lateral flight plan is not connected between these two waypoints/navaids. (TO) airport. LGAT - The destination ENDOF F-PLN - A flightplanmarkerindicating end of the the a cti ve or S E C F-P LN. S ame d is p la y ru le s a s F -P L N DISCONTINUITY. NO ALTN F-PLN - A flight plan marker indicating that no alternate flightplan has been defined.Same displayrulesas F-PLNDISCONTINUITY. LSGG - The FROM waypoint,is displayedagain because the flight plan is a continuousloop (wraps around to the beginning), and no enroutewaypointshave been definedat this time. Waypointstringing beginswith a lateralrevision the origin at airport, selectthe departure to SID by pressingLSK @.
p.77

@ @

@

@

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
3,{.3.1 Waypoint Stringing

Chatvi AP45

Manual definitionof a flight plan route, or waypoint stringing,is accomplished the F-PLNpagesdirectly, orfromthe F-PLNpages on through the LAT REV function.(See Section 3.1.3.2, LATERAL R EVTSTONS.) lf no CO RTE existsfor the desired route,the FROM/TOmethod is waypointby waypoint. used to definethe flightplan manually, (FROM/TO) waypoints The pilotmay enterORIGIN/DESTINATION on the lNlT A page for the activeflight plan. (See Section3.1.2.3, FROM/TO METHOD.) The FROM/TOpair must be eitherairports listedin the data baseor pilot-defi runways. (SeeSectio 7 .2.1,DEFI ED WAYPOINTS. ned n N ) planning, prevent NOTE: As a technique to during manualflight the unwantedscrolling the flightplan waypointsas of the pseudowaypointsare insertedby the FMC, it is recommended that waypointstringingon the F-PLN pagesbe accomplished priorto initializing weights the page. on the lNlT B For the purposeof demonstration, assume a flight from Zurich to (LGTS)as the alternate, Athens(LSGG/LGAT), Thesalonika with for which there is no CO RTE. 3.1.3.2 Lateral Revisions Lateralrevisions changesmade in the lateralflightplan,from a are pointcalledthe revisepoint,which may be any waypointin specific the flightplan,including FROMwaypoint(expressed PPOS), the as (expressed DISCON). and F-PLNDISCONTINUITY The lateral as pageis displayed revision automaticallywhen leftLSKis pressed any on a F-PLNpage.Thewaypoint nexttothepressed LSKformsthetitle page.Revisionsmade on these pagesaffectonlythe of the LAT REV plan; planlegsthatoccurup to and including downpathflight allflight the revisepoint remainintact.Shouldthe revisepoint becomethe FROMwaypointwhile a lateralrevisionis beingdefined,the lateral
p.78

3.1-20

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

page. Lateral reverts theF-PLN to and revision erased thedisplay is to revisions causeall predictions be recalculated; dashesare displayed whilenewvalues calculated. are revisions: of Thereare fivegeneral categories lateral on insertion/deletion directly F-PLNA and B pages. 1. Waypoint (SeeSection A and INSERTION/F-PLN 3.1.3.2.6, WAYPOINT B pages.) (See 2. Fromthe flightplanpages through LATREVfunction. the Section 3.1.3.2.2, WPT/NAVAID ENTRY, Section and 3.1.3.2.3, NEWWAYPOI FUNCTION VIA/GOTO in Section3.1.3.2.) NT and yi6 planpages, {hs[""l ksy. 3. TheDIRECT function theflight TO on (SeeSection 3.3.4, DIRECT NAV.) TO 4. The Parallel Offsetfunction the activeflightplan,from the for page. (SeeSection PROG 3.4.4, PARALLEL OFFSETS.) 5. TheAlongTrackOffset waypoint entered the F-PLNpages, on (See Section usingthe PLACE/DIST 3.5.3,ALONG function. TRACK OFFSETS, Section and 3.5.3.1, ATOWAYPOINTS.) SID revisions normally are doneonlyat the ORIGIN waypoint, and STARrevisions doneonlyat the lastenroute waypoint. (see Pressing LSK Fn, nexttoLSGG, ORIGIN the waypoint Figure page. 3.1-10), causes display the "LATREVfromLSGG" of

p.79

A37O FfiIS PILOT'S GUTDE
LAT REV FRor.rLSGG

Chatvi AP45

<S ID

4 6 1 4 .4 N/Sg 6 S6 .5 E-

S T A R>
HOLD>

<A I R'.IAY vtAlsoTo

t l /c
*t
NEH

I

P R o CT>
t
CO RTE

I.IPT

I

l*

" il r-$Edzf
* ENA B LEA LTN RE TURN>

Figure3.1-11 Notice theLAT/LON_G that point, coordinates therevise of LSGG, are justbelow titlelineO. Thisis truein allcases, the except whenthe pointis defined PLACE/BEARING/DISTANCE,is a revise by or it F-PLN DISCONTINUITY. @ SID - Displays SID pagewhenpressed. the Thisprompt is phase PREFLIGHT, origin onlydisplayed whentheflight is the pointis the airport defined the flightplan,andthe revise is in origin airport. prompt notdisplayedtheorigin This is if waypoint is a pilot-defined runway the origin the alternate or for flight p l a n ( S e eF i g u re .1 -1 1 .) . 3 STAR - Provides accessto the STARpage.This promptis displayed whenever destination a airport has beendefined, and the revisepointis any waypoint otherthanthe FROM (SeeSection waypoint. 3.4.6, RWY/STAR SELECTION.) pressedaccessisprovidedtotheA|RWAY AIRWAY- When page, allow to selection anyairway of segment associated with prompt displayed thatwaypoint. This point is whenthe revise is a fixedwaypoint, exceptwhen it is a pilot-defined pilot or created(waypoint, navaid, (SeeSection runway, airport). or .3.2.4, 3.1 AIRWAYS PAGE.)

@

@

p.80

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-22

A31O FMS PTLOVS OUIDE
@

Chatvi AP45

pattern with a HOLD- Thisfunction usedto insert holding is plan,or modify the a manual termination intothe flight leg pattern. Section parametersanalreadyexisting (See of holding 3 . 5 . 4H OL D IN G.) , and VIA/GOTO (OlP ONLY) Allows for the definition stringing waypoints of alonga commonairwayto a termination pointalongthat airway.Allwaypoints on the airwaybetween the LAT REV and GO-TOpointswill be enteredintothe flight plan.This laborsavingfunction allowsrapidentryof extended airwayroutingfrom a waypoint.

@

@

PROCT - Provides accessto the procedure turn page.This promptis displayed only if the revisepointis a fixedwaypoint, or is the manualtermination a procedure of turn leg that is not active.This promptis not displayedif the revisepoint is the pointof an active FROMwaypoint, the manualtermination or procedure leg.(SeeSection turn PROCEDURE TURN.) 3.6.3, NEWWPT - is usedto inserta fixedwaypoint directly intothe plan.The waypointmay be definedby its identifier, flight LAT/ LONG,or PLACE/BEARI NG/DISTANCE. Whenthe LSK adjacent the bracketpromptis pressed, to with the desiredidentifier the SP, the new waypointis strung in directlyinto the flight plan and displayrevertsto the F-PLN page. lf the revisepoint is the FROM waypoint,it becomes PPOS, and a F-PLN DISCONTINUITY strung between is PPOSand the new waypoint.lf the NEWWPT is a partof the down path route, a DIR TO leg will be constructed, and all in ter ve ningwaypoints will be de le t e d . (S e e 3 . 1 . 3 . 2 . 6 , WAYPOINT INSERTION/F-PLNand B PAGES.) A

@

@

CO RTE - This function allows a flight plan revision by designating prestored a companyroutefroman enrouterevise point.The desiredCO RTE number is insertedin this field, causingall down pathwaypoints, from the revisepoint,to be (SeeSection .3.2.5, deleted thenewroute be inserted. and to 3.1

co RTE.)

p.81

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
@

Chatvi AP45

NEW RTE TO - This functionis used to define a new destination the FMC.The destination for musteitherbe an airport storedin the data base,or a runway created the by definedwaypoints function(See DEFINED WAYPOINTS, 7.2.1). Function mostoften is used an emergency for return to the originairportor a diversion a previously to undefined destination afteramissed approach attheprimary destination. (SeeSection3.3.2.2, ROUTE TO.) NEW ENABLEALTERNATE Usedtoactivatethealternateflight planif an alternate has on destination beenspecified the lNlT are A page. primary All flightplanwaypoints constraints and pathof the revise point, thealternate deleted down and route point is strung fromthe revise followed a F-PLN by DISCONTINUITYthen the first and subsequent waypoints the of plan. alternate flight page, RETURN Prompt returns display theF-PLN the to or page. theaccessing

@

@

SID/RWY Selection Referring 3.1.3.2.1 backto Figure 3.1-11, pressing LSK nn , adjacent the SID prompt, to accesses SID the page.In thiscase, titlelineis, "SlDfromLSGG", a listof the and available SlDsandRWYsis displayed.
S ID FRoH LSGG
RH Y S

GD ED 6D EB ED GD

ADTN ADS P AD9A DIJTN D IJgA

SIDS

A 5 fi|Fl Alr

?3

*sl
EF EE 6E GE

RETURN> 1

c59607#

Figure3.1-12

p.82

3.1-24

A31O FMS P'LOT'S OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Either SIDor theRWYmaybeselected Assuming flight the first. this pressing hasbeencleared a FRISN for departure, LSK @ selects RWY05 for departure, changes display that shownin and the to Fi g u r e . 1 - 1 3. 3
SID FRor,rLSGG

GD ED GD gD

DIJB N E P IsN FRI 7JX FRI7K1^I

S I DS

<SEL>

R 1{Y S

05 @

REI , I A I N I N 6 RHYS

GE
GE EE EO GE

?3

ED FRIE N GD * I NSERT

RETURN>

t

c59608#

F i g u re .1 -1 3 3 The selected runway indicated the <SEL>05 in line @ . lf is by necessary, scroll the function maybe usedto viewthe entire of list SlDscompatible RWY05.Pressing with LSK @ in Figure 3.1-13 selects FRISN anddisplays the SID Figure 3.1-14.
SID FRoM LSGG FRISN <SEL> <SEL>
SIDS RHYS

05
E OS ID

ONE

T RANS

E O @s ?3

DIJ1A

REI.IAINING SIDS

REI.IAIN IN G R ].IY S

DIJS N *INS E RT RE T URN> 1

Figure 3.1-14

p.83

3.1-25

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

The SID selectedis now indicated the FRISN<SEL>in line [Tt-]. by Departuretransitions(TRANS), if any, are listed above the REMAINING SIDSlabelpriorto selection. OnlytheTRANSselected is displayedafter one is selectedfrom the list. lf 4.oTRANS exist for the SID selected, NONEis displayed the fielde. OtherSIDSand in RWYS are listedunderREMAINING SIDS or REMAIN|NG RWYS. These may be viewedthroughuse of the slew keys on the CDU. Noticethe ENGINEOUT SID (EOSID)in line {Znl,Figure3.1-14. There is only one in the database for each runway, and it is PressingEn-l automatically displayed when the runwayis selected. <SEL>the displayed selects EOSID. NOTE: lf the SID pagewas accessed from the SEC or ALTN F-PLNpages,no SID promptis displayed. prompt,Gfl,results theselected Pressing tFINSERT the in departure plan, and the display returningto the being strung into the flight F-PLNpage. accessing WPT/NAVAID 3.1.3.2.2 ENTRY - Figure 3.1-15 showsthe SID as (FRl),the end pointof this departure, far as Fribourge followedby a F-PLN DISCONTINUITY becausethe route has not been defined beyondthis point.
FRor.r L|SO t

Ug

6E TAOO GE 6E FL? 4 7 GD- - -F-P LN DIS CONTINUIT Y -- GE
FLLOA

GD R l ,.l @s g o o o ---/ ED ( L E V E L ) se e ts/ .(seP; ED (LIM) s4 ?5O/ c g4a. EB SPR ss ers/* FRI SN ED FR I tl " /
'.IIL

t4Io @ SgAa EE

lJ

c59610#

F i g u re .1 -1 5 3 (WlL), nextwaypoint WithWillisau the the along route flight, of typed pressing @ strings intotheflight planand inthescratchpad, LSK it moves F-PLN the DISCONTINUITY onedataline. down
3.1-26
p.84

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
F R o l .r l tSg )

Chatvi AP45

Rt^105 @ gao ---/ se ets/ EO (f-E V fl)

GD gB 6D

(LIM) cs48' SPR
F RISN

( SPD)

gC ss
rr

@ S g g o @E ?5O/ FLTOA EE srs/+ TgqO gE
l4 t 6
" / FLa47

FRI

6E

N IL

UG5

ls

.ss/ t..ii

GE
c5s611#

Figure 3.1-1 o

Anentire route however, thereare maybeconstructed thismanner, in otheroptions accomplish sameresult. to the NEW WAYPOINT 3.1.3.2.3 Function The NEW WAYPOINT function accessed is from the LAT REV page.When manually stringing flightplan,the revisepointwouldbe the lastwaypoint a defined. is in Using function, newwaypoint strung the flight this the plan point, a DIRECTTO andisfollowedwith afterthe revise with leg, providing downpath a F-PLN DISCONTINUITY, no waypoints exist. PressingLSK f-6n,nextto WlL, Figure3.1- 16, accesses LATREV the fromWIL page.
LAT REV F Ro r,r l^lIL 47 rO.8N/60754.4E <SID <A I RI^IAY
\ r t r Al80TO

@ > HO L D GE

t ltE ' *[

7 tl*
NEl,I CO R TE TO

60

NE1 ,,I l.IPT

]

go
EE

l,,lIL lt

R TE

l*

*E NA B LEA LTiN ZUE

R E T URN) @

Figure3.1-17
p.85

A37O FMS PILOVS

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Typethe desired waypoint the SP - ZUE is the nextwaypoint in along planned the route flightandpressLSK@. of F-PLN pageis displayed A withthe newwaypoint strungin the p f lig h t l a n .
Drsr
- ( s PD ( LiM)) co48'
F RISN

II5O
HINI)

t

SPR
FRI

-9 gss'/os s az/ sse' rl
- g4 " /

s

@ @ @

l"lIL

UG5

37 - 6s 3? -ss 13
ilil/rl

" "

/ /

rl rl

(r /c)
zuE
UG s O

@o EE
@

TJ Figure 3.1-18

c5s13*

Eitherof the precedingtwo methodsmay be used to stringthe flight plan all the way to the destination. Afastermethod wouldbe to usetheVIA/GOTO function stringallthe to waypoints betweenPPOSand the end pointon an ainuaysegment. 3.1.3.2.4 AIRWAYS Page Accessed from LAT REV page, the AIRWAYS page may be used to string an entire airway segment alongthe routeof flight.(See Figure3.1-11,and Section3.1.3.2, LATERALREV|STONS.) Referring the routeof flight(Figure3.1-9),Kempten(KPT) is the to nextwaypoint. The Ainruay from KPT to Villach(VlW) is UG313. After enteringKPT into the flight plan, the desired revise point for a process becomeKPT. LAT REVto continue manualstringing the will A LAT REV from KPT is done, and the AIRWAYS page is accessed by pressing LSK [-tn, Figure3.1-11.
p.86

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-28

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
A IRT{A Y S FRor{K P T @ <G313 @

Chatvi AP45

ED <G3 6D <G60
<uG313 ED ( UG4

EO
@

EE EE
R E T URN) @
c59614#

GD <UG6O

F i g u re .1 -1 9 3 pagelistsall airways The airways defined the Kempten by VOR, including Altitude. Low Select UG313 pressing by LSK(Til. Figure 3.1-20lists endpoints the fromKPTnotice associated UG313 with thetitleline.

UG313 FRo1.r KPT

GD *TGO
@

c Rs - 342'

cRs-197.

RT T NB * @
V I I,,I* KFT*

H€il
EE
GO

EB ED (il

RETURN>

c5s15# Figure g.1-zo

Theairway courses FROMKPTareat thetopof eachlist.Pressing VIW*, thedesired point, end in LSKf-ril, stringsthis airwaysegment theflightplan.

p.87

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

LIS 0

)

zuE
KPT UG313 RTTNB UG313 v I hl L GA T

---/--------/--------/-------- / ------__/ 90 fJ

- - -F-P LN DIS CONTINUI T Y --

Figure 3.1-21 Noticethe labelline above [gll and [ZD, UG313,and the routeof flightto VlW, to confirmthe previousaction. A LAT REV from VIW producesan airway list that includesUB1. Selection this airwaywould allow completion the flightplan to of of destination. CO RTE Referring 3.1.3.2.5 back to Figure3.1-11, the CO RTE yet option,in @, represents anothermethodto definea flightplan from the desiredrevisepointthroughthe LAT REV function. Assumea manually definedflightplan routeintersects CO RTEto a the samedestination, at Dolsko(DOL),VOR, CO RTE 20441} [e.9., lf desired, RTE20441(numerics CO intodata only),couldbe entered fieldt?Fl. Thisone action wouldstringthe remainderof route, the from DOL to LGAT into the flightplan. 3.1.3.2.6Waypoint Insertion/F-PlN A and B Pages Waypoints are inserted into the flight plan by first typing the alpha numericsin the scratchpad, and then insertingthe data into the desired fleldby pressing adjacent the LSK.(SeeAPPENDIX DATA B, FORMATS, the correctformat.) for NOTE: Incorrect data format is indicatedby the SP message, 'FORMATERROR". dataentryattemptintothe wrong A fieldgenerates SP message,"NOTALLOWED'. the
p.88

3.1-30

AS|O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

directlyintothe flightplan,from the SP, Waypoints may be inserted at any pointotherthan the FROMwaypoint, any of the following by methods: . By itsidentifier, it is contained the database,as was previously in if demonstrated. . By itsidentifier, it hasbeenpilot-defined the NEWWAYPOINT if on page (not in data base). . By its LAT/LONG,(e.9., LLOI would be the first LAT/LONG waypoint, and would be displayed the ND as LLO1.) on . By its PLACE/BEARI NG/DISTANC (e.9.,ZUEl225l 5 would be 1 E, of displayed the ND 1sNM tromZUE on a bearing 225 deg). on PBDO would be thefirstPLACE/BEARI 1 waypoi nt, NG/DISTANCE and wouldbe displayed the ND as PBD 01. on . By itsPLACE/DISTANCE, (e.g.,ZUE|1 onthe 5wouldbedisplayed ND, on the routeof flight,1sNM afterZUE, ZUE|1Swould occur 1sNM beforeZUE). PD01would be the first PLACE/DISTANCE waypoint, and would be displayed the ND as PD01. on . By an airportidentifier, (e.9.,LSGG.) . By a runway (e.9.,LSGGOS.) threshold identifier, NOTE: The FMCstoresa totalof 20 pilot-defined waypoints of alltypes. (SeealsoSection .2.1,DEFINED 7 WAYPOINTS, Section and 7.2.5, DEFTNED NAVA|DS.) 3.1.3.2.7Waypoint Deletion on F-PLN A and B Pages Waypointsare deletedfrom the activeflightplan,on eitherF-PLNA or B pages,by firstensuring SP is clearof data,and then pressing the the function key on the CDU keyboard. GLR iswrittenin the SP, and may then be transferredto the desired waypoint field by pressing the adjacentLSK.

p.89

3.1-31

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Referring Figure to pressing 3.1-22, LSK@ detetes fromthe WIL planandthedisplay flight changes thatshown Figure to in 3.1-23.
| 1150 t l

GDI sF R tt' s s s s es s /+7 o s 6 l GE @D CiifiJ' ,e ?5o/FL15@ I FRr s N | I I @ r l s ? 3 / r r - a r sIEO ITL ED rs .B s rl eael 60 INIL ( I /O @ 16 " / F L33oI ED UG6 9 I GB
c59617#

Figure3.1-22 WILis replaced a F-PLN by DISCONTINUITy, 3.1-23,which Figure maybedeleted thesamemanner waypoint in the was.(seesection 3.1.3.2.8, F-PLN DISCONTINUIry PURPOSE/CLEARING.) tl1@ ssss s6
1l

GD ED 6D
@

co4s, SPR
F RISN

) TAOO @

([ifiJ'

ess/+ ?54/
315/

FLLSO
F L 2 49

EE

FRI

--_F-PLN

DIS CONTINUI T Y -- EE ?s
?l

6D (I /C) U G6 6 GD ZUE
C LR

" / FL3 7 g 5E
" / F L g Tg

1J

GD

Figure3,1-23 Depending the typeof the waypoint on cleared, results this the of actionare as follows: . Clearing downpathwaypoint a deletes selected fromthe the leg plan, flight andreplaceswitha F-pLNDISCONTINUITy. it
3.1-32
p.90

A3'O FMS PILOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

. Clearingthe TO waypointdeletesthat leg from the flight plan, causesTP (TURNING POINT)to becomethe FROMwaypoint, and strings a direct leg to the next fixed waypoint. lf the TO or waypointbecomesa F-PLN DISCONTINUITY, is followedby PPOS(PRESENTPOSITION). one,theFROMwaypointbecomes . Clearingthe TO waypoint is not allowed,if aircraftpositionis invalid. See paragraph 8.6. o Clearing generates newactiveleg.Clearing FROMwaypoint a the FROMwaypointis not allowedif NAV is engaged.SP message, "NOT ALLOWED"is displayed both cases. in o Clearingthe origin or destination waypoint is not allowed.SP "NOTALLOWED"is generated the attemptis made. message, if 3.1.3.2.8F-PLN Discontinuity - Purpose/Glearing Discontinuities, flightplangaps,may occuras partof a data base stored or CO RTE, SlD, STAR, or resultfrom a lateralflight plan revision. A discontinuity existwithin primary may a routelegbetween waypoints, and is normallyencounteredwhen no stored route exists between two waypoints, the routerequiresmanualdefinition the pilot. or by Whenever FMC createsa discontinuity the flightplan,the first the in (lF).See Section legfollowing discontinuitywill an initialfix the 2.4 be for leg typesin the flightplan.All legsare deleted fromthe beginning of the discontinuity to the first leg containinga fixed waypoint up termination, this waypointis then converted an initialfix. and to Discontinuities indicatedby the flight plan marker. F-PLN are DISCONTINUITY, displayed across entire the widthof the CDU in a data line.Clearing discontinuity a resultsin the two waypoints being reconnected the F-PLNpage as well as on the ND. on Referring back to Figure3.1-23,with CLR in the SP, the F-PLN DISCONTINUITY clearedby pressing is LSK @ Additionally, a waypointmay be inserted top of the F-PLNDISCONTINUITY, on as planning, in manualflight causing movedownonedataline, be itto to (SeeSection .3.1, cleared aftertheflightplan isstrung. 3.1 WAYPOINT STR ING ING , S ection and 3.1.3.2, TE R A L V I S I O NS . ) LA RE
p.91

3.1-33

Rev 1

Dec/93

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.{.3.3 F-PLN A Page

Chatvi AP45

Lateral and vertical elements bothflightplanpagesare listedin the of time sequence theiroccurrence. of The purpose the F-PLNpages of is to displaythese elementsin a waypointby waypointformatthat includes time,speed,and altitude each segmentof the route, the of (See with selection capability situational for modeswhereavailable. 3.4.1,SITUATIONAL MODES.) Section The F-PLNA page is accessedmanuallyby: o The [ipr-lm6ds key on the CDU. . The ["-Elfunction key from the F-PLNB page. The F-PLNA page is displayed automatically. o When a fixedwaypointis enteredon the DIR TO page. o When a revisionpage, accessedfrom the F-PLN A page, is insertedin the flightplan. o Fromthe lNlT A or RTE SELECTION pagewhen the flightphase phase. transitions from PREFLIGHT DONEto an activeinflight or o From a MAINTENANCE page when the flightphasetransitions phase. from PREFLIGHT DONE to an activeinflight or

FRol,r

tts@

)

tqr a CD R 1 ^ 1 0 5 0 0 0 @ ---/ GD ( L E V E L ) se e rs/ SAOO (SPD) GD (LIM) s4 ?5O/ FLIAA cs4a. grs/+ TA06 EB SPR sa F RISN ED F R I rr " / F t" 47
@

t f IL

U G5

rs

.B s/ rt.ii

Figure3.1-24
p.92

3.1-34

ASIO FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Figure3.1-24,is an exampleof the F-PLNA pageas itwouldappear with LSGG/LGAT defined. the from leftto right,the page contains Vertically columns, in data: following Title Line - The flightnumber,as enteredon the lNlT A page(field appearson the rightside of the blankif no flightnumberis entered), psge,followedby the NEXT PAGE arrow ). @ @ pseudowaypoints, flight Waypoints with leg type information, planmarkers (F-PLN DISCONTINUITY, END OF F-PLN, etc.),with leg type information displayedin the firstvertical are is atthetopof the column column;the FROMwaypoint always in separated in line1, followed bytheTOwaypoint line2, unless by a pseudo waypoint.See Section 2.4 for leg types and (LEVEL) In waypoints and (SPD formats. thiscase,the pseudo LIM) occurbeforeSPR, the TO waypoint. (in forthe FROMwaypoint line1) The time,speed,and altitude parameters, predicted, not and are displayed are memorized in LARGEfont. lf PPOS is the FROM waypoint,dashesare in displayed all threefields.lf the FROMwaypointis also the waypoint,TIME is as stated under NOTE below, ORIGIN SPEEDis V1 as definedon the TAKEOFFpage(dashesif not or and the ALTITUDEis the originfieldelevation the defined), runwayelevation roundedto the nearest10 feet. 1c 6c Time enroutefor each leg is displayedin the secondvertical column. For predictedtimes the hour is not included on of successive linesunlessit changes, withthe exception line 1, where it is always displayed.Hours are always be displayed with a time constraint. NOTE: Priortotakeoffthetimes ETE;aftertakeoffthetime are and in line 1 changes from zeroesto the time airborne, the times for each leg become ETAs at the waypoinU navaid.

p.93

3.1-35

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
@ @

Chatvi AP45

Speed and altitude for each leg (large font indicates a constrained value,sMALL font indicates computed a value)is displayed the righthalfof the screenforeachwaypoint, on both geographicand pseudo. Adittosymbol(") in the speed/altitude columnindicates predicted the valuesdo not changefor that segment. Constrainedspeed/altitude values are always presented. Speed is normally FMC generated (stunll font) and is a predicted speed valueat the waypoint,unlessa pilot-entered (LARGEfont). constraint displayed is In cruiseflight,if the Machis lessthan0.65,the corresponding CAS is displayed.

Abovethecrossoveraltitude, Machis displayed unlessit is below.65 (seeabove).Belowthe crossover altitude, CAS is alwaysdisplayed. The crossover altitude defined the altitude is as whereCASand Mach represent same value of TAS. the A (+) or (-) nextto the waypoint altitudemeansa crossing restriction at that waypoint of the value indicated,(e.9., line @, +7000, indicates that SPR must be crossedat or above 7000 MSL.) The barometer corrected altitude is displayed in feet (rounded to the nearest 00) belowtheTRANSALT and FL (ONE)abovethe TRANS 1 ALT. Prior to T/C the origin TRANS ALT is used, after T/C the destination TRANSALT is used (fromdatabaseunlesschangedby pilot). the The verticalscrollsymbol t0 on the rightside of the SP, indicates the flightplanmay be scrolled ordown throughuseof the scrollup up or scrolldown functionkeys.Each key pressscrollsthe displayone data line.E VERTICALREVISIONS @ (See Section3.1.3.5, coNSTRATNTS.)

3.1-36

p.94

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.1.3.4 F-PLN B Page

Chatvi AP45

TheF-PLN page B format identical theF-PLN pageinsofar is to A as planisconcerned. addition thedisplay flight display theflight of to of ln plan displays legdistance, the route, right oftheF-PLN page the half B The F-PLNB page is and temperature, wind for each waypoint. accessed: . Manually the ["-lnE6Flfunction the F-PLN page. via keyfrom A . Automatically any revisepageaccessed from fromthe F-PLN page. B
Drsr g -s sss. /sos gz/seg.
-s4 37 3? " / rl

@

GD

.(sPD) (LIM) cs4a. SPR FRrsN
FRI UG s l, . lI L- s s "/ r l

.C

t tlSO r.rrND

EO
@ @

ED 6D
@

(f/C)
uG 60

-s5
13

" /

''

zuEril/,'

t0
Figure 3.1-25

EO EE GO

c59620{

Withreference Figure3.1-25, F-PLNB pagedisplays, to the from left to rightin verticalcolumns:

@ @
@ @

Waypoints,pseudo waypoints,flight plan markers (F-PLN DISCONTINUITY, END OF F-PLN),with track to the next waypoint, identicaltothe F-PLNA page. is The DIST, is the enroutedistancebetweenwaypoints, a to maximumvalueof 4096NM.The distance the TO waypoint to is alongtrackdistance go. For pseudowaypoints the TO to in position(seconddata line), the distanceis the along track distance fromPPOSto the predicted LAT/LONG the pseudo of waypoint. Distance is not displayedfor all leg types (see Section2.4).
p.95

3.1-37

A37O FIWSPILOT'S GUIDE
1c 6c

Chatvi AP45

for is The forecast temperature, degreesCelsius, displayed in each waypoint, except the FROM waypoint where the temperature the actualmemorized is valuefor that position. lf the FROMwaypoint PPOS,dashes(----) is are displayed in the temperaturefield. Temperatureis displayedin both LARGE (pilot-entered) sunll (predictedor default) font. or Temperature displayed the TlC orTlD , but notat any other is at pseudowaypoints. The forecastwind direction/velocity, basedon pilotentriesis displayedfor each waypoint, except the FROM waypoint wherethe actualforecast wind for that waypointis displayed. lf the FROM waypointis PPOS, dashes (-----) are displayed. Wind directionis referenced True North.Wind to valuesare displayed bothLARGE(pilot-entered) in andstunll (defaultorpredicted)font. isdisplayed Wind atT/CandT/D,but not at any otherpseudowaypoint.

Otherpage data and symbology identical the F-PLNA page. is to 3.1.3.5 VERTICAL Revisions Verticalrevisions changesmadeto the flightplanwhichhavean are immediate ordownpath(future) flightplanvertical affecton the active profile.This verticalprofilerepresentsthe desiredaircrafttrajectory, thrustsettings, and speedsalongthe verticalpath of the flightplan. The two verticalrevisionpages are accessedfrom F-PLN A and F-PLN B pages and are displayedwhen a right LSK is pressed adjacent the desiredwaypointon eitherflightplan page. to revisions the flightplancan be madeat any pointalongthe Vertical to route of flight. The displayedpage corresponds the accessing to page; (i.e., F-PLN A page allows access to VERT REV A page, F-PLNB pageA/ERT REV B page).

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-38

p.96

ASIO FMS PILOVS

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

to revisions the verticalprofilemay be made on these The following two pages: . Speed limitsand climb,cruise,or descentspeeds o Altitudeand time constraints . Altitudesteps r Temperature and wind revisions Entry of a verticalrevisioncauses a completerecalculation the of verticalflight plan profileand invalidates previousperformance all predictions; in dashes(- - -) are displayed the data fieldsuntilthe data is recalculated. Vertical revisionsmay be made to the primary,secondary,and is these revisions alternate flightplans.The methodto accomplish identicalin all three cases; however,changesthat may affectthe active situationare not allowed in either the secondaryor alternate for flightplans.(See Section7, ADDITIONAL FEATURES, specific plans.) data on secondary and alternate flight lf the verticalrevisiondoes not meet certaincriteria,it is rejectedby "NOTALLOWED",is displayed. the FMC, and the SP message, NOTE: Any pilot-entered procedure-specified vertical flight or planconstraint displayed LARGEfont.Nav Data is in Base derived constraintsand proceduresare in SMALL font. is as 3.1.3.5.1Time GonstraintEntry Atime constraint defined a (ETD,ETA),to be metat a specified waypoint the in time requirement lateral flight plan. Based on the performancepredictionsof the verticalprofile, the FMC adjuststhe speedtargetduringthe cruise flightphaseto meet the desiredtime constraint. is whenever CSTR REMOVED", displayed The SP message,'TIME deletedfrom the flightplan. a time constraint automatically is

p.97 ,t-39

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Time constraintsmay be entered at any fixed waypoint in the flight plan, from the verticalrevisionpage, except under the following conditions: . ENG OUT mode is active. o No valid clock data. . Active lateralleg is a holdingpatternor procedure turn. . A STEP is in the primaryflightplan. . A destination not definedin the primaryflight plan. is . A EOSID is missedor approachis beingflown. . Entry is attempted a leg not in the primaryflightplan. on 'NOTALLOWED', is displayed any of the above The SP message, if conditions existwhen an entry attemptis made. Time constraintsare automatically deletedfrom the flight plan for the following: . When the aircrafttransitions airborne. to . When a secondtime constraint enteredinto the flight plan. is . Activationof the EO mode. . Loss of valid clock data. o The activeleg has a manualtermination. "TIMECSTR REMOVED", displayed The SP message, is whenever a time constraint automatically is deletedfrom the flight plan. A time constraint may be thoughtof as beinga pilot-defined ETA for a specified waypointor destination. With reference Figure3.1-26,assumea destination to ETA of 1114 is desired for RW33R at LGAT.

p.98

3.1-40

ASIO FMS PILOT'S OUIDE
ttSA
EGNN B E GNl 3 B RA V HKNB R1,-133 R
H33 3. c 06 5 ' 33 36 37 c 13

Chatvi AP45

)

s??7 3S

?5s /

FL055

??O/+ 3 O O O ?oo/ 176/
r38/

Ets

c33 c33

? 5 g g GO ? 5 A A EO
-?.7'

60@<

6E eoo/------ CE
?5@g

TJ

Figure3.1-26 Pressing @, adjacentto LSK RW33R, causesdisplayof theVERT pointis RW33R, indicated thetitleof REVA page. Therevise as by the CDUpagein Figure 3.1-27, VERTREVAT RW33R.
VERT REV AT RN33R )

(iD ED ED AT AL T ED ? 5 A O ED (B *CLR A LT
It14

EF o E= 7 .3

ExT RA= 1 . 7

cE)
GT.IT

t
DES SPD

l*

l al {|

4t

*
6E GE RET URN> GE
c5s622#

tr'zr

1l

LII.I

? a s /F Lrsot

Figure3.1-27

p.99

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Typethe desired ETA in the SP, 1114, and insertit intothe field "GMT',by pressing labeled, LSK @. This actionresultsin the automatic display theaccessing of page, F-PLN pageinthiscase. A Nolicethatthe desired ETAis nowdisplayed nextto RW33R line in 5, O, andin LARGE to indicate it is pilot-entered (see font that data Figure 3.1-28). scrolling flightplanbackto the origin the waypoint, RW05 LSGG, maybe seenthatin ordertomakegoodthe ETA at it of 1114 LGAT, at using current the strategic mode, takeoff the from LSGGmustbe at 0837,(?. (SeeFigure 3.1-29.)
I| SO EGNNB c r3 g . EGN13 cs85. BRAV c333. HKN B rrs 4 s7 ts t? ?ss/ ? ? 6 /+ ? OO/ t7 O/ )

F L sE s 3 O Og ? 5Og ? 5OO
- ?. 7 .

Rtl33R

c3 33.

:Llt4

tse/

?5OA

Figure3.1-28
FRolr | IS O )

R1^ t05 -A 837
(LEVEL)
cs48.

---/
ers/ esa/+

t4 I O
S OOA 7060

gs 4? 4?
4s

SPR (LIM)
F R ISN - ( SPD)

?5O/ FLISO
" / F L ? 4s

l , , l IL

FRI u6 5

sz

.B s/ r.rii

Figure3.1-29
p.100

3.1-42

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

S TA R To LGA T APPRS TGRlA <S E L> (S E L> I LS33R
ST ARS

I1-SO
BI

t

T GR N B

s??s

?77 /

FL 1 zs

(LIM)

( SPD)

?4 ?7
gs

?5O/ FLTOO zss/
-? ? O/+

EGNNB
c t3 s . EGN 1 3
- c 333.

FLo63
3@ @ @

BRNIHK NB

s3
35

?oo/
t7O/

?sag
?5gg TJ

Figure 3.1-30 3.1.3.5.2 Speed Gonstraint Entry Speed constraintsrestrictthe IASof the aircraft a specified plan. at waypoint alongthe lateralflight Duringthe takeoff, climb,and cruiseflightphasesIAS is confined to a value equal to, or less than the specifiedconstraint,until the waypointspecifying constraint the has been sequenced. In the descentand approachflight phases,IAS is also confinedto a valueequalto,or lessthanthe speedat the lastspecified constraint and is retained when subsequent waypoints sequenced are unlessfurther phase constrained ortheflight transitions go-around, to climb, cruise. or Speed constraintsmay be entered manuallyor automatically by procedure from the NAV data base; (e.9.,a specifiedspeed at a STARwaypoint).In the lattercase the constraint would be automatically insertedin the F-PLNwhen the approachprocedureis selected from the STAR list. With referenceto Figure3 ]:30, the TGR1A STAR to RW33R at Athens has been selected(lJ, and after the *INSERT prompt is pressed a speed constraint of 220 KIAS at waypg(rt EGN13 is automaticallyincludedwith the selected procedure(?. (See Figure3.1-30.) 3.143
Rev 1 Dec/93

p.101

A37O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

F RO } I

T156

)

RN05
(LEVEL) .(sPD) (LIM) cs48. SPR

0 0 6 0 ---/
se s4 ss zts/ grs/+

r4 ro
SOOA

?5O/ FLIOO TOOO

FRI
l. lI L

FRISN

rr
rs .a s / FL3e6

UG5

?5 0 /15@

tJ

GD ED 6D (il

.(sPD) (LIM) cs4a' SPR
F RISN

s4 ss
ll 15

?59/ srs/+
/ . ag /

FLIS 76OO
F L?46 FL3 26

6E
lilE \1 ) tl

FRI
UG5

NIL ?50/ 150

I6RJ

fJ

Figure3.1-31 Forexample, 25Ot15OtheSP (seeFigure with in 3.1-31), pressO, ing LSK Ion-l changes SPD LIM pseudo the waypoint values from 250/10000 250115000 to €). Another method wouldbea vertical revision a downpath at waypoint, FRIfor example. (seeFigure Pressing LSK [sRl, 3.1-31), causes display theVERTREVat FRIpage, of (seeFigure 3.1-32). CLB The SPDLIMdatafield, adjacent @, maybe modified writing to by the desired valuesin the SP (U, and pressinq LSK tTn-|. This action changes SPDLIMat FRIto 250115000e), displays new the and the constraint large in fontto indicate hasbeenmodified the pilot. it by (SeeSection 3.1.3.5.2.2, SPEED LlMlT, moreon thesubject.) for Bothmethods workequally well,however, firstmethod, the insertion directly thedesired into dataline,isthe mostexpeditious.whileon lf the F-PLNpageCLR is typedin the SP and the rightLSKon the SpeedLimitdatalineis pressed, previously a modified Speedlimit reverts the DataBaseSpeedLimit. the leftLSKon the Speed to lf
p.102

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-44

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Limit DataLineis pressed withCLR in the SP the SpeedLimitis removed. onlywayto reinsert isto access VERTREVpage The it the at a climbor descent waypoint reactivate speedlimit. and the

VERT REV AT FRI
EF 0 B= 1 7 .6 EXT RA= 2 .8

)
G}{T

*[ ]
*[] *[

S PD AT OR AL T ABOVE CL B EEL OI..I SPD

t
i
OR

l*

AT

zss/FLrss*

L II.I

*[

AT

i

EB
@

cE)
ED
F RISN

(o

FRI uo5 l,.IIL

rr
t6

?5O/ FLI
.a g / FL328

t0

@

Figure3.1-32 NOTE: Whenon theVERTREVpage, maychange you back to the default valueof 250110000, pressing @ by the key, withtheSPempty, transferCLR theSpD and into LIMdatafieldby pressing LSK@. 3.1.3.5.2.1 VerticalRevisionPagesA & B As previously stated thesepages accessed are pageA, and F-pLNpageB fromF-PLN respectively. Onceaccessed, the[T^EdFl keyallows access theother to pageof the pair. Figure 3.1-33 an example VERTICAL is pageA, on of REVISION whichthe pilotmay insert speed, altitude, timeconstraints. and

p.103

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
V E RT RE V * CLR S P D *[ *[
S PD EF OB= 2 2 .4

Chatvi AP45

^r EXT RA= 9 .8

A NC t

)
GI4T

CLR G MT * l*

]
OR

x[

AT

]

ABOVE CL B SEL O} I

AT

AL T

)

ess/ rsss o * RE TURN>

SPII

LI}I

r ,[

AT

OR

]

S TE P P R E D>

* CLR A LT

Figure 3.1-33 NOTE: For the purposeof demonstration label and data all lines are included.However,they are not usuallyall displayed the same time. at The title line displaysthe revise point,VERT REV at FRl. Line 2 displays Estimated the Fuel On Board(EFOB)and the EXTRAfuel predicted the FMC at FRl. Fuel predictions only displayed by in are point is a waypointin the lateralflight plan. this field if the revise @ CLR SPD - Displayed the VERT REV pagefor an assoon ciatedwaypoint a speeddisplayed datalineIZD is entered if in by the pilot or derived from a NAV Data Base SID or STAR. Pressing this LSK clearsthe speedin data lineIZD and return the displayto F-PLN page A. SPD - Entry of a speed in this field creates a speed constraintat the revisepointand returnthe displayto F-PLNpage A. SPD promptis not displayed the revisepointis a pseudo if promptsare displayedin line 6 waypoint.*CLB and *DES when a SPD constraint definedand the FMS logic cannot is positively determine whichcondition constraint to the applies. Entry of an altitudeor flight level in any of these data fields creates an altitudeconstraintat the revise point and returns the displayto F-PLN page A.

@

@ @ @

p.104

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-46

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

The constraint AT, AT OR ABOVE,or AT OR BELOW,depending uponwhichdata linethe entryis madeon. Line{Til is onlydisplayed when the revisepointis the T/C. LinesIgn and GD are displayed at geographic waypoints. *CLB or *DES prompts are displayedin line 6 when an altitudeconstraint definedand the FMS logiccannotdeteris mine the application. @ CLR ALT - This prompt is only displayed if there is an altitude constraintat the revise point. Pressingthe adjacent LSK clearsthe altitudeconstraint and returnsthe displayto page A. F-PLN GLR GMT - Promptis onlydisplayed a time constraint if has been enteredat the selectedVERT REV Waypoint.Pressing this LSK clears the time constraintat the revise point and returnsthe displayto F-PLN page A. GMT - This promptis only displayedif the revisepoint is a geographic waypointin the primaryflight plan; not including missedapproachlegs. Entry of a time in this field createsa time constraint the revisepoint,and returnsthe displayto at F-PLN page A. SPD LIM - The defaultspeed limit,250/10000, displayed is in this field,and may be modifiedby the pilot.The label line displays CLB SPD LIM priorto and including climbphase, the and DES SPD LIM during and after the cruise phase. lf the SpeedLimitPseudoWaypointdata line had been deletedvia a CLR and left LSK push, then brackets are presented, indicating data insertion allowed.(See Section3.1.3.5.2.) is The @ function may be usedto deleteany pilot-entered value. Thisactioncausesthe display revert the defaultSPD LlM. to to Entryof SPD LIM intothisfieldmustbe in theformatSPD/ALT. After data entry, a SPD LIM is createdfor the CLB or DES phase,and the displayrevertsto F-PLN page A.
p.105

@

@

@

3.147

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE @

Chatvi AP45

prompt displayed this in is PRED> STEP PRED- TheSTEP step may be made.Pressing data linewhenever altitude an display the STEPPREDpage.(See this prompt causes of PAGE.) S, A E S e c t i o3 . 1 . 3 .5 .3 .1T E P L T IT U DPREDICTION n prompt RETURN Pressing RETURN> reverts disthe the pageA. playto F-PLN whether pilot the readily determine NOTE: lf the FMScannot to applies a climb constraint or entered speed altitude or descendconditionifCLB or *DES promptsare presented dataline6 (seeFigure 1-34) requiring 3. on selection. manual
AT AL T

@

ED ED
@

r5060

EO EE GE

Figure 3.1-34 VERT REV page B, may be accessedby the following: r Pressing ITFB the key when on F-PLN page A or SEC F-PLN page A. o A VERT REV when on F-PLNpage B or SEC F-PLNpage B. The VERT REV B pageallowsthe crewto enteror modifytemperature on and windvaluesat any waypoint the flightplan.Figure3.1-35is an exampleof the page as it would appearwhen accessed- data bracketsempty.

p.106

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-48

A3'O FME PILOT'E GUTDE
VERT REV AT ANC )

Chatvi AP45

CD 'c ED *E l ED I{ INII ED *[ 7"/l ED

EFoB= ??. 4

EXTRA =9 . 8

]

EE} CE EO EO S TEP P RE D> EE
> RE T URN @

GD

Figure3.1-35 @ @ TEMP- ThepilotmayinsertStaticAirTemperature(SAT)at in anyflightplanwaypoint, deg.C. WIND - A true wind valuemay be inserted this fieldto I in

;l$t,i[.
@ @

performance current windmodel improve and I

STEPPRED- Accesses STEPPREDpage the whendisplayed. RETURN Pressing prompt this returns display the to pageB. F-PLN

lf a temperature windwas previously or entered the revisepoint, at it is displayed herein LARGE font. NOTE: lf a temperature windis entered theT/Cpseudo or at waypoint, the FMC regardsit as a CRZ WIND/ CRZ TEMP revision lNlT pageA or the FUEL to PREDpageand changes values thesepages the on correspondingly. 3.1.3.5.2.2 SpeedLimit SPEEDLIMITis an altitude related restriction aircraft on lAS,(e.9.,250110000, Figures see 3.1-31 and 3.1-32). The speedtargetis determined or belowthe specified I at altitude is limited the maximum and to defined speed.
3.1.49 Rev 1 Dec/93
p.107

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

font. the in As isalways case, pilot-entered isdisplayed LARGE a value Different SPEEDLIMITSmay be specified the CLIMBand for DESCENT flightphases. WithPROFILE engaged the aircraft and belowthe SPEEDLIMIT "SPDLIMEXCEEDED',displayed altitude, CDUSPmessage, the is if the IAS exceeds specified the limitby morethan 15 kts. The message automatically clears returns within kts. to 5 when speed the of thatspecified. clearing the@ keyon the CDUis available anytime. via at Manual to value Thisaction would cause speed the limit revert thedefault to in valuewouldbe in specified the data base,and the displayed
font. SMALL NOTES: 1. Autopilot verticalguidanceinitiates controlto a new target speed within two secondsof any SPEED LIMIT revision/ deletion affectingthe vertical profile. 2. Both speed and altitudemust be entered in the correct format,(e.9.,250110000), be acceptedby the FMS. to 3.1.3.5.2.3 Thrust Reduction Altitude In addition being the to lowestaltitudeat which the verticalflight path,or PROFILEmode, may be engaged, THRUSTREDUCTION the ALTITUDE defines the vertical location atwhichthe FMS commands TCC to reducethe the maximumthrust limit from the pilot-defined Takeoff/Flex Takeoff thrustlimitto the FMS thrustlimit. lf the A/THR modeis SPEEDor SPEEDON THROTTLE, thrust the reduction altitude hasa directimpacton IASwhilestillin the confines of the airporttraffic area. 3.1.3.5.2.4Acceleration Altitude The ACCELERATIONALTITUDE definesthe verticallocation whichthe FMS can command at an acceleration the desiredclimb speed, (e.9.,250 KIAS below to 1 0 0 0 0 'M SL) .
p.108

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-50

A3'O FfiIS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

NOTE: BothTHRUST REDUCTION ALTITUDE ACCELand ERATION ALTITUDE be modified comply may to with any desiredspeed schedule; however,changesto eithermay only be accomplished the TAKEOFF on page.Theycannot changed the F-PLNpageor be on a VERTREV page.(SeeSection 3.2.1.2, TRANS/ THRRED/ACC ALTTTUDES.) 3.1.3.5.3 Altitude Gonstraint Entry Aspreviously mentioned there are threetypesof altitude constraints may be entered that intothe plan: flight . AT o AT OR BELOW . AT OR ABOVE All may be manually enteredby the pilot,or a Nav Data Base procedure automatically specified may enterone. As a ruleof thumb, altitude constraints mustbe: o Abovethe originairport CLB PHASE for r Abovethe present altitude a climbconstraint for o Below present the altitude a descent for constraint r Abovethe destination airport DESandAPPRphase. for lf the altitude constraint does not conform required to criteria, is it rejected theFMC, a suitable message generated; by and SP is (e.g., INITIALIZE FL, NEWCRZALT-HHHHH, CRZ etc.) As with sPD constraints, altitude constraints eitherbe inserted may directly theflightplanbywriting datain thesp fortransfer into the into the desired datafield,or by vertical revision thedesired at waypoint. Bothspeedand altitude constraints be entered the F-PLN may on pageA in theformat (e.9.,285114000), however speedmaybe the modified direct by page(i.e., entryon the F-PLN type"290" the into SPthenpress associated LSKor to modify altitude,type the right the "/15500" pressthe associated LSK. and right
p.109

3.1-51

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
(direct into 3.1-31 of maybe seenin Figure Examples bothmethods (via F-PLN), Figure and 3.1-32 VERTREVpageA).

Chatvi AP45

Figure 3.1-36, anexample anAT ORABOVE is of altitude constraint at a geographical waypoint.
FRor,r llS O gggg s? s4 os rr
15 .s o / F L sa6

) tq t g S gg O EE

GB ED ED GD 6D

Rh l05 ( L E V E L) ( LIM) SpR FRI
NI L
U G5 F RISN

---/ zts/

(SPD)

?59/ FLI O A EE srs/+ TAg g 6E)

co4a'

(o

6E
10
c596s2#

?5 9/150

Figure3.1-36 profile modified the FMSto crossSPR In thiscase,the vertical is by (1) AT OR ABOVE 7000. The +7000 specifies AT OR ABOVE, the whileAT OR BELOW wouldbe entered a -7000. as An altitude constraint entryat theT/Cpseudo waypoint redefines the CRZALT in the FMCin the sameway as entryof a newCRZALT on the PROGPAGE. thiscase,the newaltitude nota constraint, In is (SeeSection but rather newcruise a 3.2.6, PROGPAGE, altitude. andSection 3.4.2, CRZALTCHANGE.) In a similar manner, altitude an constraint entryhigherthan CRZ the ALTdefined the FMC,causes CRZALTto be redefined the in the to new altitude. The SP message, with "H" NEW CRZ ALT-HHHH, being altitude FL,is displayed advise crewof thecruise the or to the altitude change the FMC. in

3.1-52

p.110

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.1.3.5.3.1 Page A downpath altitude Step Altitude/Prediction stepmaybethought as being formof altitude of a constraint, either to satisfyan ATC request, as a normalpart of the flight plan to or conserve fuel duringthe cruisephase,or position the aircraft vertically an anticipated for for STAR.Thereare two possibilities I altitude steps, STEPCLBandSTEPDES. TheSTEPCLBsegment I is active whenthe following conditions exist: 1. Profile engaged. is 2. CRZis the activeflightphase. 3. The STEPCLBpseudo waypoint a partof the activeF-PLN. is 4. The STEPpointhas beensequenced the lateral on F-PLN. 5. Actualaircraft altitude belowthe FCUclearance is altitude. 6. EO DriftDownSituational Modeis notactive. The STEPDESsegment active is whenthe following conditions exist: 1. Profile engaged. is 2. The STEPDESpseudo waypoint a partof the activeF-PLN. is 3. The STEPpointhas beensequenced the lateral on F-PLN. 4. Actual aircraft altitude abovethe FCUclearance is altitude. 5. EO DriftDownSituational Modeis not active.

3.1-53
l^ rha --

4!

I

Rev 1 Dec/93

p.111

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

ln both STEP CLB and STEP DES the AFS commandsthe vertical guidance path target, speed target, vertical speed target, thrust target,and controlmode,with PROFILEengaged,as follows: 1. The CRZ FL is the verticalguidancepath target. 2. Speed target is definedaccording the followingpriority: to o lf TACT SPD mode is active the speed target is the definedtacticalspeed entry,(e.9., ECON). o lf a Hold is activeor is to becomeactivewithin3 minutes, with (HM),(e.9.,IMM EXIT), leg a heading to a manualtermination the speed target is the pilot entered Hold Speed. lf a pilotentered Holding Speed has not been specified,then target speed is MAX ENDurance. o The speedtargetis the PERF MODE CRZ SPD for the STEP CRZ FL. 3. The verticalspeed target is -1000 fUmin or the pilot-defined verticalspeed on the FCU, until the IAS reachesthe limiting speed as definedon the TACT MODE page. 4. The verticalguidancethrust target is maximumclimb thrust in climband idlethrustin descent. 5. The verticalguidancecontrolmode is speed on thrustor speed on elevator,or combinations each, to maintainthe selected of IAS or verticalspeed. In climbor descentthe FMC commandsa verticalrate commensuratewith IAS as definedon the MODE or TACT MODE pages(see Section .3.5.5, 3.1 PERFMODES). Oncethespeedtarget reached, is speed is maintained elevatoror thrustas necessary, on modifying parameter active IAS/ vertical speedin compliance whichever with is Vertical Speed. In descent a -1000 fUmin vertical rate is commanded,or the verticalrate selectedby the pilot, until the speed target is reached,then verticalspeed is modifiedby the FMC to maintainthe descentspeed restriction.

3.1-54

p.112

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

according the to Verticalguidance commands are apportioned active situation, approximately percent with 70 devoted theactive to parameter 30 percent the inactive parameter. and to For example, with verticalrate active,70 percentof the available energywouldbe devotedto the commanded verticalrate and 30 percent the commanded untilthe speedtargetis reached, to lAS, thenthe 70 percent shifts maintaining to speedand the remaining goesto vertical 30 percent rate. Thisdivision available of energy mostapparent is climbing through 10,000 whenIAStarget feet increases theselected to climbspeed. Vertical speed dropsoffas 70 percent available of energy devoted is to the newtargetspeed. guidThe pilothasthe optionof overriding automatic this vertical anceby selecting desired the vertical ratein the V/S windowof the FCUandpulling set knob, the engaging AFSin theV/S mode. the Vertical speedthen is onlyrestricted VMAXand VMINfor the by configuration. option available comply This is to withATC requests to expedite altitude changes whenhigher or thanFMCcommanded ratesare desired. The pointalong lateral the flightplanat whichthe climbor descent is to occur, called STEPpoint, the pointat whichthe vertical is the flight plan changesfrom one cruisealtitudeto anothercruise point indicated theF-PLN pages theND altitude. STEP The is on and (STEPDES). by the pseudo waypoints (STEP S/C CLB)and S/D Priorto executing altitude an step,the crewhasthe option view to the predictions associated with it on the STEP PREDpage,to determine such actionis warranted far as fuel savings if as are concerned.

p.113

3.1-55

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GU'DE
An altitude stepis available whenthe following conditions exist: . Theflightplanis either:

Chatvi AP45

. . . . .

primary - The active - The secondary with performance predictions enabled A cruiseflightlevelhas beendefined. A stepaltitude not active. is A timeconstraint not beendefined. has The revise pointis a fixedgeographical waypoint, the FROM or waypoint, not ppOS. but Theflightphaseis notdescent approach. or

lf the abovecriteria not met,the fieldis blankanddataentry are is notallowed. NorE: The srEp PREDprompt arsodisprayed VERT is on REVpageB underthe samecriteria ihatstated as for VERTREVpageA, above, As previously mentioned, access thesrEp PRED to page begins on either pagewitha VERTREV.Regardress tr,Laccessing F-PLN oi page, however, resulting the disprays identicar. are Figure 3.1-37 is an example a VERTREVfromF_PLN of pageA at MetNg.
F R o r.t U BT MELNB U Bl O MA
U Bl

| ISO 0944 s4 ?6?/ .a r/

)

F L 37O F L zTs

@

@

ED EB
@ (Eil

B0SNA
u Bl SAR U BI CHILY UE 1 BUI

rssr
s6 rs ??

.es/
" " ,, / / /

,l
rl rl ,l

GO EE
@ TJ @

Figure3.1-37 Pressing LSK@ resutts display theVERTREVat in of MELNB page.
p.114

3.1

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
VERT REV AT MELNB )

Chatvi AP45

ED ED ED
@

F0B= r 9. 1

EXTR A =t t . g

DES S P D L I I , I ?55/ F L r 9 0 t

GE EE EE EE

6D
@

S TE P P RE D) > RE T URN

Hs

c59634#

Figure3.1-38 Inthiscase, display the criteria have been andtheSTEppRED> met prompt displayed. theprompt notdisplayed, stepaltitude is lf is a is not available. Pressing LSK@ accesses STEPPREDpage. the
STEP
ST EP TO FL

^T

OPT PT ---T I} IE ,/D IS T

/ ----

F UEL

T I} IE

COS T

RETURN>

Figure3.1-39 Thetitlelineis the pointat whichthe steptakesplace. Therearetwo possibilities thetitleline,depending whether revise for pointis on the theFROM waypoint a downpath or waypoint. thisexample, In MELNB is the FROM waypoint. Whenthe FROM waypoint the revise point, is pOtNT. thetitlelineon theSTEPPRED pageis STEP OpT|MUM at
p.115

3.1-57

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

This meansthat the step pointis identified computed the and by FMC instead commencing a downpathwaypoint of at specified by the pilot. point, lf MELNB, revise the was a downpath waypoint, titleline the wouldbe STEPat MELNB. Operationally speaking, STEPat OPTIMUM the POINT wouldmost planning purposes to comply analtitude often used fuel be for or with change realtime;while STEPat a downpath in waypoint might be a to comply withan ATC request. In bothcases, labeland datalinesare identical. the @ STEPTO FL - Thedesired is stepaltitude written theSP in andtransferred the boxes. into The FMGmakes determithe nationbetweena STEP CLB and STEP DES based on whether altitude the specified thepilotis above below or the by CRZALT.Stepaltitude mustbewithin 8000ft of CRZALT.In thecaseof a STEPCLB,thespecified altitude mustbeabove "ENTRY the highest altitude constraint the SP message, or OUTOF RANGE", displayed, entryof the stepwillnot is and be allowed. Entryof an altitude into this field causesthe display revert Figure to to 3.1-40
STEP AT OPT PT

FL?90
l . IIND

ST EP

TO AT

FL FL

00to/oo60

T II.IE./DIST

06g'/o98
F UEL

P RE DICTE D T T?OOGM T A S A V E DINCR S A V ED
s .? ogss 1 .9 ' t
ST EP T Il.IE COST

* I NSERT

L ESS

T HAN

Figure3.140

p.116

3.1-58

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

pause a Thealtitude is nowspecified theFMCandafter short step in the prediction fieldsare filled. @ TIME/DIST The time,in hoursand minutes, the disand is tancein nautical miles, fromPPOS theSTEPstartpoint, to displayed thisfield.Dashes displayed predictions in are if are invalid. WINDat FL - Thewindat the STEPTO altitude entered is format. no wind is entered lf the usingthe direction/velocity STEPis optimized usingFMCwindpredictions. Brackets are displayed windentryis made.The windis displayed until in smallfont calculated theFMC, if font by andLARGE if entered by thecrew.lf a windentryis made,it is usedas thewindat the step altitude the top of descent. to
SAVINGS - The predicted fuel savingsis displayed fuel as in tonnes,time saved in HHMM (HOURS-MINUTES), and percentage overallfuel cost saved.lf the STEP resultsin a of fuelsavings,the word SAVED is displayedin @ - @ lf the STEP resultsin the use of more fuel, the word INCR ( INCRE A S E ) displayed. is This data line may display one of the following three messages, dependingon the FMC STEP predictions:

@

@ @

@ @

1 . S T EP E S S T H A N MIN U T E S T heCRZsegm entatthestep L S altitude predicted be lessthan5 minutes. thismessage is to lf is displayed a resultof an optimumstep point calculation, as insertion the stepis not allowed. of 2. STEP LESS THEN MINUTES TheCRZsegment thestep 15 at altitude predicted be greater is to than5 minutes lessthan15 but minutes. Insertion the stepis allowed of under theseconditions. 3. STEPPOINTlN DISCON- An optimum steppointhas been determined liewithina discontinuity. to Insertion the STEPis of not allowed.

3.1-59
Use or to ihe hstddi^nc

p.117
tha r*ra

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
@

Chatvi AP45

RETURN> Pressing the this LSK returns displayto the page, (e.9., accessing VERTREVpage lf the RETURN> A). promptis pressed priorto the *INSERT prompt, pilotall pageis erased. entered dataon the STEPPRED *INSERT - Pressing LSK inserts STEp intothe this the flightplan and returns display the accessing the to F-PLN page. prompt onlydisplayed whenanaltitude been This is has entered the STEPTO FL fieldtTD. in The *INSERT promptis not displayed eitherof the SP if messages, LESS oTSTEP POINT STEP THAN5 MINUTES, lN DISCON displayed. are NOTES: 1. Afterthe stepaltitude inserted theF-PLN, FCUmust is into the bechanged accordance the newCRZALTto affect in with the desired altitude change whenthe steppointis reached. priorto the STEPpoint,providing FCU Thirty seconds the and the STEPALT are the same,P-CLB flashon the will PFDFMAindicating thepilot a STEP about occur to that is to at the STEPpointwithout further any action. 2. Aftera STEPhasbeeninserted theF-PLN theFCU into and hasbeenchanged accordingly, should FCUbe reposithe tioned the present to CRZALT priorto the STEPpoint, the STEPis automatically canceled theCRZALT reverts and to the present altitude. lf the FCUwasnotchanged accordance thealtitude in with STEP,then uponreaching STEPpoint,the STEPis the automatically deleted the SP message, and GHEGK ALTITUDES, displayed. is

@

It is important remember the FCU altitude to that window, under normalconditions, the masteras far as the altitudeto be is maintained concerned. exception is An wouldbe GS intercept with LANDengaged. Levelchange can onlyoccurautomatically the at STEPpointif the FCUhas beenchanged accordance the in with altitude STEP.
3.1-60
p.118

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

WithALTtheengaged modein the FMA, changing FCUaltitude the to thealtitude STEPhasno affect aircraft on altitude untilthe STEP pointis reached. thattime,levelchange At occurs P-CLB Pas or DESmodes engage. 3.1.3.5.3.1.1 GLB/IMM guidance IMM DES Two vertical situational modes existto facilitate immediate an climb(lMMCLBIF) or (lMMDES*) rather immediate descent waiting the aircraft than for to sequence STEPpoint. the pages dataline{TR-l aredisplayed Theyappearon F-PLN the in , and onlywhen PROFis engaged. Theyoccupy this position untilthe STEPpointis sequenced, thenare deleted. and Scrolling flightplanwillnottakeIMMCLB* or IMMDES{Iout the of view. Figure prompt. 3.1-41 an example the IMMDES{e is of
FRoM U BT OMA I| S O 6950 )

(iD ED

IM M D E S * FLsTs

(S /D ) s7 .a s / U BI B O S N A rs s s " /F L s s T

ED (LE V E L) UEI ED SARs a"/ r l UB I GD CHILY

sr
rs

" /FL336
" / 'l

GE GE EE EO EE
@

fJ
c59ffi7*

Figure 3.141 Pressing LSK[-i-R], thiscase,causesthe aircraft begina descent in to at 1000fUmin.Assoon as the LSK is pressed, initiating IMM the DES*, the displaychanges reflect rateof descent indicated to the as in Figure3.1-42.

3.1-61
thF rFetri^+i^.c

Rev 1 Dec/93

p.119

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

FRoM

IIS O

)
lTEil |.ryV/ -^f, ll

O MA

UBI

O35@

Y /S =-|O@O
F L 3 7s

(S/D) 37 .s s / U BI B O S N A ts s s " /F L s s T

( LE V E L)
U BI SAR U Bl CHI LYTs "/ r r

sr
s6

" /FL33g
" / rl

@ EE GE EE
@

Ezl

Figure3.142 Thisinitial maybe changed, the pilot's rate by of at option, input the desiredverticalrate into the V/S windowof the FCU, or when PROFILE engaged, writing desired in the SP O, and is by the rate pressing LSK finl. See Section 3.4.1.1, IMM DES MODEand Sec t i o 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 , I M C L BMOD E . n M Wind/Temperature 3.1.3.5.4 Entry Wind/Temperature computations alongthe routeof flightare basedon pilotinputand actual winds/temps the FMCat PPOS. from Windinputis usedfor ground predictions. speed(Fuelconsumption) optimum and altitude Temperature inputis usedto calculate optimum TAS,thrustsettings, altitudes, etc. The FMCplacesthe winds/temps threecategories. into 1. Entered Winds/temps entered the pilot by 2. Forecast Are winds/temps basedon linearinterpolation betweenwind/temp entries 3. Predicted Winds/temps a combination theforecast are of and actual wind/temp PPOS. at

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-62
reslri.li^h.

p.120
Ah tha ritra

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

and wind value format is DirectionA/elocity is The pilot-entered referenced truenorth. to Entrymaybe madeon anyoneof fiveCDU pages: windfield. See the T/C 1. lNlTA - Enter forecast windinthecruise Section 3.1.2.1, Figure 3.1-3, [6R1. 2. F-PLNB - Enterthe forecast windsfor eachroutesegment as appropriate eachwaypoint for alongthe routeof flight.A slash (/) preceding wind data is required whenwind is inserted the without temperature, orderto meetthe format criteria for the in thisdatafield. See Section Figure 3.1-26, 3.1.3.4, - @ @ 3. VERT REV B - Entryis the same as F-PLNB above.See Section 3.1.3.5.2.1, Figure 3.1-35, [ZLl. 4. STEPPRED- EnterPPOSwindat the STEPaltitude the on . S T EP E D a g eS e eS e cti o 3 .1 .3.5.3.1, PR p n Figur e 3.1- 40, n. [25. DES FORECAST Enterwindson an altitude basisfor the phase, enter destination descent flight and windfrom the surface ATIS.Entryof the destination wind allowsthe FMCto furnish predicted pilot phase windvalues the descent for without further input. SeeSection 3.1-115, - @ 3.4.6.3, Figure @ The climbwindforecast divided two segments follows: is into as o Below10000 profile MSLthevertical forecasts determined are by linearinterpolation between origin windat the originairport the andthe T/Cwindat 10000 MSL. . Above10000 profile MSLthevertical forecasts determined are by the constant valueof the T/Cwind. lf T/Cwindandtheorigin windarenotentered thepilot, values by the to default zero,andwindvalues all waypoints at along routeof the flightcorrespond the T/Cwindvaluederived fromthe FMC. to flightplanning changes, whichcauserecalculationthe of Enroute predictions, cause newwindprofile be calculated also a to using the actual windat aircraft PPOSas thoughit werethe T/C windand projecting profile the forward to fromthat position the destination.
p.121

3.1-63

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

profile dependent whether nota Thedescent windforecast is on or page. nowind windentry beenmade the DESFORECAST has on lf profile entryis made,thedescent forecast consists thefollowing: of o Above10000 MSLthewindforecast a constant is valueequal to thewindat the T/D. . Below10000MSL the wind forecastis determined linear by interpolation the between cruisewind at 10000MSL and the wind. destination airport surface lf a destination is notentered, zero wind a windvelocity destination at predictions. is usedfor Thetemperature alongthe routeof flightmaybe entered degrees in centigrade is usedto modifyISA valuesto correspond and with predictions, actual conditions improve to Temperature entries may be madeon the following CDUpages: 1. INITA - Entera temperaturethecruise T/C in temperature field. Se eS e c t i o n 3 .1 .2 F i g u re .1 -3[5 F ]. .1 , 3 , 2. F-PLN - Enterforecasttemperatures B at origin, destination, all enroute waypoints, andT/Dpseudo See T/C, waypoints. Section 3 . 1 . 3 . 4 , i g u r e -2 6@ - @ F 3.1 , B 3. VERTREVB - Entries thesameasfor F-PLN pageabove. are 3.1.3.5.5Performance Modes Twoperformance modes availare ableforselection theoption thepilot. strategic at of The mode allows parameters all remaining modification performance of flight for phases, phase. while tactical the mode impacts thecurrentflight only page, FMCassumes ECON lf nochanges made either are on the the performance mode.

p.122

Rev 1 Deci93

3.1-64

A37O FMS PILOT'S OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

of StrategicMode Page The purpose the STRATE3.1.3.5.5.1 page is to allow selection performance GIC MODE of modes the to the on affecting entireflightas opposed making selections eachflightPhase. Threeoptions available: are 1. EGON- Economy on isthedefaultstateofthe lt is based FMC. by the Cl definedby the airlineor specified the pilot,and represents optimization minimum andminimum the of fuel time. 2. MINFUEL- Minimum modecorresponds a Cl of zero, fuel to and computes optimum the required minimum for speeds fuel consumption the routeto be flown. for 3. MINTIME - The minimum time modecorresponds a Cl of to 999, and provides the maximum speed possible withinthe confines the flightenvelope, of except below10000 MSLwhere possible. 250KIASis the maximum Theoptimization calculations ECON andMINFUEL, boththe for in cruise anddescent flightphases, based pilotentries CRZ are on of phase optimum WIND, TEMP, CRZALT.Inthecruise and flight the mach is updatedautomatically a functionof weight,winds, as temperature, CG. A fixed MACH/CAS provided the and is for descentphase basedon cruise mach and computed CAS as a function aircraft of weightand wind component the end of the at phase. allstrategic cruise In modes lowest the target speed either: is Vfto(GREEN DOT)in theclean configurationminimum or maneuvering speed the flapsetting. highest for The speedis the lowerof Vmo-1Ol34O CAS/or Mmo-.02. Pilotinputsnecessary this calculation CRZ ALT and Cl. for are Access the STRATEGIC to MODEpageis gained pressing by the kgy Foml on the CDU.

p.123

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
E CONCLB

Chatvi AP45

(iD

C O ST

INDEX

549

Ar DEsr

EE
@

EB ECoN ED r l t l I N F UEL
@D
rflIN lIl,lE

t?30

GI,IT

?O . "

EF OS

ED GD

EE EB GE

GE
c59639tr

Figure 3.1"43 MODE PAGE The title line is identical the PROG page and reflectsthe active to performance mode and currentflight phase (e.9., ECON CLB in Figure3.1-43).lt is important realizethat the mode displayedin to the titlemay differfromthat displayed LARGEfont in [7D through in the [?D forthe activemode.This is because titlecan containtactical and situational modes,while IZD through[?D can only displaythe strategicmodes. @ COST INDEX - Thisfield is identical the Cl fieldon lNlT A to page,and may be modifiedor clearedby the pilot. The activestrategic mode is displayedin LARGEfont,without the *prompt, and the same data line containsthe predicted time and fuel remainingat destination. Prediction fields for the nonselected modes are blank until they are selectedby the pilot.Pressing LSK adjacent the desiredmodeactithe to vatesit and the displayreverts LARGEfont.Aftera shortdelay to predictions pertaining this mode are displayed. to Time predictionsairborne ETA in GMT, and ETE when on the ground. are

@ @ @ @ @ @

p.124

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-66

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Tactical Mode Page The purposeof the TACTICAL 3.1.3.5.5.2 MODE page is to allow activationof the selectedstrategicmode or tacticalmodes,and to displaypredictedtime one of the available forthe activemodeand the altitude and distance a predetermined to MAX CLB mode. Selectionof a mode on the TACT MODE page impacts only the current flight phase. The FMCS revertsto the selectedstrategicmode once the currentflight phase is passed. key Access to the TACT MODE page is by pressingthe [TEEfl on the C D U . Three differentCDU pages are availabledependingon the active flightphase: 1. GLB page - This page is displayed when in the DONE,PREphases; whenanother TACT FLIGHT, TAKEOFF, CLBflight or or MODEpage is displayed and the flightphasechanges DONE, to PREFLIGHT, TAKEOFF, CLB.Available or selections ECON are CLB, MAX CLB,and SPD TACT MODES. 2. CRZ page - This pageis displayed whenthe[IEEElkey is pressed when in the CRZflightphase,orwhenanotherTACT MODEpage is displayedand the flight phase changes to CRZ. Available selections ECONCRZ,MAX END,and SPD TACTMODES. are 3. DES page - This page is displayedwhen the [I5Fl key is pressed when in the DESoTAPPR flightphases, orwhen another TACT MODE page is displayed and the flightphasechangesto DES or APPR.Available selections ECONDES,MAX DES, are and SPD TACT MODES. TheTACTMODEpagestitlelinesdifferfrom strategic the MODEtitle lines in that the activemode is not displayed with the flight phase. Additionally, Cl cannotbe changedon any TACT MODE page. the It is important notethesedifferences preclude to to confusing two the performance pages. mode by the Selection the desiredmode is accomplished pressing LSK of adjacentto the {tprompt.

p.125

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.1-44 an example a typical Figure is of TACTMODEpagefor the phase. CLBflight
CLB

Chatvi AP45

tiD ED ECoN GD r l l A X CL E S PD ED tl
@ (d]

I?30
l? ? g

G} IT

PRED TO F L ? 55 DIS T

?5
??

@

EE ED 6E

(m
c59640#

Figure 3.144 TACTICALMODE PAGE

@

PREDTO - The altitude whichthe predictions to shown are referenced,is displayedin this field. The displayedvalue defaultsto the FCU altitudein feet MSL (NNNNN)belowthe origintransition level,and to FlightLevel(FLNNN) abovethe origintransition level(e.9.,transition level18000MSL). ECON,MINTIME,MIN FUEL - Displaystheselected Strategic MODE in LARGE font (see Section3.1.3.5.5) and the predicted time and distance the altitude to displayed tlEl. lf in a TACT MODE is subsequently selected,it is displayedin LARGEfont and the prediction fleldsfor the strategicMODE are blanked. MAX CLB - Pressingthis LSK activatesthe MAX CLB TACT predictions MODE,displaying MAX CLB and the associated in LARGEfont. Predicted time and distanceare alwaysdisplayed forthe MAX CLB mode,regardless whetherit is activeor not. of SPD - The SPD MODE cannotbe activated untilspeedhas beenenteredin the brackets. Entryof a speedcausesdisplay of the associated Machin the CLB and DESflightphases, and the appearance an asterisk*prompt. Pressinga second of timethe LSK adjacent the promptactivates SPD Mode. to the
p.126

IB
@

@

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

is of Figure 3.1-45 an example the TACTMODECRZpage.

GE)
ECON
e llAX SPD ENII

m
€E

s.7s

EE
6E
@

Figure3.145 Access to this page is gained by pressingthe [ilT80 when in the key CRZ flight phase, or by the flight phase changingto GRZ while anotherTACT MODE page is displayed. The title line displaysthe active flight phase. No predictions are displayed the TACT MODE CRZ page. on @ @ ECON - Displays activeTACTMODEin LARGEfontand the is the same as CLB page. MAXEND - TheMAXEND(MAXIMUMENDURANCE)TACT MODE is activatedby pressingLSK btl, and is displayedin LARGE font when active. MAX END equatesto LRC (LONG RANGECRUTSE). SPD - Displaylogic is the same as SPD on the CLB page, but is limitedto entry of eithera SPD or a MACH ratherthan both.Entryintothis field on the CRZ pagedoes not affectthe CLB or DES pages.

@

p.127

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

page, TheDESTACTMODE Figure 3.1-46, essentially same is the as the CLBTACTMODEpage.
DE S

EB ED r E C ON ED rl'lAX SPD ED ?5 9 6D
GO

Gl.IT

PRED TO F L l5 g DIS T

GO

DES

l3?S

r34@

EE GE ?? ? 8 60 EE

c59649#

Figure 3.145 Accessis gainedby pressing ITEEE] on the CDU,when in the the key, DES or APPR flight phases,or when the flight phase changesto The DES or APPR whileanother TACT MODE is beingdisplayed. title line displaysthe activeTACT MODE. @ PRED TO - This field displays the altitude to which the predictions and shownare referenced, usesthe samedisplay page,The pilotmay enteraltitude logicas the CLB valuesinto this fieldfor the purposeof descentplanning. Enteredvalues are used in the calculation the Altitudeinterceptpseudo of (l/P),(seeSection WAYPOINTS). waypoint 3.1.2.8, PSEUDO An entry into this field has no affecton CLB page. ECON - Mode selectionand active mode prediction fields are the same as CLB page. MAX DES - Pressing this LSK activates the MaximumDescentTactical Mode,Predictions alwaysdisplayed this for are mode,however, whenthe modeis activated font becomes the largeto indicateit is active.

@ @ @

p.128

3.1-70

A31O FMS PILOT'g GUIDE
@ @

Chatvi AP45

SPD - Mode selection and activemode prediction fields are the same as the CLB page. Data entry may eitherbe speed, Mach, both(MACH/SPD). entry thisfieldhas or An into no affect the CLBor CRZpages. on

3.{.3.6 Flight Plan Gheck The distance courseof each leg of the frightplanare checked and against computer the flightplanor enroute chart, verify to thatthe displayed planis identical thatwhich fired ATC,The flight to was with F-PLNpage B, accessed the ["lEI] when F-PLNpageA is via key displayed, the EFISND in the PLANmode, usedtogether and are to perform necessary the verification.
Drsr
5 I I

F ROl.t

(ID CD ED ED ED (6D

.c

LI56
1 {r N I t

)

Rr.t05 ( L E V E) L
(LIM)
cs48. SPR
F RISN SPD

r? gss. /gss

@

EE
-9 g sg. /sgs
tt " / / rl rl

FRI NIL
u65

37 -94 37 - ss

(m
c59650#

EE EE

TJ

Figure3.147 Figure 3.1-47, sample F-PLN a pageB as it might of appearfrom the departure runway LSGGthrough FRrgN at the slD, canbe verified

ptan as isdisprayed EFrs route it on the l,t:"Jffi:.S1I[lthefrisht I

p.129

3.1-71

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

c59651#

Figure 3.1.48 of ln the PLAN mode,the ND displayis a depiction the lateralflight plan in a Northup orientation, TO waypointas the centerof with the the ND. The scale of the geographiccoverage is determinedby the range on selected the EFISControlPanel(Figure3.1-49),(e.9.,at a scale of 120NM,the ND map presentsan imagewith a radiusof 60NM).

p.130

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.1-72

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

[|]BlO

,HH::^ ,t'@, \7
@@@@@
MAP

ARC

60

c59652#

Figure 3.149 Checking F-PLNis accomplished pressing slewarrowson the by the the CDU, in the desireddirection, sluingthe flightplanthrougheach waypoint.As the flight plan is slued, the ND display changesto reflectthe same waypointpositioning that reflectedon F-PLN as page B. Each button push changesthe center referencepoint from the TO waypointto the FROM waypoint.ln this way the center pointof the ND is alwaysthe TO waypoint the flightplan reference as is scrolled througheach leg.As each leg is sequenced pressing by the slew arrow, the FROM waypoint in the top line of the F-PLN page, changescorrespondingly. The range scale, Figure 3,1-49,should be constantly changedto display the desired geographical area as the F-PLN is scrolled througheach leg to the destination. NOTE: lt is important realizethe Northup orientation the to of ND occursonly in the PLANmode - otherND modes are orientedto aircraftheading.Additionally, PLAN the mode offers the only capabilityto view the route of flightboth ahead and behindthe aircraftPPOS.This is due to the TO waypointbeingthe centerreference pointof the ND ratherthan at the bottomportionof the ND as is the case with all other ND modes.
3.1-73
rh-

Rev 1 Dec/93

p.131

A37O FMS PILOT'S GI'TDE
3.1.3.7 Gopy Active

Chatvi AP45

with flight planning completed is recommended a copyof the it that primary active planbe made preclude lossof portions flight to the of the flightplaneitherinadvertenfly as a resultof certain or functions (e . 9 .D I RT O ) . , ThecoPYAcrlvE function befound thesEc INDEX may on page, accessedby pressingthe ("ffi-l6Lrttsnon the cDU keyboard. Pressing LSK@ copies activeprimary the flightplanintothe sEC (Figure F-PLN 3.1-50). SectionT.lforSECF-pLNuses. See
SEC (iD tC O RT EI EB ( sE c F-'LN GD C OPY ACT IVE INDEX F RO} I,/

I

l/tl t'rthro ,
} IOD E >

TO

@

trE
@

EE 6D (il GE
Figure3.1-S0 see 7.1.1 coPY AcrlvE, for [,-'-El usesand a morecomprete description thisfunction. of 3.1.4 Transition to Takeoff phase FMStransition the pREFLIGHT from flightphase the TAKEOFF to flightphaseoccurs: 1. Whenthe aircraft not airborne. is 2. validground speed being is received isgreaterthan Kts. and 100 3. Either throttle advanced is abovea prescribed threshold.

Rev 1 Dec/93
Use or disclosure of the infofmation On this paqe

3.1-74
rha ril6 r,

p.132

Chatvi AP45

TAKEOFF

TABLEOF GONTENTS
PAGE 3 . 2 T AK E O F F............. ...3.2- 1 3 . 2 . 1 T A K E OF F a g e ........ P ....3.2- 2 3 . 2.1 .1 A K E OF P A GE C ARS T F .........3.2- 7 A Uplink 3.2.1.2 THR RED/ACCEL Altitudes 3.2-10 3.2.2 Departure Runway Change 3.2-11 3.2.3 Speed Changes 3.2-13 3 . 2 . 4 G W a n dC G U p d a te ......3.2- 15 3.2.5 Manual NAVRadio Tuning 3.2-16 3 . 2 . 6 PR OG a g e ........ P 3.2- 17 3.2.6.1FMCPosition 3.2-21 Update NAVAID 3.2.6.2 Tuning 3.2-22 3.2.6.3 FuelPrediction Page... .......3.2-24 3 . 2.6 .4 e a ri n g /D i sta n ce B T o ............ 3.2- 26 3.2.7Takeoff Roll ".3.2-26 3.2.7.1Position Update 3.2-26 FMAlndications 3.2.7.2 ........ 3.2-26 3.2.7.3NAV Engagement 3.2-28 3 . 2.7 .4 ro fl l e n g a g e me nt.............. 3.2- 30 P E 3.2.8Transition CLIMBPhase to 3.2-30

p.133

Chatvi AP45

p.134

A31O FME PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.2 TAKEOFFAND TRANSITION TO GLIMB
As the GO Levers are triggeredfor takeoff, the FMGC position is updated to the approach end of the runway and the A/THR is engagedbut not active.The positionupdatemay be observedas a jump in the Navigation Displayas the positionis entered into the FMGC. The same positionmay be observedon the PROGRESS page.SRS and RVfYare engaged the FMA,A/THRis armed,and on lateralguidanceis referenced the runway centerline a radio to to altimeter altitudeof 30 feet.After liftoff,SRS:V2+ 10 is maintained and the speed is held on the elevator. The FMGC transitions from takeoffto climb phasewhen the aircraftaltitudeis greaterthan the acceleration altitude(2 enginesoperating)or when A/C speed is equalto a greaterthan VFTO (singleengine).The thrustreduction altitudeis definedfrom data base or may be modifiedby the pilot. At the acceleration altitude and after flap/slat retraction, thrust energyis dividedinto approximately 60% for acceleration 40o/o and for climb. At 30 feet or afterat least5 secondsof flight,an autopilot and NAV mode may be engaged. Runway track mode is disengaged automatically 30 feet, the FD command bars appear and FM at lateralnav is active,as indicatedby dashes in the AP/FD lateral mode (column3) of the FMA. NOTE: Priortotakeoff runwayheading the may be preselected on the FCU. This "S elec t e d "He a d in g mo d e is annunciated the FMA and precludes lateralnav on FM activation when the autopilotis engaged. The MANAGED NAV departure course flown from 30 feet is that depicted the departure, in whetherit be a courseor heading. Untilthe autopilotis engaged,the aircraftguidanceis to runwaycenterline. Profileis automatically engagedat Thrust Reduction altitude. Priorto the beginning the TAKEOFFflightphaseduringTaxi and of BeforeTakeoffthe GW, CG, or ZFWCG,on the FUEL PRED page (seeSection 3.2.6.1) shouldbe updated. Whilea CG updateis not necessaryon the 4310-200, a ZFWCG update is mandatoryon aircraftequippedwith a trim tank (A310-300,A300-600)for the properoperation the CGCC (CG ControlComputer). of
'1

p.135

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

GW update necessary is whenthe ZFWchanges a resultof last as minute cargoor baggage, is the sumof the newZFWandthe and totalFOBas indicated the leftECAM1@, Figure on 3.2-51).
LEFTECAM

@
Rulilrlr{0 - RPU

TflI r +8trCt r LFUEL 80.20 I I0 lqn

c59654#

Figure3.2-51 3.2.1 TAKEOFF Page The TAKEoFFpagemay be accessed whenthe aircraftis in the DONE,PREFLIGHT, TAKEOFF or flightphases, pressing by the modekeyof thecDU (Figure [^T$il 3.2-s2).Access ilso ailowed is in flightbefore flap/slat retraction before and vFTo (GREEN Dor) is reached. Pageaccess normally is doneduring pREFLIGHT the phase after the weightsare received. and VR are usually v1 the only data inserted, however, otheroptions existonthispageandarediscussed in the following paragraphs. is preselected the FCU speed V2 on knoband is recopied fromthe FCUto the Takeoffpage.
p.136

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.2-2

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Vl VR U? T F CU] RET R RET R

RHY

- ' J' ffSHIFT T HR R E II

ACCEL

148
FLP EO EO

4s7 s
ACCEL

F=163
SL T T HR

?sz s
RED

5=196

?s7 s

0=236

VFTO

A P P R>

Figure 3.2-52 page as it would Figure3.2-52is an example the TAKEOFF of appear initially mandatory fieldsblank, Figure and 3.2-53 is data the samepageafterdatahas beeninserted.
TA K E OFF
--SEETEXT AT@ (PAGE 3.2-5) m.l

ED ED 60 ED 6D
@

vl VR V2

F L EX SL AT /F L AP T RIM RET R RET R T HR

RHYr RED

F=153
SL AT

FLP

5=196

O=?36

VFTO

EN 6E ED A C C E L ?a7 s EO EII T H R R E I) as7 s EE A P P R> GE
ACCEL
c5965S

Figure3.2-53 @ purposes only,however, is V1 V1 - Dataentryis for display displayed the FMAin lieuof 'SRS' onthePFDif thisdata on is omitted. is represented a BLUE-1 moving Vl by along the 3.2-54.) nodatahasbeen lf SRSof the PFD.(See Figure @, phase entered when flight the transitions TAKEOFF, to dashes are displayed. Datacannotbe entered afterthe flightphase transitions of PREFLIGHT. out Entryattempts cause display "NOTALLOWED". of the SP message,
p.137

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

,A

c59657#

Figure3.2-54

@

only - VR is VR - Dataentryis for CDU displaypurposes not displayed the PFD. Same displayand entry rulesas on V1 above. V2 - Data is displayedfor referenceonly, and comes from the valueentered the piloton the FCU.This valuecannot by be modified aftertheflightphasetransitions fromPREFLIGHT to TAKEOFFor CLB. FLP RETR - The flap retraction speed is calculated the by FMC and displayedfor reference.lt is always displayedin largefont and may be modifiedby the pilot.lt corresponds to a valueof 1.25Vs, slats15 deg/flaps deg,and is represented 0 by a GREEN -F symbolmovingalongthe SRS of the PFD. Displayed5 seconds after liftoffand onlyriviththe flap/slat position. (See(!), Figure handle the 15/15or 15120 in 3.2-55.) SLT RETR - The slat retractionspeed is calculatedby the FMC and displayed for reference.Same display and entry rules as FLP RETR above. lt corresponds 1.25 Vs, clean to configuration, and is represented a GREEN -S moving by along the SRS of the PFD. Displayed5 secondsafter liftoff and only with the slaUflap handle in 15/0 position,after the (See @, Figure3.2-55.) flaps are retracted.
p.138

@

@

@

3.2-4

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
@

Chatvi AP45

VFTO - Velocity finaltakeoffis calculated the FMC but by maybe changed the pilot. is atways by lt displayed LARGE in font.lt corresponds the bestliftoverdragspeedin theclean to configuration, is represented a GREEN (o),orsmall and by dot circle,movingalongthe SRS of the pFD. GREENdot is displayed onlyrrvith slaVflap the handlein the clean,0/0 position. (See@, Figure 3.2-SS.)

200 180

1 ,4 0
Figure 3.2-bs Figure3.2-55is offeredas an exampleonly.The F, S, and O speeds are not displayedon the sRS of the pFD at the same time, each being a function of a differentslaVflapconfiguration. NOTE: Data lines@ - Gtrt represent minimumspeeds the forflap (FLp RETR)and stat(SLATRETR)retraction, based on presentaircraftweight as calculatedby the FMC, as well as the minimum clean maneuvering speed (VFTO).These speeds may also be referredto as F (flaps), (stats), S and O (VFTOor GREENDOT). @ TO SHIFT - This field is remainsbtank if the ACARS ptN functionis enabled.lf ACARS is not enabledit is blank,until an origin runway has been defined (See @, Figure 3_S2), which is normally donewhen the slD is selected the origin on LATREVPage(seeSection .9.2.1 3.1 SELECTTON). ,StD/RWY
p.139

3.2-5

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

runway resultin Entryattempts before definition thetakeoff of "NOTALLOWED". display the SP message, of Afterrunway definition, SELECT*prompt displayed Figure the is in 3.2-52. Pressing LSK @ , when SELECT* is displayed, activates theTO SHIFT function. ACTIVE displayed datatineFE] is in as longas thefunction active. SHIFT is TO maybe canceled bythefunction manually, automatically a newrunway or when is defined.
The FM assumesthe aircraftalwaysentersthe runwayand begins the takeoffat the beginningof the RWY. The FM positionbias is automatically established whenthe go leversaretoggledat T.O.The position (i.e.,the end of storedin the nav data base is the threshold the runway: the interface of the overrun and the runway or the associatedcorrectedpoint for a displacedrunway threshold).This takeoffshift positionprovidesthe abilityto identitya more precise bias position fix upon applicationof TOGA or FLEX Thrust. Simultaneously, pilot may noticea instantaneous the Nav Display shiftas the runwaygraphicis positioned with the aircraft symbolon the end of the runwaygraphic. NOTE: TO SHIFT, when active, causesthe FMCto updatethe FMC position,when the go levers are toggled at takeoff,to a point 970 meters (3182 ft.) farther down the departure runway rather than at the runway thresholdor displacedrunwaythreshold. @ T H R RED - The THRUS T RE DUCT I O N L T I T UDE ,a s A definedin the data base, can only be changedin this field while the flightphase is PREFLIGHT. See THR RED ALT, AppendixB. ACCEL - TheAccelerationAltitude(ACCELALT)asdefined in the data base.Samedisplayand modification rulesas THR RED above.See ACCEL ALT, AppendixB. EOACCEL - TheEngineOutAccelerationAltitudeasdefined in the data base.Samedisplayand modification rulesas THR RED above.See EO ACCELALT, Appendix B.
p.140

@

@

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.2-6

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
@

Chatvi AP45

EOTHRRED - TheEngine Thrust as Reduction Altitude Out defined thedatabase. in rules and Same display modification as THRREDabove. B. See EO THRREDALT,Appendix APPROACH> This promptis onlydisplayed a primary if Pressing has in destination beendefined the activeF-PLN. (ml, with the APPROACH> displayed, accessesthe LSK page.SeeAPPROACH APPROACH PAGE,Section 3.6.1. NOTE: Datafields dashes untilthe default @ - t$l display valuesfromdata baseare calculated, a pilotentry or is made. Thisis oneof thefewcaseswherepilotentry is allowed a dashed in datafield.Entries allowed are phase. onlyin the PREFLIGHT Attempts any other at timeresult thedisplay "NOTALLOWED',theSP. in in ol

@

3.2.1.1 TAKEOFF PAGE ACARS Uplink The FMC with an ACARS interfacepresentsslightlydifferent TAKEOFFand GO AROUND pages than those previously described. OtheTACARS TAKEOFF information available is Page i n S e c t i o n .2 .6 .2 . 7 Threeconditions causenewV speeds be can to displayed automatically: 1. An automatic change the takeoff in control modeof the TCC. 2. A pilotentryof a runwayin datafield [1E'1. 3. Receipt an ACARSuplink. of previously Under conditions and2 above, 1 entered datais erased andboxes displayed the datafields. are new in Condition causes 3 providing datato be displayed the appropriate in 1 fields conditions and2 are compatible the newdata,otherwise with boxesare displayed requiring 3.2-53). manual entryof thecorrect data(seeFigure All V speeds eitherSP entered datalinked. are or

p.141

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Data will Referring Figure 3.2-56, onlythedifferences bedetailed. to linesnot coveredin this section identical thosepresented in to are 3,2.1. TAKEOFF PAGE.
TAKEOFF
Y1 VR

l!:'
SL AT /F L AP T HR

R }IY RE II

--/-v2
T RII{ FL P

?47 s
EII ACCEL 4 37 g ACCE L

F=163
SL AT VF T O

RETR RETR EI )

?s7 s
T HR R E II

S=196 O =?36

? 87 s

A PP R>

Figure3.2-56

@ @ @

1C

Vl, VR,V2 - Datais displayed reference for only,andcomes fromthe valueentered the piloton the FCU.lf ACARSis by enabled, mustbe manually on the FCUto thevaluein V2 set dataline6Tl. Additionally, mustbe reinserted dataline V1 at to provide display the PFDA/S indicator. V1 on @ FLEX- TheFLEX TEMPselected theTRPis displayed on here whenFLEXTO is adive(Figure 3.2-57), an ACARS and uplinked FLEXTEMPwas received the runwayenteredin [t-Fl. for

@@@@

Figure 3.2-57
p.142

Rev 1

Dec/93

3.2-8

A3'O FIWSPILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

lf a FLEX TEMP is availablefor the specifiedrunway, but FLEXTO has not beenselectedon the TRP,AVAIL (Available) isdisplayed. no FLEXTEMP lf isavailable, NONEisdisplayed. lf no runwayis specified linefiEl , dashesare displayed. in The if SP message, SET XX deg.C lN TRP, is displayed a runway is specified,FLEX TO is active on the TRP, and no FLEX TEMP has been enteredin the TRP. 2c settingscommensurate with aircraft SLAT/FLAP - SlaUFlap weightand the specified runway, are uplinked ACARSand by displayed thisdataline.lf SlaUFlap in settings notreceived, are a runwayis not specifiedin FEI , or the FLEX TO mode has been selectedand FLEX TO data has not been receivedfor the specifiedrunway, dashes are displayed. TRIM - Trim settingsare displayed when ACARS uplinked datais available forthe specified runway.lf a trim settingis not received, FLEXTO is notselected or and FLEXdata has been receivedfor the specifiedrunway, dashes are displayed. RWY - Boxes are displayedin this field until an ACARS uplinkis receivedor a runwayis specifiedby the pilot. lf an uplinkhas been received and no runwayhad previously been entered, firstrunwayon the uplinklist is displayed, well the as as all otherdata pertaining that runway.In this case it may to not be the runway desired for departure, underscoringthe importanceof selectingthe departurerunwaybeforeACARS uplinkdata is expected.

3c

@

Figure3.2-58is an exampleof the TAKEOFFpage,after receiptof ACARSuplink, with all data linesfilled.

p.143

3.2-9

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
TA K E OFF @

Chatvi AP45

too
VR

Vl

+o 4 7
SL AT ./F L AP T HR

F L EX

3 3 L0a

RI{ Y

ED 115 O/LO i V? T RII4 +9.4 6D t38 FLP RET R ED F = 1 6 3 SLAT RET R 6D 5=196
@ O = ?36
vFTo

EE 4s7 E 6E ED ACCEL ? a 7 s EO ED T HR REII I zezs ) 60 I A P P R>| GO
"e7s ACCEL

RE D

Figure 3.2-58 3.2.1.2 THR RED/AGGEL Altitudes The THR RED and ACCELALT normally comefrom the data base, however, they may be modifiedby the piloton the TAKEOFFpage only.See Section3.2.1,TAKEOFFPAGE. THR RED ALT is definedas: . The thrust reduction altitudeis the verticallocationat which the FMScommands TCGto reducethe maximum the thrustlimitfrom the pilot-defined Takeoff/FLEX Thrust Limitto the FMS Thrust TO Limit,(e.9., CLB Thrust). THR REDALT is alsoone of the lowest altitudes which the PROF mode may be engaged. at . THR RED ALT applies to two-engineoperationonly. Singleengine operation is indicated by EO THR RED ALT and is activated after EO is selectedby the pilot. ACCEL is definedas: . The acceleration altitudeis the verticallocation, aftertakeoff,at whichthe FMS can command acceleration the desiredclimb an to speed,(e.9.,250/10000). . ACCEL applies to two-engine operation only. Single-engine operation indicated EO ACCEL and is activated is by after EO is selectedby the pilot.
p.144

3.2-10

AS|O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
3.2.2 Departure Runway Ghange

Chatvi AP45

runway. of Therearetwowaysto accommodatechange departure a Although they bothdeal with the sameSID page,the methodis different. somewhat planning flight during Thefirstmethod a repeat theSIDselection is of (3.1.3.2.1 revision SID/RWY SELECTION) beginning a lateral with at the departure airport, LSGG.On the LATREVfromLSGGpage, pressLSK@ adjacent the <SlDprompt (Figure to 3.2-59),
LAT REV FRolr LSGG

GD <S ID ED (A IRHA Y
@l NE].I @B *[]tl*
} IPT

4 6 1 4 .4 N/5 5 6 0 6 .6 E

S T A R> HO L D) P RO CT >
CO R TE TO

ED
@

LS GG, / I *E NA B LEA LTN

NEI.I

R TE

]*

R E T URN>

Figure3.2-59 The SIDfromLSGGpageis displayed, RWY05 with selected. The pressing onlyrunway remaining, RWY23, maybe selected by LSK 3.2-60) [+F](Figure

p.145

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
SID FRor.rLSGG

Chatvi AP45

(iD FRIS N <S E L> (S E L>
GD NONE
TR ANS

S IDS

RI.IY S

05

GD GE
EO

EO SI D

E O@s EE ?3

CD R E I,IAINING S IDS ED D IJ1A 6D DIJ S N
(@ * INS E RT

REM AINING R} I YS

6E
RE TURN>@ t
cs9663d

Figure3.2-60 Pressing *INSERTprompt, the LSK [o-fl,changes departure the runway RWY23 andrctums display theaccessing to the to F-pLNpage. The othermethod affecta change departure to of runway offered is as an operational technique that could be employed anytimea runway change anticipated. is RecallSection .3.7 3.1 ,COPYACTIVE, when, again anoperational as technique, wassuggested a copyof theactiveprimary it that F-PLN be made after it is completed? Assuming this was done, if a departure runway change anticipated, can already selected is it be on thecopyof theactive primary F-PLN waiting the SECF-PLN. in Theprocess runway of selection thesEC F-PLN identicarto in is that already detailed theactive primary for (seeSection SEC F-PLN 7.1, F-PLN). Allthatremains to activate SECF-PLN- makethe is the primary SECthe active (seeSectionT.1.1, SEC). F-PLN ACT Pressing ['-.ffi| of the CDU accesses SEC INDEXpage the key the (s e eSe c t i o n 7 . 1 .SE CIN D E X ). 1,

p.146

3.2-12

A37O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

S E C INDE X

[D ED @ ED ED

CO

RT E

F R0 ].t/

LSGG/LGTS
FU E L

<SEC F_PLN COPY ACTIVE CLEAR SEC
CRZ FL

FL37O *ACTIVATE SEC

GD ) PRED GE ) MODE EE EE DES > FORECAST EE
@

T0

sg*

Figure 3.2-61 At the bottom left of the CDU is the {TACTIVATESEC prompt. Pressingthis LSK activatesthe SEC F-PLN, making it the active primaryF-PLN, and returning display the activeprimaryF-PLN the to page.Withtwo buttonpushes,a runwaychangehas been affected. This is certainly fasterthanthe firstmethod,providing impending the runwaychangewas anticipated and plannedfor. Prudencenow should dictatea COPY ACTIVE of the new active primaryF-PLN. 3.2.3 Speed Ghanges Changes the planned to departure speedschedule, accommodate to last minuteATC requests, can be accomplished doing a VERT by (e.9.,FRI; Figure3.2-62). REV at the desired waypoint,

p.147

3.2-13

A37O FMS PILOVS

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

F R o l .t

LLS6

)

L S GG
-(seP; (LIM) FRI
u65 ] , , l IL ( LEV EL )

sggg
s4 rs
rs r7

---/
srs/
.s s / " /

t4t g
FLe4s
F L 3a3 F L 35g

?5O/ FLIOO

GE) EE
l3l{l C-2,

*
ED GE

st{r

11

i/c)

?s

" /FL37 g 1J

Figure3.252 Assume climbspeedbetween andWIL has beenchanged FRI to, "Maintain 280 kts."The normalclimbspeed in this segmentis calculated the FMCto be 315kts.By reference Figure by to 3.2-63, a speedconstraint may be createdbetween thesewaypoints by writing 280 in the SP and pressing LSK @ .
VERT REV AT FRI

usH
EB 6D
@

GD

E F o B= 8 .2

EXT RA= 2 .4

'
GI,,IT

*[

S PD AT

]
OR

t
]
ABOVE CL B BEL OH SPD AL T

l*

*[
AT

*[
AT

L II.I

]
OR

zzs/FLrss* RETURN>

rt[

]

?84

Figure3.2-63

p.148

3.2-14

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

from315 would change in Thespeed theroute for segment question return to kts.to 280 kts.The speedschedule wouldautomatically 3.2-62. normal, Mach.80at WlL,as indicated reference Figure by to with Thisspeedchange wouldonlyoccurautomatically PROFILE couldbe the lf was engaged. PROFILE notengaged samechange window the FCU. of in directly the SPEED affected manually, 3.2,4 GW and GG Update Afterenginestart lNlT page B is no longeravailable, therefore, just prior to takeoff,must be revisions GW and CG, made to accommodated the FUELPREDpage(Figure on 3.2-64).
FUE L P RE DICTION

IiD LGA T ED LGST Gll 6D r? 7 .4
RT E RSV /Z G t,l

AT

ITO4

G} IT

@.5/s.s

GO 6.8 GO F OB 18. 50lF F + F o EO cG' ? 5 . O gE
9.1
FoB ll18.35/FF+F0 llGlEJ zrnca-fl=L9 25.0 lltlBj
css667#

E FOE

t?7.?

ED

O.5/s.s

RT E

RSV/2 ,

Figure 3.2-G4

The GW fieldis displayed (Figure3.2-64)whenever ZFW has the O been initialized lNlT page B. An updateto GW made duringtaxi on shouldbe the sum of the ZFW and the presentFOB as displayed on the bottom portion of the left ECAM. ft is importantto realizethat both the CG @ lfigure 3.2-64) or ZFWCG @ lfigure 3.2-64)fields in Gtr| are only displayedin the phase. PREFLIGHT ZFWCG is mandatory data for the CGCC to functionon A310-300 and A300-600 aircraft.CG data is not mandatoryon A310-200 aircraftas they have no trim tank. After transitionto the TAKEOFF phase,the fieldsare blank. See Section3.2.6.3,FUEL PREDICTION PAGE,for a complete description page accessand detailsof each data line. of 3.2-15
Rev 1 Dec/93

p.149

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
3.2.5 Manual NAV Radio Tuning

Chatvi AP45

Prior to departure, consideration should be given to the PNF manually tuningthe firstleg of the departure routeto provide raw a datacross-check course of information it is presented theND. as on procedure offered a technique The following is as only. pageA, Figure By reference F-PLN to 3.2-36, maybe seenthatthe it course SPR, first to the waypoint theFRISN is048deg.Manual in SlD, of tuning a VORfrequency enabled is byqst placing selectorswitch the of theVOR/NAV/ILS PANEL (Figure 3.2-65), located on SWITCH QJ position, PANEL, theVOR in theCOMPLEMENTARY CONTROL EFIS andthenmanually tuqngthedesired frequency course theVOR and in (Figure CONTROL PANEL 3.2-65). @
VOR/NAVNLS SELECTOR/CONTROL PANELS

VOR

CRS

o@
Figure3.2-65 Courseintercept reflected a conventional is in manner boththe on onside(manually tuned)RMI O, and ND @, whenthe latteris (SeeFigure operating either ROSE ARCmode. in the or 3.2-66.)

Rev 1 Deci93

3.2-16

p.150

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

ND G s 210 TAS 2JO

c R S0 4 8

.{
300

270 /

oso/20

Figure3.2-66 Additionally, manually the tunednavaid indicated the PROG is on gqgebytheletter for MANUAL, M, adjacent thefrequency SpR to for 3.2-67.) Q). (SeeFigure NOTE: Afterrawdataverification course of intercept, PNF the mayreturn autotuning placing VOR/NAV/ILS to by the SELECTOR SWITCH the NAVposition. to 3.2.6 PROG Page Th e P R O G R E S S A GE d i sp l a ys y nam ic P d flight infor m ation concerning active primary the F-PLN. Access the PROGpageis gained pressing F"*-lkey on to by the theCDU.

p.151

3.2-17

A31O FililS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

CSTR FL37g
OO FST [ ]
cRz

EC0N CLB rrsa FL37O
BRG / I ! I ST ---c/t---ilAX

FL345
F UEL

oP T

@

GE EE To t l GO 4 630. :-N/OO63I .6E DIST IIES 1@55 ro DEST FORECAST> EE
PRED>
A 1 1 3 .9 6 NAV

SPR-SPR R/I ./

- l"l

1 1 3 .9 9

SPR-SPR

@

Figure 3.2-67 TITLE LINE - The title line displaysthe performance submode (CSTR),performance mode (ECON),verticalphase(CLB),and the flightnumber(1150).lf no flightnumber was entered lNlT page on A, the field is blank. There are three verticalphases: 1. CLB - is displayed the aircraft in PREFLIGHT, if is TAKEOFF, CLB, or DONEflightphase. 2. CNZ - is displayed when the aircraftis in the CRZ flightphase. 3. DES - is displayed when the aircraftis in the DES or APPR flightphase.

p.152

3.2-18

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

phasesare with modesassociated thesevertical Performance as follows: . ECON

o M I NT I M E o M I NF U EL o MAXCLB(CLBphase only) . only) MAXEND(CRZphase o MAXDES(DESphase only) . SPD . ENGOUT

in on a having directbearing the manner Performance submodes, are: modeis executed, whichthe performance performance from the CSTR - Indicates FMShasdeviated theactive modeIASin orderto meeta timeconstraint. S/C - Indicates STEPCLIMBis in progress. a is a S/D - Indicates STEPDESCENT in progress. and the ??? - Indicates aircraft between FMCtargetaltitude the is exists. the FGUaltitude, a conflict and is a D/D - Indicates DriftDownprocedure in progress. flight modesexist to cover specific Situational ThreeAdditional phasesituations: IMMDES(CRZandDESphase) only) IMMCLB(CRZphase (DESor APPRphase) DECEL

p.153
/lo

A3'O FMS PILOTYS GUTDE @

Chatvi AP45

CRZ - The cruise flightlevelis displayed the nearest to 100 feet,butmaynotexceed maximum the certificated altitude. Pilot entryis allowed, follows sameformat display and the and rules as lNlTpageA, except entryis alsoallowed thedashed in field displayed whenthe FMCtransitions the DESphase. to (OPT)and maximum OPT - The FMCcalculated optimum (MAX) flight levels,based on currentperformance and atmospheric criteria, displayed @ and tc , andfollows is in the sameformat anddisplay rulesas lNlT pageB. phase active, OPTfieldis replaced lf the DESoTAPPR is the by the verticaldeviation the aircraftfrom the predicted of descentpath,to a maximum 19900feet, rounded the to nearest feet O. (S"e Figure 10 3.2-68.)

@

DES lrso

IiD

ED

O F ST

*[

]

Figure 3.2-68 A positiveverticaldeviation(+) indicatesthe aircraftis above the predicted descentpath,and a negative verticaldeviation (-) indicatesthe aircraftis below the predicteddescent path. @ OFST - A paralleloffset,left or right of the activeflight path, may be entered here when the bracket prompt (*[ ]) is displayed.Bracket prompts are only displayed when the course being flown is to an active flight plan waypoint or navaid, and the terminationwaypoint of that leg is not a destination runwayin the activeprimaryF-PLN.(SeeSection 3,4.4,PARALLEL OFFSETS.)

p.154

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.2-20

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.2.6.{ FMG Position Update @ @

Chatvi AP45

in AircraftPPOS is displayed this field as LAT/LONGI (Figure 3.2-67). Pressing LSK Gfl , with the SP empty, I valuesat the then currentposition, freezesthe LAT/LONG and changesthe displayto includethe label line, "POS (SeeFigure FROZEN'. 3.2-69.)
CS TR
a ECON CLB s 6.1

rsH
(ill

GD FL?54 OF ST ED *[ ] EO
IIIST

cRz

FL35O
BR6 /IIIST
___c

lt Ax

FL?sO GE FUEL > P RE D EE ro t l

oPT

EE 4?47.A N/O! 138.9E UP DA T E * EFI(:7rr
/____

POS

F ROZ EN

I?4 ro DE S T
NAV

DE S FORE CA S T )*
A tt5.7g

vtl

S TU_S TU R/T

R1 ? 6 .5 0

T G O _ T G O 6E
c59672!

Figure3.2-69 Pressing En a second LSK timeunfreezes display the and I PPOS I allowsthe LAT/LONG fieldto reflectPPOS.FMS may also be updatedvia this field. The FMC may be updated an actualknownposition entry,directly to by into of any of the following: @, 1. LAT/LONG 2. WAYPOINT IDENT 3. NAVAID IDENT 4. PLACEIBRG/DIST

p.155

A37O FIWS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Entryof any of this data intothe tZD fieldcausesdisplayof an prompt in GFI after any necessary LAT/LONG UPDATEiI$ ca lcu la ti on sare completed by the F MC. P re s s in g t h e UPDATE* prompt @, as the aircraft overfliesthe update position, reinitializes FMC to this position, the and the display promptis cleared revertsto the new PPOS.lf the UPDATE* via the @ key, beforethe UPDATE* prompt is pressed,the data line is clearedof all entered data and the LAT/LONG display reverts to the previous values. lf aircraft PPOS is "NOT the invalidwhen an updateis attempted, SP message, ALLOWED",is displayed. the The updatefunctionimpacts FMCsonly and has no affect on inertialposition. when NOTE: The updatefunctionshould only be attempted position do not occurdue to a updates FMC automatic inputs, andthenonlywithextreme lackofradioposition error into to care. lt is possible inducea considerable the FMC shouldthe UPDATE* promptbe pressedat the wrong time. @ DIST - Aircraft Distance to Destination,along the active primary herein LARGEfont.Dashes F-PLNroute,is displayed exists,or are displayedwhen no active primarydestination when data is not available.

3.2.6.2 NAVAID Tuning @ @ This data line containsthe tuned navaids;the two stations of and identifier chosenfor displayon the RMls,the frequency Thereare three usedto tunethe station. each.andthe method methodsof tuningthe NAV radios:

(A) 1. Automatically by the FMC. See Section4.3, AUTOMATIC TU NIN G. 2. Manually(M) throughthe VOR/ILSCONTROLPANELS.See 3.2.5. MANUALNAVRADlOTUNING,and4.4,MANUAL Sections TU NIN G.
p.156

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

(e.9.,STU;Figure (R) identifier, 3. Remote by entryof the navaid LSK @ . The navaid 3.2-69) the navaid into fieldby pressing (e.9,, tuned, frequency preceded an "R"whenit is remotely is by R126.50; Figure3.2-69). the navaidis manually Although into GD, the FMC still specified, insertion the identifier by of automatically tunes the stationand no furtherpilot actionis required. is important realize lt to that dataentryinto GD is for VOR 1 anddataentryinto@ is for VOR2. (M) (R) NOTE: Inthecaseof Manual andRemote tuning, the VOR/NAV/ILS SELECTOR SWITCH, the COMon PLEMENTARY CONTROL EFIS PANEL, mustbe in frequency the VOR position, otherwise desired the cannot tunedon the VOR CONTROL be PANEL. @ FUELPRED- Pressing LSK@ accessesthe FUEL PRED page. Theprompt onlydisplayed thesecond is engine is after started and before lastengineis shutdown.See Section the 3.2.6.3, FUEL PREDICTION PAGE, complete fora description of all datalines.
BRG/DISTTO- TheFMCcalculatesthe bearing distance and to the inserted waypoint,in whole digits,from aircraftPPOS. Entry of a specificformat is allowed for a waypoint, navaid, runway,airportidentifier, LAT/LONG, PLACE/BRG/DIST. or The BRG/DIST is calculation updated every3 seconds, and is displayedin degreesand nauticalmiles.In the case of LAT/ LONGand P/B/D,which may not have an identifier, word, the "ENTRY', in LARGE font, is displayedin the bracketfield. Waypointsdefined in this manner have no impact on the allowable of pilot-defined list waypoints. See AppendixB, for acceptableformats. DESFORECAST- ThisLSKallowsaccesstothe DESCENT FORECASTpage.The promptis only displayedif an active primarydestination has been defined.See Section3.4.6.3.',, DES FORECASTPAGE, for a completedescriptionof all data lines.

@

@

p.157

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.2.6.3 Fuel Prediction Page

Chatvi AP45

The FUELPREDICTION PAGEdisplays andtimeinformation fuel pertaining the active primary (SeeFigure to F-PLN. 3.2-70.) pageviaLSK@ (Figure Manual access fromthePROG is 3.2-69), withautomatic switchlng afterthe second engine started lNlT is if pageB was displayed. to Muchof thedataon the FUELPREDpageis identical thatfound purpose the FUELPREDpagethen, of in lNlTpageB. Thestated flight is to provide planning fuel capability beyond PREFLIGHT the phase, pageB is no longer afterwhichlNlT available.
FUE L P RE DICTION

ED L G AT
@D L G T H

AT

1A 35

GD IIO.4

G l .I

GE) 5 . e EE 1315 F OB 23.eslFF+F Q €E
T? . ?
Z F J.|C o

GI.,IT

EF OB

@o
6D
@

RTE F I N AL

RSV/7 . T II,IE

t.t/S.O ts.a/OO3O
E X T RA T I} .IE g . a/g g tg

as.s
T EN? /T ROPO

@

-34/s6sss
CRZ HIN IT g g o ./6 g g

6E
@
c59673{

Figure3.2-70 @

l@

Data line containspredictions time and fuel at the for primary destination, LGAT.When on the ground, time the labelis TIMEandthe predictions ETEand EFOBat the are primary destination. Airborne time labelis GMTand the the predictions ETAandEFOB theprimary are at destination. lf no primary destination beenspecified, in has NONE displayed is (lEl and the prediction fieldsare dashed. The alternate destination displayed IZDwiththe EFOB is in in [ZR.lf no ALTNhasbeenspecified, in NONEis displayed (Zl-land the prediction fieldin @ is dashed.
p.158

@ @

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.2-24

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE @

Chatvi AP45

GW - Gross Weight is displayedin thousandsof kgs., or poundsas the case may be. The field displaysdashesand and boxes entryis not allowedif FOB is not beingcalculated, but if FOB is being calculated ZFW has not been initialized. Entry of a current GW into the bo-es causes the FMC to the initializing systemexactlyas it calculate ZFW*thereby the is on lNlT pageB. lf the GW revision results the computation in "A/AAAA of ZFWbeyondthe maxallowable, SP message, the OUT OF RANGE",is displayed. The AAAM of the message can be ZFW, BLOCK,GW, or TOGW. FOB - PresentFOB is displayed, poundsortonnes.When in both FF and FQ sensorsare used in the FOB computations by the FMC,theyare bothdisplayed, in Figure as 3.2-70. Eitherone may be selectedalone by preceding choicewith a slash /. the Sensorstatus is indicatedby the SP message,"SENSORlS |NVAL|D". Entry of CLR into the field, when one sensor is displayed,causes both to be displayedagain, providingboth sensorsare valid.Dashesare displayed when bothsensorsare invalid. FOBmay be reinitialized entryof a valueintoIgRlThe by FQ sensoris automatically deletedwhen the FOB is manually entered,providingthe FF sensor is valid. lf not, the entry is rejected and the SP message, "SENSOR lS |NVAL|D", is displayed. the new value is abovethe max allowable, SP lf the 'A/fuAlAA message, OUT OF RANGE",is displayed. RTE RSV/o/o, FINAL/TIME and E-TRA/TIME - These entries the sameas lNlT pageB. See Section are 3.1.2.7, lNlT B PAGE. ZFWCG - This fieldmay eitherbe GG (aircraft withouta trim (aircraftwith a trim tank).When the latter tank), or ZFWCG case is true, ZFWCG is a mandatory entry or the CGCC will not functionon aircraftso equipped.In both cases,the field is only displayed the PREFLIGHT in flightphase,and data and formatare identicalto that displayed lNlT page B. See on INIT B PAGE. GF-I, TEMP/TROPO and CRZ WIND - Thesefieldsare the same as thatdisplayed lNlT pageA. See @ and Gn'l, lNlTA PAGE. on TEMP and CRZ WIND are displayed the CLB phaseonly. in

@

@ @

@

@ @

p.159

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
3.2.6.4 Bearing/Distance To

Chatvi AP45

As a technique, duringthe takeoffand initialclimb portionsof the flight,or anytimeduringthe flight,it may be usefulto utilize BRG/ the DIST TO function, the PROG page,to providecontinuous on BRG/ DIST readoutsto almostany desiredgeographical point. The display the PROGpageby the PNF duringflightinsures of the availability significantdynamic flight plan data, (See Section of 3.2.6,PROG PAGE.) 3.2.7 Takeoff Roll

Up to this point, the altitudes,speeds, weights, functions,and modes,havebeenselected loadedintothe FMCfor one purpose; or to initialize systemfor flight. the 3.2.7.1 Position Update After initialthrust levermovement, the takeoffroll begins,the Go as Leversare toggled. that moment, FMC position At the updates the to threshold of the departure runway (See Section 4.1.2, FMC POSITION), LSGG05 in this case. 3.2.7.2 FMA Indications The FMC is coupled to the AFS when NAV and PROFILE are engaged the FCU,and AUTOengages the TRP.AftertheGo on on Leversare toggledand duringthe takeoffand climbportionof flight up to the THR RED ALT, the following representative the FMA is of displayon the PFD.

p.160

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
PFD

Chatvi AP45

tt*Ltll, I ntu I
I

I cHsl

I ror

I

t20
1

c59674#

Figure 3.2-71 This is validwhen an appropriate frequency(e.9.,LSGG RWY ILS 05 ILS) and course are selectedon the ILS CONTROL PANEL, eitherTOGA FLEXTO is selected the TRP (Figure or on 3.2-72),and paddleis in the ON position. one A/P
ILS CONTROLPANEL CRS -

IIBBB II
It

-

@

v

tl

Figure3.2-72
p.161

3.2-27

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
to By reference Figure3.2-71,it may be seen that: The ATS control mode is:

Chatvi AP45

THR - The A/THRsystemis engagedin the THR mode.THR is the normalengaged modeuntilthe THR RED ALT,when PROF engagement annunciated P THR changing is from the BLUE by of the armed statusto the GREEN of the engagedstatus. The LONGITUDINAL controlmode is: SRS - The speed set on the FCU, Y2 +10 kts for 2-engine operation. SRS disengages THR RED ALT if PROF is armed; at or upon manual PROF engagement;or selectionof another controlmode. LONGITUDINAL The LATERALcontrol mode is: RWY - The PFD ROLL BAR is replacedby the YAW BAR if the ILSfrequencyforthis runway istuned. Thenthecourse commanded by the YAW BAR is runway localizercenter line to 30 feet AGL, then RWY disengagesautomatically and the LATERALcontrol modeengagesin NAV if selected, HDG if NAV is not selected. or ln Figure3.2-71,the armed modesare P CLB and NAV, so both engage at the appropriate time, and the A/P is engagedin CWS. Afterliftoff,the tuP may be engaged(CMD)by activation the CMD of P/B on the FCU. 3.2.7.3 NAV Engagement At 30 feetRadioAltimeter altitude, RWYdisengages NAVengages and providing NAV P/Bon the FCUhasbeenpressed;GREENbarsare the illuminated the P/8. Navis annunciated in inGREEN thethirdcolumn in (see Figure3.2-73.) of the PFD FMA

p.162

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.2-28

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
P FD

Chatvi AP45

THR sRs I HnvI I
lPCLE l I

c59676#

Figure 3.2-73 it At THR REDALT, PROFILEengages(providing was armed),and Then the FMA and the TRP engagesin AUTO with CLB selected. TRP displaysapproximate Figure3.2-74.
PFD

rr H n le c Lal R v N I

I FDl I Cr Sl
THR

r-ra il

TAT OC

nr t

tl

TL==;=JJ
LIMIT LIM MODE

c59677#

Figure3.2-74
p.163

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

It is important realize to that withoutNAVengagement, lateral the F-PLN, specified database manually as in or (left defined thepilot by sideof theactive primary F-PLN), notflown depicted theND. is as on 3.2.7.4 Profile Engagement Pilot-defined and/orNav DataBasespeedand altitude constraints are not flown unlessprofileis engaged.These constraints are profileof the F-PLN(righthalfof the active depicted the vertical in primary F-PLN. I I I NOTE: The AFS is coupled the FMCby arming to NAVand Profile theFCUandsubsequent on automatic engagementof threemodes: 1. NAV 2. PROFILE 3. AUTO on TRP I Withoutthe engagement eachofthese of threemodes, autoflightdoes not occur. 3.2.8 Transition to GLIMB Phase FMStransition fromthe TAKEOFF flightphase the CLIMB to flight phaseoccurswhen: 1. The aircraft airborne is (oleostrutextended) 2. Ground speedis > 100kts In addition: Two-Engine Operation: 1. Aircraft altitude abovethe THR REDALT is Engine-Out Operation: 1. An EO condition exists 2. Aircraft altitude > EO THR REDALT is 3. CASfromthe ADC > Vfto (GREEN Dot)
Rev 1 Dec/93

3.2-30

p.164

Chatvi AP45

TABLEOF CONTENTS
PAGE ..3.3- 1 3.3CLTMB .....3.3- 4 3 . 3 . 1R e t urn o A u to tu n i n g T 3.3.2 Emergency Return NewDestination D e fi n e d ..... ..3.3- 5 3 . 3 .2 .1 n g i n e t P a g e E Ou ...............3.3- 6 .....3.3- 8 3 .3 .2 .1 .1O F -P L N a g es E P Page ........... 10 3 .3 .2 .1 .2O S tra te g i c E Mode 3.33.3.2.1.3 DriftDownSituational EO .......3.3- 12 Mo d e 3 . 3 .2 .2 e wR o u te o ............ N T ...."...3.3- 16 3 . 3 . 3C l i m b e rfo rma n ce a n g e P Ch .............. 3.3- ' 18 3 . 3 .3 .1 a cti ca l d e T Mo ...3.3- 19 .3.3-21 3.3.3.2 Strategic Mode 3.3-22 3.3.4 Direct NAV to 3.3-27 3.3.5Transition Cruise to Phase

p.165

3.3-i

Chatvi AP45

p.166

ASIO FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.3 GLIMB
beginswhen the aircraft The FMS climb(CLB)phasenormally the altitudeand sequences climbsabove the thrust reduction andendswhenthe with operating, altitude all engines acceleration (T/C) to is controlled V2 + Speed normally Top-of-Climb is attained. vertical climb altitude whenthemanaged 10knots, until acceleration base NAVdata if thenmaintains becomes active armed. system The (i.e., knots feet). Above below 10,000 entered speed limit 250 or pilot performance 10,000 feet,the FMStarget mode speed fortheactive is selected the remainder the climb.Speedconstraints for of are observed duringthe climb if they exist.Altitude constraints are observed profile. in During climbphaseof operations may be desirable make it to the modifications the flightplan.Thesemodifications to couldimprove performance, climb change destination altitudes routes, make and and changes wellas accommodate as conditions Engine like emergency these Out (EO)operations. FMSoperations accommodate The to are changes discussed thissection. in During phase pilot-defined database this or THR RED the derived is andACCELaltitudes sequenced the aircraft cleaned are as up, (if NAVand PROFILE modes engage selected), aircraft and climb performance governedby the parameters is selectedor defined d u r i n g E F L IGH T . PR Forthe purpose demonstration, of assume departure the clearance "Honeywell fromLSGG waschanged thetowerto, 1150, runway by 05, clearedfor takeoff,after departure turn left heading010, maintain FL100.'Figure is an example theFCUas it might 3.3-1 of appear conform thisclearance. to to
SPD/MACH \)-/ ALT sEL HDGsEL = v/s FT/Mtr t00

tlqlqlj @' b tEl"Er-frrl-o-rul'
v
dTHR

''@"b

[t::-:tl'

o

lftl Lr-J o
c59679#

Figure3.3-1

p.167

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

lateral The engaged longitudinal the modeis PROFILE, engaged modeis HDGSEL,andA/P 1 is in CMD.TheSPD/MACH V/S and windows, the FCU,are dashedbecause of PROFILE engaged is pitch elevator withvariable andspeed heldor managed (not is by on thrust)to conform the previously to selected activeTACTICAL or STRATEGIC mode. At THR RED altitude TRP goes from TOGAor FLEXTO to the AUTO, indicated Figure as by 3.3-2, theTRPTARGET window and changes dashes indicate to to thrustcommands coming are from the FMC.

TAT OC

l.rf l:l

tL

@@E@
---FLX TO TEMPOC

c59680#

Figure 3.3-2 ln thissituation clearance courseand climbto CRZALT may be a on implemented simplypressing NAV P/Bon the FCU,dialing by the the desiredCRZ ALT (37000)in the ALT SEL windowand pullingthe knob to activatea longitudinal mode.

p.168

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.3-2

A3'O FMS PILOT'S OUIDE
occur: Thefollowing lateral vertical and changes

Chatvi AP45

r The engaged lateral fromHDGSELto NAV modechanges . lf on intercept to the heading, A/P turnsthe aircraft intercept the planned flight route o PROFILE theengaged whentheALT is vertical mode isactive and SELknobis pulled. . A climbto the previously CRZAlt is initiated selected TheFMAofthePFDapproximates Figure 3.3-3, underthis scenario, as the aircraft climbs the selected to CRZALT.
PFD

rtHn rcra rnv I I I

c59681 #

Figure 3.3-3 The FMA indicatesthe engagedATS mode is P THR (PROFILE THRUST),and the engagedAP/FD longitudinal mode is P CLB (PROFILECLIMB).NAV is the Qngaged AP/FD lateralmode. The altitude selected altitudeindexQ), is BLUE.All engagedmodes,on the FMA, displaythe color GREEN.

p.169

AS1O FMS PILOVS EUIDE
climb The FCUconfiguration, affect aforementioned to CRZ to the ALT,is displayed Figure in 3.3-4.
SPD/MACH \>,, ALT SEL HDGSEL V6 FTlxN= IOO '

Chatvi AP45

'@E!EFb[ffi] '@'63'

''@"6
c59682#

Figure 3.3.4 Dashes are displayedin the SPD/MACHand V/S windows;and 37000,the desiredCRZ ALT, is displayedin the ALT SEL window. After a turn on course,assuminga crosswindcomponentof zero, pressing HDG SEL knobsluesthe heading course, 048 deg. to the to SPR, the next waypointalong the route of flight. 3.3.{ Return To Autotuning

After verification raw data courseinterceptby the PNF, as detailed of previously (seeSection 3.2.5,ManualNAV RadioTuning), return a placingthe to autotuning the NAV radiosmay be implemented of by VOR/NAV/ILSSELECTORSWITCH in the NAV positionon the affectedside, as in Figure3.3-5.
VOR/NAV/ILS SELECTOR/CONTROL PANELS

@@
Figure3.3-5
3.3-4
p.170

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

the in of is by Autotuning indicated thedisplay dashes both frequency PANEL(see CONTROL windows theVOR/NAV/ILS on andcourse "A" on the Figure and bythe letter preceding NAVfrequency 3,3-5), 3.3-6). the PROGpage(seeFigure

CSTR

ECON CLB rr5o

GD FL37@
@ OOF ST [ ]
BRG

CRZ

FL37O
/DIST

I1AX

F1345
FU E L

OP T

PRED> t l

ED

---"/----

to

ED ED GD

4639.IN,/06631 .6E SPR-SPR
A1 1 3 .9 0

Figure3.3-6 The "M", preceding VOR 2 NAV frequency, , would be the @ is replaced an "A"whentheVOR/NAV/ILS by SELECTOR SWITCH moved theNAVposition, to returning affected to autotuning. the side 3.3.2 Emergency Return - New Destination Defined TheFMCis programmed, PREFLIGHT, fly fromtheorigin during to airport thedestination to airport. deviation theactive Any from F-PLN relatingto a destination other than that specifiedmust be accommodated redefining destination.thisis notdone,no by lf the STARs available are forthenewairport, predictions available, no are page andtheF-PLN display theactive of lateral vertical and situation has no bearing the current on circumstance.

p.171
,l

A37O FIWSPTLOVS GUIDE
Forthe purpose demonstrating stepsrequired the pilotin a of the of situation requiring departure a fromthe activeprimary F-PLN, two given. priorto the examples are Thefirstexample an engine is loss pointandan immediate diversion return the origin to In airport. the second example, enroute an diversion accommodated, a new is and destination specified. is 3.3.2.1 Engine Out Page

Chatvi AP45

the Assume lossof an engine the CLBflightphase in necessitating a return the origin to and alsothatall emergency/ airport, assume abnormal checklists complete, reference ECAM,and are by to clearance beenreceived returnto LSGG. has to Referring backto Section 3.1.3.2.1, Figure 3.1-14, maybe seen it that an EOSIDwas automatically at specified the sametime the FRISN SlDfora RWY 05departurewas during PREFLIGHT. selected OnlyoneEOSID maybe specified eachrunway whicha SID for for EOSIDS published partof theNavDataBaseandmay exists. are as be included yoursupplier. by The EOSID maybe displayed manually pressing GTI keyof by the the CDU.lf another Function Modeis accessed, ENGOUT or the function remains active a subsequent and actualengine discrete out fromthe TCC is not recognized. thiscase,pressing {-5-F) In the key a second time returns display. is then necessary pressthe the lt to CLEAR* promptto cause the EO functionto deactivate and performance predictions revertto the two-engine to state. lf the prompt pressed, is under theseconditions, return to *CONFIRM a thetwoengine state cannot occur the EOSID beenactivated as has predictions for EO, eventhoughan engine and performance are failure has not actually occurred. NOTE: Viewingthe EOSIDwith both enginesoperating, problems, doesnotpresent operational any however, the consequences CONFIRMing Engine of the Out withoutan actualfailurewill resultin the FMS commanding onboth MCT engines single-engine and speed targets.This also results in erroneous predictions activation the EOSID available. and of if
p.172

Rev 1 Deci93

3.3-6

A31O FMS PILOT'S GU'DE

Chatvi AP45

When the TCC detectsthe loss of an engine,the ATS advances with PROFILE thrustto maintain currentspeedtarget.Additionally, the engaged, enginefaildiscrete signalto the FMCcausesautomatic displayof the EOSID. (below engagement NOTE: lf the EO occurspriortoPROFILE the ACCEL ALT), no EO functions are available. When above the EO ACCEL ALT, with PROFILE engaged, the E O must b e c o n f irme d - (t h e *CONFIRM promptpressed)beforeall EO functions are available. When an airlinedefinedor published EOSIDhas been placedin the Nav Data Base, the EO unique conditionpage is not displayed. instead,both active F-PLN pages,and the strategicMODE page, are modifiedto reflectthe situationperceivedby the TCC. EOSIDsare not displayed the FMS untilan EngineOut situation on exists.An EngineOut situationmay be initiated either by the pilot selecting ENG OUT key on the CDU or by the FMS detecting the the TCC EngineOut discrete. is important remember lt to that,if the pilot selectsthe Engine Out key when no engine out exists, the pilot must clearthemodeby selecting LS@ (Clear{e). the pilotleaves lf the page via another function key press, then the Engine Out functionis left "armed"and the FMS will not respondto the TCC EngineOut discreteshoulda true enginefailureoccur. point - This is the lastpointin a departure Definition:EO Diversion which is identicalboth verticallyand laterallyto both the F-PLN departure and the EO SlD. BothLegtypesmustbe identical (see SID Section2-4). NOTE: When no EO discrete detectedpressing is the[-EFlkey prior to the diversionpoint,causesthe EOSIDto be displayedon whicheverF-PLN page is being used. After the diversionpoint,pressingthe [-5Flkey causes displayof the strategicMODE page for the specific flight phase.

p.173

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

pointor no EOSID Whenthe aircraft pastthe EOSID is diversion is d e f in e d n t h e D ataB a sefo r th e d e p a rtur eunway i r and the pagewith TCCd e t e c t s n e n g i n e i l u re th e stra te gic a fa , MODE M p t h e . : k C O N F I RC LE A R i F ro mp tss a u to matically i displayed. 3.3.2.1.1 F-PLN EO Pages- Whenan Engine discrete Out occurs, if an EOSID exists thedatabase thedeparture in for runway, leg the types identical, theaircraft notyetreached common are and has the "A" point, diversion identical thenthe F-PLN pagewillbe displayed, prompts prior withthe *CONFIRM CLEAR* inserted immediately point. to the diversion Whenthe engine is confirmed, FMS out the inserts EOSID the active Engine the into Flight Planand provides predictions.instead, Engine is cleared, Out performance lf the Out theEOSID nolonger is A and displayed theF-PLN page theFMS on predictions. with continues two engine Figure3.3-7showsan exampleof F-PLNpage A prior to the point diversion afteran EO is detected, before *CONFIRM and the prompt pressed. is
F R o rl lL5@ )

GD RNgs A 06g ---/ LAL o ED * C 0NFIRM--E 0S ID- CLE A R* E O6 5 ED s P R / 3 00a E OS5 EB PAS6O c?4' , . EB PA S O6+
@

GE EE EE

Ets
EE

sPR

cs 4 a .

/

45A @ @ TJ
c59685#

Figure3.3-7 @ The FROMwaypoint displayed the top of the page. is at

p.174

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.3-8

A31O FMS PILOVS OUIDE
@ @

Chatvi AP45

to are *CONFIRMand CLEAR{* displayed givethe pilotan has that to confirm an engine beenlost,or opportunity either the Pressing the in clear display theeventof a falsewarning. prompt the crewwith of the signifies agreement *CONFIRM computations, activates EO performance the the situation, primary and F-PLN display, into strings EOSID the active the the between lastwaypoint DISCONTINUITY inserts F-PLN a point, thiscaseSPR.(See in of the EOSID the diversion and the clears EOSID Figure 3.3-8.) Pressing CLEAR*prompt the from the active primaryF-PLN,and the EO performance computations not activated. are
F R o | ,f tLS g )

Rhr05 S P R+ P A S 60 P A S 06)
cs4a.
c ?4s '
EOS5

cs4a'

0837

---/ ---/

t400

GO

3 O O O EE

---/- -------/- -----

EB EE

---/ 45gA @ sP R _ -_ F _ P L N IS C ONTINUITY-@ D FL ABOVE MAX FL IJ

Figure3.3-8 prompt pressed, EOSID strung Whenthe*CONFIRM is into is the planbeginning the EOSID point. theflight with diversion Anypartof point theEOSI before EOSI diversion isdeleted. discontinuity D the D A is strung afterthe lastwaypoint the EOSID. in The discontinuity is between lastwaypoint the EOSID the in and the EOSID diversion point. The resulting display, Figure3.3-8,contains diversion the pointin [2D andIst) , andthewaypoints associated EOSID with for RWY05 LSGG. at The EOSID alsodisplayed the ND. is on Thearrival routefor an approach RWY05 to LSGG, maybe entered intothe FMCby doinga LAT REVfromeitherPAS60or PAS06by pressing prompt, LSKI3T| orGD , andpressing STAR> the [TFl(see Section 3.4.6.1, RWY/STAR SELECTION).
p.175

AS|O FME PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

"CRZFL ABOVEMAX Notice SP message, in Figure the 3.3-8, O, FL",(See Appendix TheFMCis telling pilot thespecified C). the that CRZALTis above MAXALTof the aircraft to the lossof an the due page, engine. glance thePROG A at displayed thePNF's on CDU, confirmsthat the MAX ALT possibleEO, given Eesent aircraft weight andatmospheric considerations,FL190 e). is (SeeFigure 3.3-9.)

.-F FUELR r n >
---'/---BR6 /DIST

ro t

l

46 30. tN/gA 63I .6E r r sr DE S 1 0 66 ro DE S T F0RE CA S T > SPR-S P R R/T
4 1 13 .9 0 NAV

Z FL ABOVE MAX FL

S P R-SP R

Al1 3 .9 S

Figure 3.3-9 NOTE: The highest dynamically maintainable ALT may be EO above the EO MAX ALT identifiedon the Engine Out Page. lf EO is confirmed when aircraftaltitudeis at or belowthe MAX EO ALT, EO ECON modeautomatically engages.When CRUISEflight phase is reached, speed and thrust are targeted to maintain EO ECONthat is equivalent MIN FUEL. to 3.3.2.1.2EO Strategic Mode Page - When the TCC detectsan enginefailureand the Aircraftis past the EOSIDdiversion point or no EOSIDis definedin the data basefor the departure runway, then the strategic MODE page (see Figure 3.3-10) is automatically promptsat the bottomof displayed with the *CONFIRM CLEAR{e the page.

p.176

Rev 1

Dec/93

3.3-10

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
E CONCLB
COST INI' EX

Chatvi AP45

30

EC0N
o llIN o l' lIN F UEL T ltlE

rra T

^r G'{T

l rEsr
EFOB

9.O

{.CONFIRM NG OUT CL E A R* E Figure 3.3-10 Thispagemay be displayed manually pressing by the[EFlkeyon the CDU keyboard. specificEO pagedoes not existfor this condition. A The*CONFIRMpromptO, andthe CLEAR*@ navetheidentical functionas when displayed the F-PLNpage. Pressing on the LSK adjacentto the iFCONFIRMprompt enables EO functions and predictions even when an EO fail discreteis not detected. NOTE: Once an EngineOut Mode has been activated, the if failed engine is subsequentlyrestarted,this active Mode may be cleared by selectingthe [-EFlkey, and then selectingLS @ (CLEAR{r) on the CDU. 'GFIZFL ABOVE MAX FL'shown in Figure3.3The SP message, 9, is displayedon both the PROG and F-PLN pages. When the aircraft altitude is above the MAX EO ALT, the aircraft initially attempts maintain to altitude and the ATS advances thrustto MCT as airspeeddecays.The TCC EO discretecausesautomatic displayof the EO Mode page.After EO is *CONFIRMed and MAX EO ALT (FL 190 in this case) is selectedon the FCU, a DriftDown (i.e.,MAX EO ALT) at GREEN commences towards FCUaltitude the DOT speed.When EO Cruiseis established or belowthe highest at dynamically maintainable ALT, the speedscheduleconforms EO to M IN FUEL.
p.177

ASIO FIWSPTLOVS GUTDE
NOTES:

Chatvi AP45

1. EOfunctions detailed above occuronly,if EO is confirmed prompt. by pressing LSKadjacent the*CONFIRM the to lf EOremains unconfirmed, Airspeed decays Vmin-20 and to PROF disengages. Upon PROF disengagement, aircraft the speedtargetis FCUspeed, duringan altitude conserving descent an EO maintainable to See for altitude. 3.3.2.1.3 EO DriftDown. 2. A Drift Down until lower a descent fromCRZFLcannot occur (preferably EO maintainable altitude an altitude, an or altitude or below EO MAXFL on the PROGpage)is at the selected the FCU,andtheALTSELknobis pulled. on Whenthe *CONFIRMprompt pressed the strategic MODE is on page(seeFigure prompts 3.3-10), botl disappear thetitleline and changes ENGOUTCLB((!), Figure to 3.3-11). two-engine The and EO pages identical are except the titlelineandthe *CONFIRM for ENGOUTCLEAR*prompts dataline6. in
E NG OUT CLB*

GD 3A ED ECoN ED r 1 , ' l IN F UEL ED r l ' | I N T ll.lE
6D

COST

INDEX

Ar DEsr
T IT ,IE

Lt@7

EFOB

9. O

(E

F i g u re .3 -1 1 3 3.3.2.1.3 Drift DownSituational EO Mode - The SP message, 'CRZFL ABOVEMAXFL', onthe F-PLN page(O, Figure 3.3-12), pilotthatthe present warnsthe altitude cannot maintained be after lossof anengine. Descent fromCRZALTto maximum maintainable altitude, MAXALTor lowermaybe donemanually the pilot, EO by by usingthe IMM DESsituational modeon the F-PLNpage(@, Figure 3.3-12), automatically the FMCat GREEN or by DOT.
p.178

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.3-12

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

is by Whenan EngineFaildiscrete detected the FMSand the aircraft the is abovethe MAX EO ALT identified, ThrustControlComputer (TCC)commands ATS to set MCT.Current altitude maintained is the as IAS decaysto GREEN DOT (best Lift Over Drag).After a lower altitude the EO MAX ALT) or altitude(preferably EO maintainable a is selectedon the FCU and the knob is pulled, a drift down commences GREENDOT, at NOTE: lf the FCU altitudeis set lower and the knob pulled before the aircraft slows to GREEN DOT, a descent commences and simultan e o u s ly ,t h e T CC will command reduced thrust as necessaryto slow to GREENDOT. The actualddftdown continues an altitude to that may be abovethe FMS displayedEO MAX AlTitude and level off. Then as aircraft Gross Weight decreasesdue to fuel burn, the aircraft attemptsto climb in an attempt to maintainthe airframe actual or dynamic Maximum EO altitude.The speed target remains GREEN DOT unlessa FCU speed is selectedor the systemtransitions Cruise to FlightPhase.Transition CruiseFlightPhaseoccurswhen FCU to altitudeis captured. NOTE: Whenthe Altitudeselected the FCU by the pilotfor on driftdown is abovethe highestmaintainable aircraft or maximum performancecapabilityof the aircraft, the aircraftlevelsat the selectedaltitude,slows to Vmin -20 disengagesPROF., descendsat FCU speed target to the highest maintainablealtitude, and maintains FCU speed. lf the selectedFCU altitudeis too high (i.e., significantly above EO MAX ALT), a secondautomated driftdowndoesnotoccur. Asecond Drift Down is not implemented this software. in EngineQut CruiseFlightPhasecommences when the aircraftis at an FCU altitudethat is at or below the highest EO maintainable In Min aircraft altitude andthe altitude captured. thiscondition Fuel is (Max Range)speed is commandedunlessotherwisemodified.

p.179

3.3-13

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FME PILOVS GUIDE
FRor{ tLSg )

Chatvi AP45

,.IIL
ZUE

UG 5
U G6 S

O85T
ss

IMM DE S *
?43/ ?4s/ ?sa/
es6/ ?os/

FL"7s FL?63 Flass
F L ? 4? F L esg

(LEVEL) sss 4
U G6 g

KPT
u8 I1 .,l RT T N B UBIl { VIhl

ss
?o s7

C RZ FL A B OV E X FL MA

TJ

Figure 3-3-12 A PROFDriftDown descent notinitiated is untilthe is confirmed EO (preferably EOhighest anda lower altitude the maintainable altitude, or lower) selected the FCU.Alternately, IMMDES* prompt is on the allows descent fromthe CRZALT immediately, rather thanwaiting for IASto decayto GREEN DOTbefore descent initiated. is Pressing LSK fTn] Figure3.3-12,initiates descent, a within 2 seconds, the altitude to selected the FCU.As soonas the IMM in DES* prompt pressed, display is the reverts thatshownin O, to Figure . 3 - 1 3 . 3
)

FRoM

L|SA

,,lIL

U G5

O85I
58

Y/S=-|OOQ
?44/ FLaB t

u G 60 ZUE
U G6 S

(LEVEL) ssss
KPT uB 1 1 { RT TN B uB l t{ V I hl sa ?s 36

?4s/
?sa/ ?s6/ ?s3/

FL?63
F L ess F L ?4? F L a 38

C RZ FL A B OV E X FL MA

lJ

Figure3.3-13
p.180

Revl

Dec/93

3.3-14

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

profile vertical until is The lOOO'V/S maintained the newlydefined then DOT. The descent GREEN is intercepted IAS reaches as DOT. GREEN continues MCTvarying V/S to maintain at the MODEand the is by Oncedescent initiated, any means, strategic (D/D)Title lines(@, PROGpagesboth display-Onirr DOWN Figure 3.3-14).
D/D E NG
AT GI.IT BEST EF OB

GD ED
@

30

COST

INIIEX

ECON
rl'lIN ellIN F UEL TIIIE OF ST

ED

DES I rss
V IIE V

@

*t
CRZ FL ABO

I

FU E L

P RE D) GE l

6E EE) 4653. A N/607? 4 . ? E DES IIIST rc?s ro DE S T F O RE CA S T )EE
-'-'/---ro t
SPR-SPR SPR-SPR R/I CRZ FL ABOVE MAX FL
Att3 .9 9 NAV A 113.90

8 RG

/DIS T

@

Figure3.3-14 page, newCRZFL maybe specified, (e.9., FL180), OnthePROG a by writing desired the valuein the SP and entering intothe CRZ it datalineby pressing LSK @.;{ssuming this is at or belowthe (€), Figure EO MAXFL,the SP message 3.3-14) disappears.

Summary:
Engine Out Drift Down is engaged automatically when all of the followingare true: . Aircraft is above Engine Out MaximumAltitude. . The Engine Out conditionexists (CDU entered and confirmedor a TCC reportedfailure).
p.181

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
o Profileis engaged. o FCUaltitude lower is thanaircraft altitude. o Aircraft belowpathor thereis no descent path. is

Chatvi AP45

There is no test for comparing FCU altitudewith EngineOut by Maximum Altitude, engineout driftdownmay be engaged so altitude. lf to belowthe aircraft lowering FCUaltitude anything the altitude, the FCUaltitude not changed, FMSwill try to maintain is at bleeding speed, off untilPROFdisengages Vmin-20 kts. is Out DriftDowncontinues one of the following true: until Engine o PROFis notengaged. o Descent flightphaseis no longeractive. o The FMSis actively or the or capturing maintaining FCUaltitude path. descent o lmmediate Descent situational modeis engaged. . Engine active Out modeno longer exists. r Aircraft is altitude belowEngine Out maximum altitude. o Aircraftis on pathor abovepath. 3.3.2.2 New Route To Whenoperational considerations dictate enroute an diversion a or of mustbe specified. change destination, the newdestination then This is necessary because: 1. Theactive Primary in F-PLNdoesnothavewaypoints common withthediversion airport untilit is specified a newdestination. as untilthe new 2. STARS notbe selected can forthediversion airport prompt notdisplayed destin ation identifi ;therefore STAR is ed is the on the LATREVpage. 3. Predictions notvalidforthe newdestination; lateral are both and profiles for the original are destination only. vertical

p.182

Rev1 Dec/93

3.3-16

A37O FMS PILOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

as are Numerous messages generated a resultof the diversion SP is untila newdestination specified. fromthe original F-PLN, or is F-PLN dueto weather Normally diversion the original any from as an emergency a turn to the newcourseis desired soonas and from the is Therefore, LATREVpageaccessed clearance received. flightplan, to the PPOSdisplays mostchangeoptions the lateral for chosen waypoint. The waypoint ratherthan a fixedgeographic is lf as the LATREVis immaterial longas the end result achieved. then Figure3.3-15 PF has the activeprimaryF-PLNdisplayed, represents F-PLNpageA as it mightappear the between BOSNA a n dS A Ro n U B 1 .

)
UEl

BOSNA SAR CHILY
UBl

gl18 23 e8

,a E/
"/rl "/rl

FL37S

GO

UBI

EE EE
PPOS HOLD>

LAT REV rnor

GB

4 6 r 4 .4 N/f,9 6 0 6 .6 8

GD ED NEH HPT 6B *[ ] EB
@ *ENABLEALTN LSGG

t
N E }I

CO

R TE

l*

ppOs,/t TO l*
RETURN

R TE

Figure3.3-15 To entera LAT REVfrom PPOS,the LSK adjacent the FROM to waypoint, BOSNA, pressed resulting thedisplay the LAT is in of @, page. REVfromPPOS

p.183

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
Noticethe labellinefor @ NEW RTE TO. Qincethe LAT REV was from PPOS, PPOS/I ] is in the data tine@.

Chatvi AP45

Withthe desirednew destination the SP, LSGGfor demonstration in purposes, and pressingLSK [sn-|, followingoccurs: the 1. The new destination definedin the FMC. is 2. All downpathwaypointsfrom PPOS are erased, 3. F-PLNpageA is displayed with a directlegfrom PPOSto LSGG, separatedby a F-PLN DISCONTINUITY. 4. Predictions calculated the destination. are for The aircraftdoes not turn until the F-PLN DISCONTINUITY is removedbetweenPPOS and LSGG.The A/P disengages when a DISGONTINUITY entered. NAV is disengaged and the AP/ is FD lateralcontrolmode becomesHDG when the new destination is defined.Aircraftpresentheadingis maintained until changed by the pilot. As the direct to leg is flown to LSGG, a new route completewith a STARto the activerunwaycan be builtdirectly the activeprimary on F-PLNpage.(See Section 3.1.2.3, FROM/TO Method.) As an optionthe routecan also be builton the SEC F-PLNpage,by the PNF,withoutthe necessity disturbing PF.Whencomplete, of the the SEC may be activated and the new routeflown back to LSGG. (SeeSections 7.1,SEC F-PLN,and7.1.1, ACTIVATE SEC F-PLN.) 3.3.3 Glimb Performance Ghange previously, the discussion PERF MODES,once As mentioned in of the currentflight phase is entered,changesto the PERF MODE impactonlythatflightphase,e.9.,CLB,when the changesare made on theTACTMODEpages.(SeeSection .3.5.5, 3.1 PERFORMANCE M O D E S.)

p.184

Rev 1 . Dec/g.q

3.3-18

Chatvi AP45

AS|O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
3.3.3.1 Tactical Mode "Honeywell purpose demonstration, ATC Forthe of assume requests, with Compliance thisrequest, climb through FL220". 1150expedite be: can SITUATION, either a change the TACTICAL to PROFIIE on the FCU (the AP/FD Manually- by deselecting rate the in turning vertical knob system engages V/Sautomatically), and of the situation, to a rateof climbcompatible the urgency with then pulling knobto engage AP/FDin the V/S mode.The the the pitchbar of the PFD reflects selected V/S whenthe knobhas the beenpulled. on Figure 3.3-16 an example thisaction the FCUO, withthe is of on change the vertical in engaged modeindicated the FMA @ . in Noticealso that the ATS engages SPD @ when the vertical engaged modeis V/S.

Figure 3.3-16 NOTE: lf the situation callsfor the absolutemaximumpossible vertical rate over the short-term,the ATS may be disengaged pressing button. MAN THR by eitherthrottle in AMBERis then displayed the ATS modewindowof in the FMA, and throttlecontrolrevertsto the pilot.
p.185

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

heldon Undernormal conditions wouldhaveto be manually IAS elevator, requiring almostconstant from the PF. The attention possible and manual method always allows the maximum for rate angle climb theshort-term, of in because canbetraded altitude. for IAS OR Automatically bypressing the[TEFlkeytheCDU, selecting on and the MAX CLB TACTMODEby pressing LSK @ . Controlof the profile thenautomatic, pilotinput, vertical is requiring further no and the rateof climbis maximized the long-term, as longas MAX over or CLB is active. Figure 3.3-17 an example thestepsrequired affect change is of to a in the TACTMODE.

CLB
TI M E

PRED TO
FL?79 DI S T

E CO N *M A X C L B SPD

rl

Figure3.3-17 pushes allthat'srequired: @ key,@ - MAX Two button are O CLBprompt. Reversion to the ECONSTRATEGIC back modemay be affected pressing by LSK f2Tl. priority given V/S - rememberthe ln thissituation is to 70%vs30% mentioned in earlier Section 3.1.3.5.3.1. A complete discussion this pagemay be foundunderSection of 3. 1 . 3 . 5 . 5 . 2A C T I CAMOD E A GE . T. L P
p.186

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.3-20

ASIO FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
3,3.3.2 Strategic Mode

Chatvi AP45

at modemay alsobe changed any time on the The STRATEGIC key the STRATEGIC modepage,by pressing Fooel on the CDU.By reference Figure to 3.3-18 maybe seenthat ECONis the active it andMINTIME. mode, withoptions MINFUEL on
E CONCLB

[E) 54O ED E CoN GD r llIN F UEL EB o llIN T ll,lE 6D
@

COST

INDEX

t?30

^r GI.IT

oE s r

EE) ? O . ? EE EO EO 6E
E FOB

Gts
c59696#

Figure3.3-18 Theactive modemakes partof the titlelineon the STRATEGIC up page, and is displayed LARGEfont on data lines (Zll mode in through GD respectively. A complete discussion this pagemay be foundunderSection of 3 . 1 . 3 . 5 . 5 .S T R A T E GIC 1, MOD E A GEpages P , 3.1- 64,

p.187

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
3,3.4 Direct to NAV DIR TO is a lateral navigationfunction by which the pilot may proceedfrom PPOS to a selectedfixed waypoint by a direct route. The affect this action has on the down path waypointsof the active primary flight plan is determinedby the positionof the DIR TO in waypoint the flightplan. There are two possibilities:

Chatvi AP45

1. lf the DIR TO waypointis a part of the activeprimaryflightplan.A DIRTO leg is strung fromPPOSto thatwaypoint whenthe DIRTO plan between PPOS function invoked.All is originalflight waypoints, and the DIR TO waypoint,are deleted from the flight plan. TP (TURNINGPOINT)becomesthe FROM waypoint,followedby a DIRTO leg,andthe F-PLNpageand ND reflect newnavigation the situation. 2. lf the DIR TO waypointis not a part of the active primaryflight plan,a DIRTO leg is strungfrom PPOSto thatwaypointwhen the DIR TO functionis invoked. The DIR TO waypointis followedby a F-PLNDISCONTINUITY, followed the original flightplanin by its entirety.None of the waypointsare deleted.TP becomesthe FROMwaypoint, followedby a DIR TO leg. Accessto the DIRTO functionis gainedby pressing 15ga;l modekey on the CDU.This accessis only allowedif the aircraftpositionis valid. The SP message, 'NOT ALLOWED", is displayed when aircraft positionis invalid(i.e.,the FMS aircrafrpositionis undetermined).

p.188 Rev 1 Dec/93

3.3-22

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
available: Pin Therearetwo "DlRTO" Program Options

Chatvi AP45

1. ThisPinOption TO on allows pilotto viewthe DlRect routing the priorto (known SoftDIRTO).Inthis theNavDisplay execution as modeof operation waypoint mustreside the LSK in the identifier againto execute The fiE| brackets. LSKfin* mustbe pressed to adjacent any fixed the event.When a left LSK is pressed, and waypoint, with the SP empty,a soft DIR TO is initiated An is in displayed theidentifier inserted thebrackets. additional as press the LSK@ causes immediate TO maneuver of DIR an by the aircraft that waypoint. to 2. ThisPinOption causes insertion thedesired into the of waypoint thebrackets execution the DIRTO function onlyone and with of push. LSKbutton Thiscompletes action the DIRTO page the as page isdisplayed. disappears F-PLN A There noopportunity is and preview DIRTO and it is immediately to the initiated. lf an attemptis made to selectany waypointother than a fixed "NOT waypoint, SP message, the ALLOWED", displayed the is and DIRTO is notinitiated. NOTE: Datamodification, insertion, horizontal or slewing are notallowed theDIRTO page(the"Next on Page" does not exist).Additionally, accessto both lateraland pages notallowed. verticalrevision is Initiation a DIR of TO is the onlyfunction allowed.

p.189

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
Figure 3.3-19 an example the DIRTO page. is of

Chatvi AP45

tLS A

GD *[ ] BI ED TGRNB ttg ? GD ([ifiJ' s6 ED EGNNB B9 c130. ED EGN13 rz

IIIR

TO

@
?8?/ F L 1 69

?5O/ FLTOO
?55/ F L O6l

GE EE
EE

??@ /+ 3A A g 60 ?gg/ ?5 O g @ TJ

Eg*

BRAV

c0 65.

15

Figure 3.3-19 Althoughreferred as the DIRTO page,it is identical appearance to in to the F-PLN page;there are a few notedexceptions: The most apparentdifference from the F-PLN page is the DIR TO bracket prompt in data line (lf|. @ DIR TO - The bracketprompt(rte[ ]) allowsselection the of desiredfixed waypoint.This fixed waypoint may be selected from the activeprimaryflightplan by pressingthe adjacentleft LSK if the SP is empty,or it may be manually enteredintoFD from the SP. Vertical sluing may be used to scroll to the desiredwaypointin the active primaryflight plan. When the waypointis entered into LSK []El via the SP, the DIR TO promptwith the identifiedwaypoint remains in data line FE| untilactivated, cleared,or anotherpage is accessedwithout activatingthe function.The subsequentimplementation is predicted the Pin Optionsidentified on above.In caseswhere the waypointis manuallyenteredand is not part of the flight plan,it may be specified ident.,LAT/LONG,PlBlD, by etc.,as with an y w aypoint.(S ee S ection 3.1. 3 . 2 . 6 ,WA Y P O I NT INSERTION/F-PLNand B PAGES.) A 3.3-24

p.190

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE @ @
to Thesedata linesare identical F-PLNpageA.

Chatvi AP45

of a Referring backto Figure 3.3-19, example selecting DIRTO an primary planis illustrated. Pressing waypoint fromthe active flight and DIR LSK@ , initiates immediate TO EGNNB, the display an changes Figure3.3-20,F-PLNpage A with the DIR TO leg to inserted the flightplan. in
)

FRolr

IL S A

GD ED EB ED 6D
@

T-P (I/D) (LIM)
.(s PD )

rO3? 4s rrss
s6

?55/ F L 3 7 A @ .ss/
?ss/

FLsTs @
FLs6s

?5O/ F L I O O 6E
??O/+ 3gAO ?g@/ fJ "5gO

EGNN B E GNl 3
co6

c 13 g .

ss r?

B RA V

EE 6E GE

cs96g8#

Figure3.3-20 (Figure Notice FROM the waypoint TP,TGRNB is 3.3-19) been has deleted because is positioned it PPOSand the DIR TO between point, and EGNNB the TO waypoint. is previously,DIRTO a waypoint contained the As mentioned a not in primary plan, active flight entails same the steps a DIRTO a flight as plan waypoint exceptthe DIR TO pointis followed a F-PLN by DISCONTINUITY.

p.191

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Distance Figure 3.3-21 an example a DIRTO a PlaceBearing is of (PBD01) primary plan. waypoint in the active not flight
)

F R o r,r T-P (I/D)
( S PD)

L IS A s??s ?77 /

( L IM) PBD0I EGNNB
CLR
c r3 6 '

GE] EE ?t " / F L t tB ?? ?5O/ FLI O O GD
F L rTs

ss 3s

??O/ L7g/

3OOO

@o

- - -F-P LN DIS CONTINUIT Y _ _6E 25 A g @
?J

Figure 3.3-21 ln the above case, a PIBIDwaypointwas definedin the SP, e.9., ARXl125l30,and insertedinto the bracketson the DIR TO page by pressingLSK @ . The FMC namesthe waypointPBD01(the first pilot- nedwaypoint) it isfollowed a F-PLNDISCONTI UITY defi and by N plan route. becauseit is not along the flight The F-PLNDISCONTINUITY deleted (O, is with the CLR function Figure3.3-21),the flight plan is now reconnected, and the aircraft flies from PPOS (TP) to PBD01,to EGNNB, and is back on the originalroute of flight. NOTE: The discontinuity must be clearedpriorto sequencing PBD01 or the A/P disconnects. F-PLN DISCONA TINUITY is readily apparent o n t h e ND a n d is representedas a gap in the GREEN course line betweenPBD01and EGNNB in this case.

p.192

A31O F*IS PILOT'S GUIDE
3.3.5 Transition to Gruise Phase

Chatvi AP45

FMS transition from the CLIMBPHASEto the CRUISEPHASE occurs when: in 1. Actualaircraft altitude equals CRZFL defined the the F M C + o r - 5 0ft. 2. The CRZFL defined the FMCequals altitude in the in the set FCU+ or- 50 ft. NOTE: lf the aircraft leveled at an intermediate is off altitude priorto the CRZ FL specified the FMC,and the in specifiedCRZ FL is never reached,for whatever reason, FMC doesnot transition the CRUISE the to PHASE.

p.193

3.3-27

Chatvi AP45

p.194

Chatvi AP45

CRUISE

TABLE CONTENTS OF
PAGE ..................3.4- 1 3.4 cRUrsE ..........3.4- 1 3 . 4 . 1S i t u a ti o nMo d e s al ..........,.......3.4- 2 3 . 4 .1 .1 IMMD E SMo d e 3 . 4 .1 .2 e ce Mo d e D l ......3.4- 3 3 . 4 .1 .3 IMMC L BMo d e ..................3.4- 5 Mode.....3.4-7 3.4.1.4 Engine DriftDown(D/D) Out ..............3.4- 8 3 . 4 . 2C R ZA L TC h a n g e s............. 3 . 4 . 3C r u ise e rfo rma n ce a n g e ............... 3.4- 10 P Ch 3.4-12 3.4.3.1 WindEntry Cruise in 3.4-15 3.4.4 Parallel Offsets 3,4-18 3.4.5 FuelPredictions 3 . 4 . 6D e s ce nP re p a ra ti o n s......... t 3.4- 19 3.4.6.1 R\ ........3.4-20 Selection ^flSTAR Option 3.4-23 3.4.6.2R\M/ Change 3.4.6.3DES Forecast Page 3.4-24 3.4.7Transition Descent 3.4-26 to Phase

p.195

3.4-i

Rev 1 Dec/93

Chatvi AP45

p.196

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.4 GRUISE
T/C The FMGScruise the phase flightbetween andT/D.The is of CRZALT defined the FMCduringPREFLIGHT in musthavebeen the altitude, otherwise to reached, redefined matchthe present or The CRZ phaseis into FMCdoes not transition the CRZ phase. in the reaches CRZALT defined the activethen,whenthe aircraft to FMC.During cruise, pilotmay be required makenavigation the progress, position position flight reports, monitor changes, updates, change cruise altitudes, prepare descent thedestination and for into airport. Preparing descent include for can STAR selection, DESCENT FORECAST entry review approach go-around wind of and and data. Theseare the subjects will be covered thissection. that in Further planning nacigation befoundin Sections information about and can 4,7 and8. NOTE: Theaircraft accelerate cruise will to speed andignore the 10,000 speedlimitif cruisealtitude below ft. is 10,000 A tactical ft. may it intervention berequired 250 knotsis to be flown.
Functions coveredpreviously, not whichare likely be encountered to in cruise.are discussed this section. in 3.4.1 Situational Modes

Situational modes allow the pilot to deviatefrom the verticalprofile withoutaffectinga verticalflight plan change.Situational modes are usuallyinvokedto respondto a temporarysituation with the intentto later returnto the definedverticalprofile,e.9., descentfrom the CRZ ALT immediately, compliance in ratherthanwait with an ATC request, for the flightplan to intercept definedverticalprofileT/D point. the There are four Cruise Flight Phase situational modes: IMM DES, DECEL,IMM CLB, and EO Drift Down modes.These modes may engaged. eitherbe manuallyselectedor automatically

p.197

3.4-1

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
3.4.1.1 IMM DES Mode

Chatvi AP45

rate The lmmediate Descent Modeprovides constant of descent a (1000fpm),untilthe defined profile intercepted, the is at vertical selected Strategic Tactical or Performance modespeed. Vertical guidance initiates descent within2 seconds modeactivation. of IMM DES is displayed may be activated and whenthe following conditions exist:
1. PROFILEis engaged. or 2. CRzflight phaseis activeand verticalguidancehas acquired capturedthe definedCRZ FL. 3. The FCU altitudeis at least250 ft, belowthe definedCRZ FL. 4. A STEP DES or destination exists in the flightplan. NOTE: lt is importantto realizethat the IMM DES* is only displayed when#3 and#4(STEPDESor a destination) above are accomplished. I Manual Engagementof IMM DES: occurswhen the IMM DES*, LSK @ on the F-PLN page, is pressed.
FRorl
UB 1

tlsg

)

GD OMA 8950 IMM DES* @ ED ( S / D ) EE E7 .s o / FL37s UB1 GD BOS NA rsso"/FLssT @) ED ( LE V E L) sr " /FL33O gE uB I rl g6 EE SAR "/ UB1 rl 6E CHILY rs " /
fJ
c59700*

Figure3.4-1

p.198

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.4-2

A31O FMA PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

when all Engagement IMMDES:bytheFMSoccurs Automatic of of the following conditions met: are 1. Aircraft altitude aboveCRZFL. guidance notactively the capturing FCUaltitude, is 2. Vertical Tactical Modeis notengaged. 3. Maximum Descent when Disengagement IMMDES:bytheFMSoccurs Automatic of any one of the following conditions met: are 1. Maximum Tactical Descent Mode is engaged. See Section M L 3 . 5 . 2 , 1 , AXD E ST A C T IC AMOD E . 2. PROFILE notengaged. is guidance the 3. Vertical has acquired captured FCU or FMS or has defined CRZFL to whichthe aircraft beendescending. guidance 4. DESor APPRflightphaseis activeand the vertical descentstate is abovepath onpath.(See Section3.5, or D E S C E N T .) 5. CRZphaseis active andSTEPDESis notactive. (SeeSection 6. EO D/DSituational 3.3.2.1.3, EO Modeis active. DRTFTDOWN STTUATTONAL MODE.) (HM) 7. A HOLD witha manualtermination isactive next the leg or in (SeeSection F-PLN, TTGis < 3 minutes. and 3.5.4, HOLDING.) 3.4.1.2 Decel Mode The DECEL function intended allowthe AFS to reintercept is to the profile vertical aftertheT/Dpointhasbeenpassed. Deceleration The Modeprovides a decrease IASfrompresent for in speed minimum to speed(Vmin),limitedby the FAC to maneuvering speedfor the guidance configuration. Vertical initiates speedcontrolto the new targetspeedtwo seconds DECELMode is after mode selection. manually selectable noautoengagement theFMCisprovided. only, by

p.199

3.4-3

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

adjacent LSK fiE] on the F-PLNpage to DECEL* is displayed (Figure 3.4-2)under following the conditions: 1. PROFILE engaged. is guidance acquired captured FCU 2. Vertical has or the selected altitude. or flightphaseis active. 3. DESCENT APPROACH guidance 4. Vertical descent stateis abovepath. 5. Tactical SPDmodeis not active. (HM) or | 6 A HOLDlegwitha manualtermination is notactive next (SeeSection 3.5.4, in the F-PLN, and TTG is > 3 minutes. I HOL D T N G . ) I DECEL modeis selected pressing by LSK@ whenthe DECELtII prompt displayed. is
FR O } I UB l

tL50 O95O
57 lsss

GD GD ED ED EO GD

O MA
UB1

( s/ D )
BOS NA ( LEVEL ) SAR CHILY
UBl

sr
g6tt/r l rg

UBI

GE) F L 3 7g GE .8 5 / F L 3 37 GO " / " / FL33 O EE 6E
DECEL*
tt / rl

@ IJ

Figure3.4-2 Afterthe DECEL*prompt pressed, disappears thedisplay is it and page. reverts the F-PLN to

p.200

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.44

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

for The DECEL mode disengagesautomatically any one of the followingconditions: 1. PROFILE not engaged. is 2. DESCENTor APPROACHphase is not active. 3. TacticalSPD mode is engaged. 4. Strategic MODE is changed. 5. The verticalguidancedescentstate is onpathor belowpath. 6. An EO condition has been detectedby the TCC. DECEL* promptis displayedwhen the aircrafthas overflownthe T/D pseudowaypointon the F-PLNpage,usuallyas a resultof the descentaltitude havingbeenselected the ALT SEL windowof not in the FCU. lf the descent altitudeis not set in the FCU ALT SEL window,with PROFILEengaged,the automaticdescent does not occur.lf PROFILEis not engaged,it is necessary pullthe altitude to set to engage LVL CHANGEto begin descent - in this case, the DECEL* promptis not displayed. 3.4.1.3 IMM GLB Mode After a STEP CLB has been entered into the verticalF-PLN,the lmmediate ClimbSituational Modeenables climbto a new CRZ FL prior to sequencing the defined STEP point in the lateralF-PLN. guidance Vertical initiates climbtwo secondsaftermodeselection, a at the defined cruisetargetspeed.ClimbIAS may be modified the on TACT MODE or Strategic 3.1.3.5.3.1, MODE page.(See Sections STEP ALTITUDE/PREDICTION PAGE. and 3.3.3. CLIMB PERFORMANCE CHANGE.)

p.201

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

prompt displayed the F-PLN The IMMCLBIF pageunder is on the following conditions: 1. PROFILE engaged. is 2. CRUISE flightphaseis active. 3. The FCUselected altitude morethan250 ft. above is the current CRZFL, 4. A HOLDlegwitha manualtermination is notactive next (HM) or < 3 minutes. in the F-PLN, and TTG is not (SeeSection 3.5.4, HOL D T N G . ) The IMMCLBmodeis engaged pressing by LSK@ , IMMCLB*.
FRor.r
uB I

|LSO

)

(iD O MA O95g IMM CL B * GD ( S /D ) a7 .a s / F L 3 7s UBT GD B O SN Ars s s " /F L s s T ED ( LE V E L) or " /FL336 U BT n rt ED SAR sB /t
(d)
CHILY
U Bl

GO EE
@ @

6E
@

rs

" /

rl IJ

c59702#

Figure 3.4-3 A climbis initiated withintwo seconds modeselection, IMMCLB* of the promptdisappears, and the displayrevertsto the F-PLNpage.

p.202
?

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

for disengages any one of The IMMCLBmodeautomatically the following: 1. PROFILE notengaged. is 2. An EO is detected the TCC. by F-PLN. 3. The STEPCLBis deleted fromthe vertical 3.4.1.4 Engine Out Drift Down (D/D) Mode Engine Out DriftDownModeprovides means a singlegood a for engine MCTpower, maintain at to Altitude longas possible as while airspeed Dot decays GREEN speed(BestL/D).As GREEN to Dot (See is approached, the FCUto the appropriate loweraltitude set Section 3.3.2.1.3.) minimum and altitude occurs GREEN loss as Dot (L/DMAX)is maintained. Whenbestdescent rateis desired, e.9.,ETOPS: whileclearing yourtrack, North AtlanticTrack System clearof and MAXDESmode on the TACTMODEpagewill provide rate.MAXDES bestdescent modewill reduce thruston the goodengine idleand command to providing steepest Vmo - 10 (or Machequivalent), the angleof p o ssi b l e i th o u tsp o i l e rs. descent w Once below the tr acks, commanding tactical a speedof 330 ktsgivesthe quickest timeto thealternate airport. FMSwilllimit The thrust MCT, theaircraft to so maynotattain 330kts.Thusthe FMSwillcommand speed a target based the maximum on thrust available the current at altitude from the goodengine.

p.203

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
3.4.2 GRZ ALT Ghanges Thereare threemethods affecting altitude change whilethe of an via fuP is engaged: Manually through FCU, the Manually thePROG page, Automatically or through StepClimb the function.

Chatvi AP45

1. Manually through FCU;an immediate the climb/descent is by the altitude theALTSELwindow, in initiated selecting desired P/Bto the the and eitherpulling set knobor pressing LVL/CH engage LVLCHANGE the mode. Pressing LVL/CH also the P/B pulling disengages PROFILE, however, PROFILE engaged, if is thesetknob doesnotdisengage rather initiates immediate it an it, climb/descentthealtitude to The selected theFCU. exceptions on profile, if are:wherea STEPCLIMBis activein the vertical or just priorto the T/D point. aircraft PPOSis Thenpulling set the knobinthese cases, V/S may armsP CLBor P DESBLUE. mode alsobe utilized, maybe moredesirablethealtitude and if change is only1000 3000 to feet.Regardless themode selection, e.9., of ina climb, whether PROFILE, CHANGE, LVL orV/S engages, CL is annunciated the TRP.Whileclimbpoweris applied the on by ATS,THR/SPD/NAV GREEN in andALT BLUEis displayed on (seeFigure the FMA.lf LVLCHANGE wasengaged 3.4-4), the A/P initiates climbto the newaltitude a selected the FCU.lf in PROFILE engaged, ATSandLongitudinal is engaged modes the in the FMAare preceded a P, e.9.,P THRand P SPD.With by pulling set knobalsocauses PROFILE engaged, the display of the Situational ModesIMMCLB/IMM DES,depending the on phase, the F-PLN page, flight on an allowing pilot initiate the to immediate climbor descent desired. as

c59703#

Figure3.44

p.204

3.4-8

ASIO FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

may be 2. Manually- via the PROGpage,a climbor descent -by atfected changing CRZattitude datalineO (seeFigure the in purposes, assume level FL330, at and 3.4-5). demonstration For a climbto F1370 desired PPOS. is at

usH

ECON CRZ
c Rz

FL33O
OF ST

FL37O

ilAx

GB
@

*[]

337" /55
DIST

BRG

DIST

ro T S L
IIE S

EO
@

3935. ?N/O?3?4.7E tst ro DE S T
NAV A1 1 3 .4 0 Att3 .4g

6E FORE CA S T >
SKL-SKL

SKL-SKL

R/T

GE

Figure 3.4-5 A manualclimbto FL370,utilizing PROG page to inputdata to the the FMC, is affectedin the followingmanner:

o Write 370,or FL37O, the SP (O, Figure in 3.4-5)
o Press LSK t-t-f) r Select370 in the ALT SEL windowof the FCU NOTE: With or without PROFILE engaged, the climb is immediatelyinitiatedwhen the set knob is pulled, exceptincasesinvolving STEPCLIMBora PROFILE a descentwhen aircraftPPOS is priorto the T/D point. 3. Automatically - throughuse of the STEP CLIMB functionan (SeeSection3.1.3.5.3.1, altitude changemay be affected. STEP ALTTTUDE/PREDTCTTON ) PAGE.
p.205

3.4-9

Rev 1 Dec/93

AS|O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
3.4.3 Gruise Performance Ghange

Chatvi AP45

cruisetargetspeedmay be accomModifications the defined to flight modated eitherthe TACTModepage,affecting current the on phase only,or the Strategic Modepage,affecting the remaining all phases.ln page themoreuseful the is flight, TACTMODE of flight the a involve choice are in changes targetspeed verylikely two,because such situation, asthe by or between ECON an IASdictated a tactical or speed, an increase/ air to needto reduce turbulent penetration by decrease specified ATC. the by Access theTACTMODEpageis gained pressing ['TFlkey to 3.4-6). on the CDU(seeFigure "Honeywell150,canyouincrease speed to 1 Assume ATCrequests, Mach.82tor spacing?"

cRz
PREII

FL37O
DIS T

TO

ECoN
r f . lAX SPD END

r? 3 6
t? ? S

GM T

GO ?5 GE EE ??
@

tl

6E
GO

Figure3.4-6 Writing.82 in the SP and pressing LSKGn twice(firstentrysMALL this is to fontwithasterisk) all thatis required implement request. is by target speed accomplished pressing Thereturn normal to cruise TACTICAL 3.1.3.5.5.2, in the *ECON prompt @ . (SeeSection MODE PAGE.)
3-4-10

p.206

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Mode on Cruise targetspeedmay alsobe modified the Strategic page. page.Pressing CDU[".;l ksy causes display this of the

ECON CRZ 54O
CO ST I NI I EX

Ar nEsr

@

E CoN
r l,lIN r 1 { IN F UEL T II' lE

t"3@

GI,IT

?4.3

E FOB

EE
EE 6E 6E
@

Figure 3.4-7 Three choicesare available, the remainder the of affecting flight phases: 1. ECON - The currentselectedperformance mode. 2 . M IN FUEL 3 . M INTIM E Normal cruise target speed is achievedwith the ECON mode. MINIMUM FUEL representsa speed reductionfrom ECON, and obviouslyMINIMUMTIME represents speed increase. These a m ode s ar e a vailable at anytime. (S ee S e c t io n 3 . 1 . 3 . 5 . 5 . 1 , STRATEG|CMODE PAGE.) NOTE: During Engine Out Cruise all strategicmodes (Min Fuel, Min Time, Econ), have no effect on aircraft speed.The systemoperates strategic in Mode Engine Out MIN FUEL that sets the cost indexto zero.
p.207

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

3.4-8, is available theFCU.Figure on Manualspeed selection always to of the a portion the FCU,demonstrates stepsrequired makea is on speed change the FCUwhenPROFILE engaged. manual

\a

\ffi't3s-o1ffilo

t*r*.r

t-/

*t."

H
Figure3.4-8 PROFILE the Firstdisengage PROFILE pressing illuminated by P/BO, theniurn the SPD/MACH knobto .820Mach@. fne set power acquire newtarget speed. to the ATS increases 3.4.3.1 Wind Entry in Gruise on During PREFLIGHT forecast the CRZWINDwas entered lNlT page A. This is your Top-of-Climb Wind. lf no otherwinds are phase, value alsoused a cruise is for entered forthecruise flight this phase, windsat the value. During cruise flight actual sensed flight windsto the nextwaypoint FROM waypoint usedto interpolate are pilot, wind. the whichif notupdated the by remains lNlTA pagecruise maybe entered makethe to Actual windsfor eachroutesegment, profile, thepredictions as vertical and based thatprofile, accurate on as possible. validity the FMSpredictions onlyas accurate The is of provided. as the information

e

p.208
Flav 1 Dec/93

3.4-12

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

or may Temperature, winddirection/velocity be entered revised and pages: on the following 1 . V E R TR EVpa g eB . (S e eS e cti o 3 .1 .3.5.2.1, n VERTREVPAGES & B.) A p . 3 2 . ST EPPR E D a g e (S e eS e cti o n .1 .3.5.3.1, STEPALT/PRED PAGE.) (S 3.1.2.1, A PAGE.) lNlT 3. l N l Tp a g e (P R E F L IGH T L Y ). ee A ON pageB. (SeeSection 4. F-PLN F-PLN PAGEB.) 3.1.3.4, (SeeSection 5. FUEL PRED PAGE. FUEL PREDPAGE.) 3.2.6.3, (SeeSection 6. DESFORECAST PAGE. 3.4.6.3.) pageB withtheactualwind Figure at 3.4-9is an example F-PLN of position that entered into data line @ at TSL. Entriesat the remaining F-PLN waypoints madein likemanner. are

FRor.r

Drsr -50
3g 'C

tL5@ 945" /A?O
}IIN I)

E TSL ED (T /D ) E1 ED S KL 81 ED T GR N B
@
_ (s P D ) (L IM) EGNNB

BI

-5 0 s 7 4 ' /ssr 3 / r5 7 ' / '' -4 s " 5l / r' -1 8 " e3 t4 s s 7 4' / sss TJ

GD

Figure3.4-9

p.209

3.4-13

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

in are Pilot-entered temperature windvalues displayed LARGE and pilot-entered font. Without values,the temp/wind the FROM at waypoint the actual is memorized Windentry windat thatposition. on F-PLNpage B cannotbe made following CDU calculations precipitated a page update, theT/CandT/Dpoint by until calculations have been completed. long over water flights,it is a good On technique input to updated winds atoceanicwaypoints approximately one hour apart.This makesthe fuel predictions accurate as as possible. cruise profile basedon a linear The interpolation wind is between eachwaypoint pseudo T/C, or waypoint, T/Dwaypoints and whereforecast windsare entered. FMCusesthiswindprofile The for predictions. Proper format these for entries befound APPENDIX pages may in B, B-10andB-11. windalone entered, valuemustbe preceded lf is the by a slash PPOS /. windvalues available the ND 1@,figure on are (SeeSection 3.4-10), the ISDU(@, Figure and 3.4-11). 3.1.3.5.4, WIND/TEMPERATURE ENTRY.)

210 230 tx
1\

23

IS L 232'
?6 l3t|ltl

c59709#

Figure3.4-10

p.210

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.4-14

ASIO FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

r-n-il-rT6l S mlETT4 2
rDSPL sEL- @ PPOSWIND

r(cs )/,th.HDc/srs r c s { lUll
@ rSYS OSPL.2_

\y

"*ilf[' \_/
c59710#

Figure 3.4-11 3.4.4 Parallel Offsets A ParallelOffset,a lateralflight plan function,is a course exactly paralleling activeflightplan course,and offsetto the left or right the 99 of that coursea selectable distanceup to and including nautical providetrafficseparation miles.The functionis especially usefulto subsequent an ATC request,or when deviatingaroundenroute to thunderstorms. Parallel Offsetsare allowedon four F-PLNleg types (see Section2-4 for leg definitions: 1. CF - Courseto a FixedWaypointis a great circlecoursefrom PPOS to a downpathwaypoint. 2. TF - FixedWaypointto FixedWaypointis a greatcirclecourse between two fixed waypoints. ofagreatcircle 3. DF - DirecttoaFixedWaypointisacombination arc path from PPOS,tangentto and including computedgreat a circlecourseto the desired waypoint - a DIRTO leg. termination 4. FM - Coursefrom a FixedWaypoint with a ManualTermination is a great circle course starting at a fixed waypoint that is terminated a flight plan revision. by fixed This meansthata Parallel Offsetis allowedon all legsbetween and DIR TO legs to a fixed waypoints, coursesto a fixedwaypoint, waypoint.
p.211

3.4-15

Rev 1

Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

remaining on leg An Offset cannot inserted a short witha distance be prescribed belowa minimum, when the nextwaypoint the or is destination. Offsetis automatically An whenthe leg type canceled or nextwaypoint doesnotmeettheabove criteria. SP message, The 'CANCELING OFFSET", displayed, indicates theOffset is and that is canceled the nextwaypoint. at of By reference Figure to 3.4-12, Offset 5NMrightof course an is desired.

FL33O
*[]
OF ST BRG /DIST - - - o /t- - - -

cR z

FUET To t

p nEn >
l

4ta2. tN/o7398.?^
A4t7
DIST

ro DEST
NAv

FORECAST>

DES

TSL-TSL 5R

Altg .4 s

I

Figure3.4-12 With5R writtenin the SP O, pressing LSK @ inserts Offset the distance the brackets into and the Offsetfunction immediately is activated. Figure 3.4-13 an example howtheNDwould is of appear after insertion a 5R Offset,and beforea turn to interceptis of executed.

p.212

A31O FMS PTLOVS OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

SKL

f eilfli
EOI{NB

c59712#

Figure3.4-13 primary by Theoriginal active is flightplancourse represented the dashedline,and the Offsetcourse the solidline.A 45 degree by intercept wouldbe flownto the newcourse, the FMS,providing by NAV is engaged. After interception the Offsetcourse,the NM of in displacement the original from course displayed the lowerleft is portion the ND nextto PPOSwind @, andthe Offset of datafield just is displayed above@. ffris datafieY is onlydisplayed whenan Offsetis active. TheOFSTannunciator, the rightlowerportion of on bothCDUs,is illuminated longas the Offset function active. is as

p.213

3.4-17

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
CDU

Chatvi AP45

Figure 3.4-14 Clearingan Offsetmay be accomplished by: 1. A DIR TO a downpath waypoint. 2. By usingthe CLRfunction Withthe SP empty,writeCLR in the SP by pressing @ key on the CDU and enteringit intothe IZD the data field. lf the CLR function used,the aircraft is turnsto a 45 degreeintercept to reintercept originalcourse,providedthat NAV is engaged.lf the NAV is not engageda manualintercept may be performed usingthe H D G b ug. 3.4.5 Fuel Predictions Cruise fuelpredictions be foundon the FUELPREDpage,with may accessprovidedfrom the PROG page. Referbackto Figure3.4-12, samplePROGpage,noticethatthe the FUEL PRED> promptin data field [ZF-I. PressingLSK @ causes displayof the FUEL PRED page (see Figure3.4-15).

3.4-18
r ha iFj^r 6ar i^6

p.214

AS|O FMS PILOT'S OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

FUE L P RE DICT I O N LGA T LGTS 364.7
GH F OB AT T II.IE

tO54

?L.T 15.3

E FOB

93.95/ F F + F 0
ZFI^IC G T EAP/TR OP O

o .a /o .@
F INAL EXT RA/f

RT E

RSV/7 . T Il.IE IAE

?6.7
I.IIN I)

c.rIOA3O
rt.? /g r? ?

-Es/s6sss
CR Z

? ? s. /s4s

Figure3.4-15 SeeSection 3.2.6.3, FUELPREDICTION PAGE, for detailed explanation. 3.4.6 Descent Preparations Justpriorto the T/Dthe ATISinformation should obtained, be and the STAR and/oractiverunwaymodified reflectthe expected to approach, assumingSTAR/RWYwas a selected during PREFLIGHT. NOTE: The prediction accuracy only as reliable the is as information entered. Complete routing fromDeparture R u n w a y,S l D , C ru i se ,Steps,Descent, STARs, Approach type, Landing Runway, and Winds(T.O., Climb, Cruise, Descent, Landing) and mustbeentered or updated planning during flight whenprecise datais required, pathis recomputed eachrevision The vertical for entered afterT/D and the aircraft path. attempts recapture to

p.215

3.4-19

Rev 1 Dec/93

ASIO FMS PILOVS GU'DE
3.4.6.1 RWY/STAR Selection

Chatvi AP45

Themechanics selecting STARareidentical theselection of a to of a SI D( s e eSe c t i o 3 .1 .3 .2 .1 ,ID /R WY E L ECTION) , begins n S S and witha LATREVat the destination lAF,Figure or 3.4-16 shows the LATREVfromEGNNB page.EGNNB a IAFfor LGAT. is
LAT REV FRor.rEGNNB

(iD

3745. 9N/ S?3e5. 5E

STAR> > HOLD PROC T>

@ q-}r

ED ( A I R],.IAY GD N EH HPT ED * [ ] ED
@ *ENABLE ALTN

*
EO EE) EO GE

trt+l

t
NEX

CO

RT E

l*

EGNNB,/ I

RTE

TO

]*

RETURN>

Figure 3.4-16 PressingLSK [-1-R-1, STAR> prompt,resultsin the displayof the the STAR to LGATpage,Figure3.4-17.

STAR T o LGAT
S T A RS

ARG1D ARG1E

APPRS

ILS33R VORl5L VOR33R 15L 15R RETURN> TJ

GD KOR1D @D KOR1E
@ KRS1K

H€[
EE

GD

Figure3.4-17

3.4-20

p.216

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

so pressing at to are ILSapproaches in progress RWY33R LGAT' to thenchanges TLedisplay nwvg'3niromthetist. Lsrc6 setects <SEL>lLS33R and showing, @, 3.+-18, Figure "-l':Loi::tpatible The list of sTARS may be on the teftsiie of the disptay. sinns to l-l keyin an up direction, reveal the by scrolled, pressing scroll in arrival, thiscasethe TGR1A' the desired

STAR T O LGAT

GD
@

NRlifr'
RIPlK

<sEL> tig55;

Eil SITUiK ED SOKlD

[gH

TGRlA *INSERT RETURN> TJ

Figure3.4-18

p.217
.r.

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

The process selecting arrival of the routeandactiverunway now is complete, indicated Figure as by 3.4-19.
STAR To LGAT

TGRlA <S E L> (S E L> tLS S3 n
T R ANS

S TARS

APPRS

NO N E
S TARS

R El tArN rN o

REr,r^rNrNG
ARG1D ARG1E rT NSERT I

0 6 f i itr
V OR 3 3 R 15 L > RETURN ?J

Figure3.4-19 Pressi the{el ng prompt allthatremains insert TGRlA NSERT is to the STARintothe active primary plan. ftight As soonasthe{eINSERT prompt pressed, display is the reverts Fto PLN pageA, Figure3.4-20. you scrolling As down [l-l, to the - - - ENDOF F-PLN - - marker, areshown arrival you the route andthe missed approach route RWY33R for strung the F-PLN. in Whena Runway Stararestrung, subsequent and a runway change willcause restringing thesrAR. Thisrestringing the NavData of of Base srAR means that all pilot-entered constraintsalongthe STARaredeleted must be reentered. and

p.218

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

|L S A HK NB
RN33R
c 333'

)

c333'

s?ss
s7

l7g/
tss/
- ? .5 'O g "7

?5@g

600<

H333'

2@O/------

EGNNB

c ?4?.

?oo/

40gg 1J

------E ND

0F F-PLN------

Figure 3.4-20 3.4.6.2 RVYYGhange Option Manytimesan approach programmed the FMConlyto change is into at the last minute. This occurs frequently at airports with parallel runwaysor more than one possiblelandingrunway,given that the permitsuch of surfacewind conditions operations. anticipation this In possible during change,it is suggested, an operationaltechnique as a non-critical ightphase,thatthe otherpossiblerunwayand approach fl be entered intothe SEC F-PLNby the PNF. The SEC F-PLNmaybe accessed the fromthe SEC INDEXby pressing f,ttTlkeyon the CDU.The activeflightplanmay be copiedand modified in thisSEC F-PLN without impacting active flightplan.The process the of selecting anotherapproach runwayon the SEC F-PLNis identicalto that alreadydetailed the activeprimaryflightplan. for the Shouldit becomenecessary, duringthe initialapproach, SEC F-PLNmay be activated, becomingthe activeprimaryflightplan (S with th e r un waychange alreadyinsert e d . e e S e c t io n s7 . 1 . 2 , SEC F- PL NA A ND B , and 7.1.1,A CTI V A T ES E C. )
p.219

A31O FMS P'LOT'S GUIDE
3.4.6.3 DES Forecast Page

Chatvi AP45

TheDESFORECAST PAGE accessed pressing is LSK@ onthe by page. (SeeFigure PROG 3.4-5.) page This should accessed, be and thedestination inputs wind madepriortobeginning descent as to so profile make descent predictions accurate possible. the as as Figure ple page itwould 3.4-21 anexam oftheDESFOR is ECAST as appear initially, the destination with defined before datainput. and
DE S FORE CA S T
ALT

I I |

,/

l/t

} .IINI)

f'/l

l l l l

l/L )/t

7'/l 7'/l 7'/t

L G AT /t

Figure 3.4-21 The purpose thispageis to allowthe pilotto enterwind of values forthe phasesof the activeprimary DESCENT andAPPROACH flightplan. @ @ WINDS - Pilotinputin thesedatalinesimpact FMCwind the model. maximum threedifferent A of combinations altitude/wind may be specified. The rulesgoverning this data inputare: o Altitude and wind data mustbe supplied a singleentryif as the fieldsare blank,otherwise SP message,'FORMAT the ERROR', is displayed(see APPENDIXB-2, ALTAIVIND). . To replaceexistingdata in eitherfield,only the new value needbe entered.For only a wind entry,the preceding slash is optional.

p.220

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

by are by Once entered, altitude the values sorted altitude, the FMC, and the resulting displayis in a descending order, (e.9., lowest regardless the orderentered the pilot, of by the is altitude specified on the bottom). @ wind, surface WINDAT DESTINATION The destination to fromATIS,is entered thisfield,lt is identical the pilot into on entered windvaluesappearing VERT REV pageB and page Thedestination on asdefined lNlTpage F-PLN airport, B. A duringPREFLIGHT, displayed first in the data line, is followed brackets by allowing onlythe insertion awindvalue, of (i.e.,direction/velocity). destination The specified cannotbe page; entry CLRintothedatafieldclears cleared this on the of onlythewindvalue. NOTE: lftheprimary destination waypoint cleared is orchanged primarydestination to otherthan a runwayat the airport,all previous wind valueson this page are deleted. page. Figure 3.4-22 anexample thecompleted FORECAST is of DES
DE S FORE CA ST

GD
ED FL?30/O99"/rO5
AL T ,/ l{ INII

ED

FL?|O/078" /069

ED 5 0 a a /t3 0 " /o ? 9 ED LGAT/O37',/O45
@

Figure3.4-22

p.221

A3'O FMS PILOVS

GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

3.4.7 Transition to Descent Phase phase the DESCENT phase FMStransition fromthe CRUISE to occurs when: 1. A newFL or altitude specified the PROG is pagethatis more on than250 ft. belowaircraft altitude identified Cruise as altitude in (i.e., loweraltitudespecified preparation initial theFMC. A is in for descent). 2. Thealtitude in theALTSELwindow the FCUis morethan set of 250ft. below aircraft the cruise altitude.

p.222

Chatvi AP45

DESCENT

TABLE GONTENTS OF
PAGE 3.5 DESCENT ..............3.5- 1 3.5.1 Dese,ent Vertical Profile Guidance ....3.5-1 3 . 5 . 2D esce n tV e rti R elvi si o n s ca .....,...,.....3.5- o 3.5.2.1 MAXDESTactical Mode ....3.5-8 3.5.3Along Track Offsets ........3.5-8 3 .5 .3 .1 T OWa yp o i n ts......... A ....,....3.5- 8 3 , 5 . 4H ol d i n ............ g 3.5- 10 3 .5 .4 .1 o l d i nP a tte rn ypes H g T ........3.5- 10 3 .5 .4 .2 o l d a g e H P 3.5- 11 3 .5 .4 .3 o l d i nP a tte rn xi t........... H g E .3.5- 17 3.5.5Transition ToApproach Phase 3.5-18

p.223

Chatvi AP45

p.224

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.5 DESGENT
The DESCENT flight phase normally begins when the aircraft departsthe entered cruise altitudeand ends when the approach flightphaseis activated with slat extension. The manageddescent profileis builtbackwards fromthe destination the Top-of-Descent. to (with a small delta), followed by It is built assuming idle thrust geometric segmentsbetweenconstraints and all knownspeedand altitudeconstraints duringdescentand approach. This is optimized with an appropriate deceleration landingconfiguration distancefor preparations prior to approach. Thereforethe verticalprofile,in the DESCENTand APPROACH phases,is constructed leveland descending of flightpathsegments. Theseflightpathsegments occurin a sequence allowing aircraft the to meet the verticalprofileas it has been definedin the FMC. With PROFILE engaged and descent unrestricted, the vertical profileis exactlyas computedby the FMC as the aircraftdescends to the altitudeset on the FCU. The ECON performance mode, with PROFILEengaged,plans a descentat idlethrust,whichsavesapproximately poundsof fuel 500 per descent.Adjust cost index as necessaryin pre-QlP aircraftto precludeoverspeedconditions. 3.5,1 Descent Vertical Profile Guidance progress the vertical profile, To monitorthe aircraft on whileatthe same time adheringto the selectedspeed,thrust,and altitudetargets,the FMC considers three main verticalguidancedescentstates: 1. On-Path - When vertical guidance is actively capturing or path. maintaining verticalprofiledescenVapproach the 2. Below-Path - When verticalguidanceis not activelycapturing path,and or maintaining verticalprofiledescent/approach the the aircraftaltitudeis less than the altitudeassociatedwith that path.

3.5-1

Rev 1 Dec/93
thi. i^^ '-^-1

p.225

Use or disclosure of the information on this page is subject to the reslrictions on the titlc naaF

A31O FMS P'LOT'S GU'DE

Chatvi AP45

guidance notactively is capturing 3. Above-Path Whenvertical path, profile or maintaining vertical the descent/approach and associated with theaircraft altitude greater is thanthealtitude that path. Oncethedescent profile on begins, On-Path means descent the is pathdefined the FMC, thevertical in andnoaction required the is of pilot, however, cause changesin Below-Path and Above-Path vertical rateand IASthat the pilotshouldbe awareof. Below-Path TheFMCcommands AP/FD level theaircrafi to off the pathis recaptured. leveloffmaneuver at a rate is vertical The untilthe on to of change .059.Speedis maintained thrustandequates the of previously is value defined theFMC. in target speed reached the Once thrustlevers modulate toward in accordance targetIASand idle with vertical changes rate necessary maintain to target. Above-Path The FMC commands AP/FDto increase the the profile recaptured. is accomplished rate This vertical untilthe vertical is by accelerating the targetdescentspeed+20 kts., 290 KIAS, to whichever higher, Iimited MMOminus to the is 0.02,and increasing path.lf theaircraft vertical in an attempt reintercept descent rate to the is still abovethe descentpath when this speed is reached, the "MORE message, DRAG", displayed thePFD(O, Figure is on 3.5-3). 'MOREDRAG", indicates speed that are to brakes required maintain "LESS theexisting speed schedule. SPmessage, The DRAG", directly associated the deployment the speedbrakes,indicates with an of underspeed exists a result thetarget condition as of speed decreasing 10 kts.below target. Thefollowing chart intended assist identifying parameters is to in the for speedcontrolwhen the aircraftis either BELOWPATH,ON PATH, ABOVEPATH. or

Rev1 . P""19.9-

p.226

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
TlD

Chatvi AP45

MACHTARGET

MACH/CAS TARGET
SET BY

ABOVEPATH
a DESCENT PATH lS CAS TARGET + 20 KTS CAS OR 290 KTS WHICHEVER IS GREATER, AND LIMITED VMO - 10 KTS CAS. TO a WHEN ATRCRAFT LEVELTHEN DESCENTCAS TARGETONLY tS FLOWN. tS

ALTITUDE

MACH/CASTARGET SET BY ALTITUDE
I I I

_l

T

CAS TARGET

I

IU

5 ts

J-<2500 FT

tl rl
i -------r---tl
CASTARGE-I+5KTS (MAXSPEED250 KTSCAS)

I

o
E

F IL (E

I I

-

speeo l'nrrALTTTuDE
(10,@O DEFAULT) FT

W

a

BELOW PATH
MACHTARGET (DEFAULT 250 KTS CAS CONVERTED MACH) TO CAS TARGET (DEFAULT 250 KTS)

MACH/CASTARGET
+ SETBY +

cotllFtG
MIN V A P P SPEED

DISTANCETO DESTINATION

T

VePP CONFIG SPEED TARGET
G3641-06-001#

AIRCRAFT DISTANCE DESTINATION+ TO
NOTE: PRE-QIP AIRCRAFT WHEN ABOVETHE MACHCROSSOVER ALTITUDE AND IN AN ABOVEPATHCONDITION, TARGET A AIRSPEEDMAYBE COMPUTED wHtcg ts NEARoR AT THE LrMrrNG MAcH. A porENTrAL ovERSpEED coNDrroN MAy RESULTrNAN AUToMATtc DtscoNNEcr oF THE AUToptLor. PROFILEMODE MAY BE MAINTAINED PRIORTO OR AFTERCOMMENCING IF DESCENT LOWERCOSTINDEXIS SELECTED A WHICHPRODUCES F-PLN A MACH/CAS WHICH IS BELOWTHE LIMITS.

Usa or disdooure of the intormation m this page is subjecl to lhe r€stric{ions on lhe tiue page of this document.

3.5-3

p.227

A3'O FMS PTLOVS OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

((i;, Figure Inthefollowing example 3.5-1), FMChascomputed the the T/D between TSL and-SKL.

(iD

s?s?

IMM
" ?5O ?55 / rl FL?7 6 FLl4 0

@m

( T/D )
EI

os r s ??

ED 'Bt SKL ED TGRNB (sPD 6D (-LIM))
@ EGNNB

zs .?5O/ FLIO O
t4 " / rl

t0

Figure3.5-1 purposes For demonstration assume ATC clearance FL70: an to 1. 7000is selected the ALT SELwindow the FMC. in of 2. The altitude knobhasbeenpulled. 3. PROFILE engaged. is TheIMMDES* prompt is displayed theALTSELknobhas after @ been pulled.lf no furtheractionis taken by the pilot,the aircraft automatically descends, the altitude on the FCU,whenthe to set priorto the T/D,the IMM T/D pointis reached. descent desired lf is (see DESmode maybeactivated Section 3.4.1 , IMMDESMODE). .1 On the FMAportion the PFD,P DESis displayed BLUEunder of in P ALT,to indicate the pilotthattheAP/FDis armed capture to to the profile vertical defined the FMC(O, Figure3.5-2). in

p.228

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.5-4

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
PFD.FMA

Chatvi AP45

c59729#

Figure3.5-2 "P DES"in BLUEbegins flashjust priorto theT/D point, alert to to pilotto the impending the descent. NOTE: lt is important realizethe differencebetween to PROFILE ALTHOLD and insofar theALTSELknob as is concerned. PROFILE notengaged, AP/FD lf is the begins immediate an descent whentheALTSELknob i s p u l l e d- L V L C H G e ngages. PROFILE lF is engaged, however, descent the doesnot occuruntil In the theaircraft sequences T/Dpoint. bothcases, the loweraltitude must have been set in the ALT SEL window the FCU. of The progress the descent of may be monitored the PFD and on page. The displayedverticaldeviationrepresents PROG the difference between aircraftaltitude and the altitude the vertical of profiledescenVapproach path. pathare displayed the PFD Vertical deviations fromthe descent on page(O, Vertical Deviation Scale(@, Figure 3.5-3), the PROG and Figure 3.54). Deviations 1000 are notdisplayed the PFD. over ft., on

3.5-5

p.229

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

sPD I
tE0

t0RE0Rn0

o
140 120 10 0
a

Y/||EV o

0
;
o I)H 100 :2100 _,2

c59730#

Figure3.5-3
DE S rrs o

CB GB
Figure 3.54 MODE PAGE 3.5.2 Descent Vertical Revisions

VD E V

> PRED

Speedchangesare accommodated or eitherviathe FCU manually, if PROFILEis engaged,on either the TACT MODE (see Section 3.1.3.5.5.2, TACTICAL MODEPAGE), the strategic or MODEpage (see Section3.1.3.5.5.1, STRATEGIC MODE PAGE). When the descent to landing is requiredat a tacticalspeed, an availabletechniquefrom cruise flight phase is to dial down the altitudeon the FCU, select an lMMediateDEScenton the F-PLN page, accessthe TACT MODE page, and enter/confirm desired the of speed/mach IZD.Thiswill causethe construction a new path, into Remember that although whichthe aircraft attemptto intercept. will with,airspeed limitsand enroutealtitude constraints be complied will constraints will be ignoredin Tacticalmode, i.e., the 10000 foot Rev 1 Dec/93 3.5-6
p.230

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

to andreturn strategic Limit with speed limit. Compliance the Speed and other time, distance, flightmode may be used,if sufficient are and monitoring used.This techniques verticalmanagement from profileon the includesmonitoring VerticalDeviation the to page,@ Figure to PROGress 3.5-4.Therefore, allowthe aircraft pilotmustgetout of theTactical mode, andselect Speed slow,the ECONon the TACTMODEpage. Cost Index.By involves use of a modified the Another technique pagethat yieldsa descent selecting Cost Indexon the MODE a the mach/CAS approximates desiredprofile, entireprofile that the may be flown in the Strategicmode. This providesfor smooth and constraints, theapproach. and to transitions decelerationslimits, pagewhenthefiltTEl key of Figure 3.5-5is an example thedisplayed is pressed the CDU. on
DES

@D

6 1 ,IT r ECON r ]{ AX SPD IIES l3 ? g

PRE D TO FLl 5g D IS T

GO

EE
GO

[gE
6D
(il

??

?50

134rj

?8

EE EE
GF

c59732#

Figure 3.5-5

with the This page was coveredin detail in the previous section, exception the MAX DES mode. of

p.231

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
3.5.2.1 MAX DES Tactical Mode

Chatvi AP45

MAX DES is intended allowthe pilotto, "expedite to descent", when requested ATC,withouthavingto disengage by PROFILE. Pressing LSK@ activates MAX DES mode,causinga pushoverto the attain M,o -.02 MACH,V.o -10 kts, or 340 kts, whicheveris lower.The verticalguidance thrusttargetis idle;however, speed is heldwith a combination thrustand verticalrate.This maneuver of resultsin the descentpath. aircraftbeingconsiderably belowthe FMC calculated The exactamountof the vertical to deviation, a maximumof 9990ft, is indicated the PROG page.When MAX DES is deselected, by on path selecting anothermode,the aircraftlevelsoff untilthe descent is re-intercepted. NOTE. When ATC requestscause significant from deviation the defined vertical profile, it is recommended that PROFILEbe disengaged and the altitudeand speed changesbe accommodated manuallyon the FCU. lf desired,after the change is initiated manually, the FMC data can be changedaccordingly and PROFILE re-engaged. 3.5.3 Along Track Offsets The Along Track Offset (ATO) waypoint,is a pilotdefinedlateral navigationwaypointthat may be entered directly into the active primaryflightplan only on the F-PLNpages.A waypointdefinedas an ATO is included the listof 20 possiblepilot-defined in waypoints. Operationally this type of waypoint is especiallyuseful when the clearance is received to cross a point before or after a waypoint along the route of flight. 3.5.3.1 ATO Waypoints An ATO waypoint, (PD),is written enteredas a PLACE/DISTANCE in the SP to complywith an ATC crossingrestriction that is not part of the selected STAR.Duringdescentan ATC clearance received is to, "Cross northof TGRNBatorbelowFL12O, 10 maintain FL70". To enter this altitudeconstraint into the flight plan: 1. On eitherF-PLNpage writeTGRNB/-10in the SP (Display (A), Figure3.5-6). @,
Rev 1 Dec/93 3.5-8

p.232

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

TLsO )
TAL AS TS L SK L TG NB R ( PD) (L I M )
c

UE 1
I

s rs 4
g ? s? g?r2 13 ??

.a t/

FL37g

B

I

?77 / / ?59/ ?3? /

FL?e4 F L27 6 F L l4 8 ? 5 AO

BI

NNB EG

?e TG RNB/ - 1 O

lI50
TSL (T /D )
E1

)

s a sa to t? Lo ?g
?4
?77/ FL3S 9

SK L P D OL T GR N B
( SPD) EI

EE EE 60

" /FLI
" z FLt53

( LI M )

?50/ FLTOO @ t.t

Figure 3.5-6 is, 2. Press LSK GD - the crossingrestriction "northof TGRNB', the so mustoccurbeforethe waypointidentifying crossingpoint. When enteringATO waypoints,press the LSK adjacentto the waypoint to which the crossing restrictionor constraintis places the ATO before, referenced.The FMC automatically - sign, or after, + sign, the referenced waypoint,dependingon which symbolwas used to define it. In this case, TGRNB/-10 (PDO1 occursbeforeTGRNB,exactly wherewe want it.(Display ), (B), €)) See APPENDIXB, for properformats. and FL12O, the SP as,1120, press in constraint, 3. Writethe altitude LSK @ . (Display(B), G)). by In (Display(B), Figure3.5-6),the ATO waypointis identified the pilotdefined Notice waypoints. FMCas PDO1the firstof 20 possible , the ATO occurs 1ONMbeforeTGRNB,and the altitudeconstraint, 3.5-9
Rev 1 Dec/93
p.233

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Fl12O, displayed large is in font, indicate isa pilot it entry does and to notcomefromthe FMC.lf theATCclearance included speed also a placed datalineEn-) e.g. restriction TGRNB, could at that alsobe in , A See INSERTION/F-PLN -2101FL120. 3.1.3.2.6 WAYPOINT and B pages. 3.5.4 Holding course holding a simplematter flyinga racetrack is of In practice, prescribed positionwhile awaitingfurther waypointor over a com plex c leara n c e T h e F M C , h o w e ve r,ma ke s extr emely . computations cause AFSto fly thissimple to maneuver. the of The path of all holdingpatternlegs, regardless the type, is Theinbound leg basically same. the course thefix,turndirection, to plan. in The distance, legtime, allastheyaredefined theflight or are legtimeof an FMShold, for anyhold,is forthe inbound only, as leg and conforms ICAOdirectives. to pattern Holding entries, flownby the FMS,areidenticalto three the accepted entries anypilot familiarwith. pilot nochoice that has is The oftheentrymaneuver thecorrect entryisa matter mathematical of calculation within FMC. the fortheFMSto fly NAVmustbeengaged anytypehold. 3.5.4.{ Holding Pattern Types patterns Therearethreetypesof verydifferent holding usedas legs in a flightplan.See Section for formatdefinitions. main 2.4 The difference between is them inthemanner which in they terminated: are 1. Holdingpaftern a fixedwaypoint(HF): fixed to A waypoint hold terminates whenthe aircraft sequences holding after first the fix theholdbecomes one active. Theaircraft make circuit the must in hold,and thenexitautomatically alongthe routeof flight. 2. Holdingpatternwith an altitudetermination (HA):Thishold termination dependent the altitude is in on specified the flight plan,and is most oftenusedwhen terrainis a consideration during CLIMBphase. the aircraft the reaches exceeds or the lf
Rev 1 Dec/93

3.5-10

p.234

AS|O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

the the altitude sgecified theflightplanbefore HA legis active, in guidance sequences to aircraft doesnot enterthe hold.Lateral the nextlegandthe aircraft continues alongthe routeof flight.lf the specified altitude reached is whilein the hold,the hold is the terminated whenthe aircraftnextcrosses fix, and the flight planrouteis continued. 3. Holding pafternwith a manualtermination(HM):A Holdis is IMM terminated wheneverthe EXITprompt pressed. manually Whenthe IMMEXITfunction active, aircraft is fliesdirect the to theholding regardless theheading thetimeof activation, fix, of at and exists holdalongthe flightplanroute. the All thismeans the pilotis: to o HF and HA holdsare: DataBasederived (normally Procedure Specified, necessary to flightconditions) the pilot or and due plan, cannot manually enterthem theflight into although may they be deleted desired. if Thesetwo typesof holdscomefrom Data Base, usually a CORTE, areintended cover with and to departure or arrival contingencies the defined for origin/destination. . HM holdsare pilot-entered defined patterns, are holding and or thetypemostoftenencountered. Manual holdsmaybe doneat anywaypoint, except TO waypoint, including andare the PPOS, always followed a F-PLNDISCONTINUITY, is manually by and entered a lateral by flightplanchange. 3.5.4.2 Hold Page The HOLDpageis accessed fromthe LAT REVpageby pressing LSK@ . The pointselected the LATREVbecomes revise for the point, in the caseof a Hold,the Holding or Fix. pointselected Thetitlelineis reflection therevise of fortheLATREV. Therearethreepossible lines: title 1. DATABASE HOLDAT NNN - Hold parameters database are derived,are a reflection published procedure of or specified parameters, havenotbeenchanged thepilot(Figure and by 3.5-8).
p.235

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

2. COMPUTED HOLD NNN - Indicatespublished does AT hold a not existfor NNN.The inbound course displayed the actual is aircraft inbound the fix (Figure course to 3.5-8). pagewithsystemcomputed parameters 3. HOLDATPPOS Hold whichhavebeenchanged the pilot(Figure by 3.5-9). The following threeexamples genericHOLDpages,and are are pagecontents may be encountered. to that intended demonstrate To clarify difference the between DATABASE a COMPUTED a and 3.5-7is a diagram the holding showing fix the HOLD,Figure of radial inbound and the DATABASE HOLDon the 300 deg. radial. TheCOMPUTED HOLD, beinga Direct entry, notshown. is

Figure3.5-7 Assume course the inbound thefix isthesamein bothcases, to 200 deg. In the caseof the DATABASE HOLD,the entrywouldbe a Parallel Outbound the non-holding (Figure on side 3.5-7). The COMPUTED HOLDhowever, a Directentry,because is the holding radial beingtracked is inbound the holding to fix.

p.236

3.5-12

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

and Figure 3.5-8 a combination a DATABASE is HOLD NNN, at of a COMPUTED HOLD NNNpages. at
HOLD r NNN D ATA B A S E

ED t ? o " TURN EO L TRIP 6D 9 .2 RTE GD r . t/
@ @
F I NA 3.8

INB

CRS

^IIlE/DIST T

I.O/te.s

COMPUTED HOLI) A T N N N

?oo'
T URN

INB

CRS

TII.IE ,/IIIS T

L.O/tz.s
L II.IIT G1.ITl FU E L

R
T RIP 9 .2 RT E

t?37 / 17 .8
A LTN

t. r/5.6

RSV /Z

LGTH/ 3.7 NO ALTN* RETURN)

FU E L

F INAL /T INE

s . e/OO3O *INSERT

EE EE EB

@--@

Figure 3.5-8 Noticethat the only difference page contentis the title,FEI , and in IZD . Onceagain,a DATABASE HOLDis the published procedure or specifiedhold for the revise point, and the COMPUTEDHOLD is when the revisepointdoes not havea published holdingprocedure. TITLE - DATABASE HOLD AT NNN/COMPUTED HOLD at NNN -The hold comesfrom the databaseor is computedfor the fix. @ INB CRS - The pilot can modifythe inboundcourse.The I default is the course to the holdingfix from the preceding pointis the FROMwaypoint waypoint. the holding lf (meaning I the holdis at presentposition), presenttrackis the default the value of the inbound course. In the DATABASEhold, the parameters published the enrouteor approach are on charts. The GOMPUTED holdINB CRS is the actualaircraft heading inboundto the fix. lf dashesare displayed, becausepresent track is invalid, data entry is still allowed.
p.237

3.5-13

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE @
TURN - Displaysthe turn direction(TURN).The pilot may specifya rightor left holdingpatternby enteringa R or L via the scratchpad. Right-turn directionis the defaultvalue. TRIP - The FMC calculated fuel burnofffrom the holdingfix to the destination displayedin this field. is RTE RSV/% - This representsthe route reserveexpressed as actualfuel and percentage trip fuel from the holdingfix of to the destination. FINAUTIME- Sameas lNlT pageB.

Chatvi AP45

@ @

@ @

pattern *INSERT - The*INSERT promptinserts holding the into the flight plan, and returnsthe displayto the accessing F-PLNpage.This promptis displayed only when @ , @ , and Fnl have been completed and the hold is not an existing manualtermination hold(HM)in the flightplanat the selected holding lf an HM is alreadyin the flightplan,at the selected fix. holdingfix, a pilotmodification requiredat FE| , @ , @, is or @ , beforethe promptis displayed again.ln otherwords, unlesschangesare madeto a hold,there is nothing insert. to lf the hold is at PPOS, the holdingfix is the aircraftLAT/ LONG at the momentthe *INSERT promptis pressed,and is labeled TURNINGPOINT(TP) by the FMC. lf the hold page is left prior to activationof the *INSERT prompt,all entereddata is erased.Priorto activation the of prompt,any entereddata can be clearedby the @ {6INSERT function.(@, Figure3.5-8).

@

TIME/DIST- This is the time in minutesand the distancein nauticalmiles, of the holding pattern leg. Time is the leg definingvalue, the distance is calculatedaccordingly, and may be modifiedby the pilot.The time field defaultsto the ICAOvaluefor the altitude, e.9.,1.0 minuteat or below14000 MSL.and 1.5 minutes above14000MSL.

p.238

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.5-14

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Instead of entering a time, a distance may be specified,for instance, DME hold. In this case the distancebecomesthe a leg defining value,and time is calculated the leg distance. for A distanceentry must be precededby a slash (/ ). A pilotentry of bothtime and distancecausesdisplayof the SP message, 'FORMAT ERROR', and the entry is rejected. lf a defaulttime cannot be calculated the FMC because by aircraftaltitude is invalid,the TIME/DIST,field is dashed, however,entry is allowed. The leg definingvalue of TIME/DISTis displayedin LARGE font, the calculatedvalue in strlntt font. Any pilot-entered value becomes the defining parameter,and is therefore displayed LARGEfont. in

@

REVERTTO - This field is displayed anytimea new holding pilot. The [Zn] data line is either leg is defined by the COMPUTED DATABASE or depending displaylogic.The on appearance this promptindicates of that the holdingpattern has been modifiedby the pilot.(See @, Figure3.5-9.) LIMITGMT/FUEL - The time the holdshouldbe exited,and the fuel remaining that time,to arriveat the destination at with planned reservesintact.These are calculatedvalues, and pilotentry is not allowed. ALTN/FUEL - The alternate destination is displayed in LARGEfont, unlessno alternate defined,and then NONE is is displayed.The calculated fuel burnoffto the alternateis displayed stunll font. Pilotentryof a value is allowed,if no in alternateis defined, and is displayedin LARGE font. An alternate destination cannot be definedon this page - lNlT pageA only - SP message, "NOTALLOWED",is displayed if entry attempt is made.

@

@

p.239

3.5-15

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE @

Chatvi AP45

if NO ALTN - This promptis only displayed an alternate destination existsand the revisepoint(holding is in the fix) primary portion theflight plan.Pressing of LSK@ , whenthe NO ALTN* prompt displayed, is legs, deletes alternate the andthealternate calculations. isuseful fuel This when additional holdingfuel calculations desirable, are and alternative are necessary. calculations no longer RETURN Pressing this LSK returnsthe displayto the prompt pressed is LAT lf accessing REVpage. theRETURN> dataon the pageis before *INSERTprompt, entered the all (@, Figure erased 3.5-8).

@

Figure3.5-9 is an exampleof a PPOS hold in which the computed data is modifiedby the pilot.

HOLD
CRS

^r

PPOS
T I} IEIIIIST

.8/?O.O
TO

REVERT
L Il.IIT RTE

COMP U T E D
GI,IT lF UEL F UE L

t?37/17.8
LGTH/ s.7 N0 ALTN* > RETURN
AL T N

r.r/5.6

RSV/' /.

F I N A L/T INE

s . a/O63O * I NSERT

Figure 3.5-9 ln this case,a 20 mile DME leg is specified @, and the turnsare to the left@ ratherthan standard the rightpattern. Whenthistype hold is insertedintothe F-PLN,PPOS becomesTURNINGPOINT(TP). See Figure3.5-10. Pressing LSK @ , in Figure3.5-9,returns the modifiedvaluesto their defaultstate. Holdingpatterns with termination a waypointor altitudeare only at in for available CO RTEs,SlDs,and STARS. Thereare no provisions pilot-entered holdingpatternconstraints.
p.240

3.5-16

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
3.5.4.3 Holding Pattern Exit

Chatvi AP45

The F-PLNpageis displayed when the*INSERT promptis pressed, with the HOLD inserted.Once insertedin the activeflight plan, a HOLD is displayedin the F-PLNwith the inboundcourseto the fix (label above the fix ident), the turn direction("HOLD R or L") followedby the inboundcourseto the Holding whilein the HOLD. fix In the case of an HM hold, the holdingfix is followedby a F-PLN (Figure DISCONTINUITY 3.5-10). The displayremains unchanged as the aircraft fliesto the holdingfix. However, momentthe fix is the sequenced, the holdingentry maneuver as begins,the promptIMM EXIT* appearsin data line (lE-|. FRolr 55 1 2 ) @ qfir

GD T-P 1253 IMM E X I T * c lt 3' ---/-----ED HoLD R GD T-P ---/-----ED ---F-PLN DISCONTINUITY----/-----ED EGNNB ct1 g . GD D160P ---/-----1J

EE v{I
EE 6E 6E GE

c59737!

Figure 3.5-10 PressingLSK [TFl, when the IMM EXIT* prompt is displayed, causesthe aircraft immediately the holdby flyingdirectly to exit back to the holding and continuing fix, alongthe routeof flight.In the case of an HM hold, if the F-PLN DISCONTINUITY not cleared, is the A/P will disconnect when the aircraftcrossesthe holdingfix intothe DISCONTINUITY.

p.241

3.5-17

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PTLOTYS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

When the IMM EXIT* prompt is activated,it is replaced by a RESUMEHOLD* prompt,which will be displayeduntilthe aircraft leavesthe holdingfix. lf the RESUME HOLD prompt is pressed, anytimepriortoleaving holding the holddefinedin the F-PLN the fix, is re-enteredthe next time the aircraft crossesthe holdingfix. NOTE: Any holdingpatternmay be exitedby doinga DIR TO a down trackwaypoint. This actioneliminates holdfix the and allwaypoints betweenPPOSand the DIRTO point. 3.5.5 Transition To Approach Phase FMS transition from the DESCENTflightphaseto the APPROACH flight phase occurs: 1. When a destination exists in the lateralflight plan. 2. When the activeor next lateralflightplan leg is not an HM leg. 3. When the slaUflap configuration not clean/zero. is

p.242

3.5-18

Chatvi AP45

APPROACH

TABLEOF CONTENTS
PAGE ...............3.6- 1 3 . 6 AP P R O A C H .............. ..............3.6- 1 3 . 6 . 1A p pro a ch a g e P .............3.6- 4 3 . 6 . 2F M Al n d i ca ti o n s 3 . 6 . 3P r o ce d u reu rn s T ............3.6- 6 3.6.3.1 Procedure Specified PROCT ............. 3.6-6 3 . 6.3 .2 n u aT e rmi n a ti on Ma l PROCT..............3.6- 7 3.6.4Transition Go-Around To Phase ......3.6-12

p.243

Chatvi AP45

p.244

A37O FIWSPTLOT'S OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.6 APPROAGH
The APPROACH phase extends from slaUflap extension to the touchdownpoint,andis composedof level and descendingflight path segments,with lateralguidanceresponding the selected to extension STAR,or radarvectorsfromApproachControl.Flaps/slats (e.9., not clean) initiatesaircraft deceleration the associated to approachflight phase speeds if a destination exists and the next eventis not a Hold.(See Section 3.5.5). The APPROACHphase includesthe missedapproachprocedure applicable the selectedrunway. for Lateral and vertical guidance control switches to the selected approachas NAV disengages localizerintercept, at and PROFILE glide slope intercept. disengages at 3.6.1 Approach Page During,or just priorto the beginning the APPROACHphase,the of APPROACHpage is accessedto reviewthe approachparameters. Access to this page is gained by pressingthe [-^"-4.) on the CDU key keyboard.

APPROACH

GD ED t? 6 /? g GD 3q/49 EB Y tpp=144 l.IIND CORR ED s

L ANDING CONF IG

L ],l=128.3 VF TO SL T FLP O=??8 R E TR R E TR

5=194
F=159

MDA = 3 6 5
FINAL APPR*

[g*

<G0 AROUND

Figure3.6-1

p.245

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

pageis displayed key The APPROACH whenthe [^'.3.1 is pressed providing flight phase CLB,CRZ,DES, the is orAPPR, otherwise the pageis displayed. this case,the APPROACH page TAKEOFF In page.lf thereis no primary accessis via LSKfromthe TAKEOFF destination whenthe LSK @ is pressed, SP message, "NO the DESTINATION", page. is displayed instead theAPPROACH of See Section 3.2.1, TAKEOFF PAGE. page is to allowselection a of The purpose the APPROACH of approach speeds, and landing configuration, display MDA, selected provide page. access the GO-AROUND to @ LANDING CONFIG This data line is the titlelinefor the landingconfigurations in displayed tZD and [5f1. No data entryis allowed. The landing configurationsslat/flap settings available for The selectselection displayed thesetwo datalines. are on is ed configuration displayed LARGEfont. 30140 the is in default value.
VAPP - The CAS finalapproachlAS, or VREF, is displayed here in LARGEfont.The value is calculated the FMC and by cannotbe modifiedby the pilot. WIND GORR - The wind correction defaults zeroand may to be modified the pilot.lt is alwaysdisplayed LARGEfont, by in and the value is used to calculate VAPP. page GO-AROUND- Provides accessto the GO-AROUND pressed.Promptis not displayed when LSK @ is unlessthe flight phase is CRUISE,DESCENT,or APPROACH.See Section3.7, GO-AROUND. landingweight is displayedin this label tlU - The predicted pilotentry is allowed. line. No VFTO - Velocity Final Takeoff - GREEN DOT - u0" Clean Maneuveringspeed.
p.246

@ @

@

@

@

@

@

Rev 1 Dec/93.

3.6-2

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
@ @ speed. SLT RETR- usu- SLATRETRACTION FLP RETR- uFu FLAPRETRACTION speed.

Chatvi AP45

Thevalues dataline[Zn-|, andGR-|, calculated theFMC in are by IgE-|, displayed in but may be modified the pilot.Valuesare always by value. LARGE font.The default stateis the FMCcalculated @ MDA - Thisdatalineis displayed pilotentryis allowed and underthe following conditions: phase DESCENT APPROACH. 1. Theflight is or 2. A Non-Precision approach selected. is 3. A destination runway selected. is 4. The destination runwayis not precededby a F-PLN DISCONTINUITY. \Mrenall of these conditions satisfied, are MDA = [ ] is displayed stunllfontuntila numericalvalueinput in is and confirmed pressing FINAL by the APPR* prompt adjacent to LSK @. lf aboveconditions not met,the fieldis are blank.lf any of the aboveconditions occurafterdata is entered, data field blanksnothing displayed. the is The FINALAPPR* prompt disappears LSK@ ispressed, after the brackets disappear fromdatalineFF-|, inputvalue the is displayed LARGE in font (Figure 3.6-1,O).Useof the CLRfunction thisfielddeletes inputvalueand the in the prompts. displayreverts bracket to @ FINALAPPR* - Thisprompt displayed datais input is after in dataline[En-|. Pressing @ confirms MDAinputin LSK the dataline6n-1, FINALAPPRif prompt the disappears the and brackets disappear from aroundthe MDAvalue.

p.247

3.6-3

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PILOVS 3.6.2 FMA Indications

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Selection the RWY/STAR, LGAT33R,was covered Section of to in purposes, 3.4.6.1. Aircraft PPOS the STAR, demonstration on for is between TGRN theFROM B, waypoint, EGNN theTOwaypoi and B, nt (seeFigure 3.6-2).

FRor{ TGRNB
( LIM )
.(sPD) B1

tIsO TTQI
as sa rr 14

)

311,/ FL168
?5O/ ?ss/ ? ? O /+ ? OO/ F L IO O FLSB I 3 OOO ? 5 60

EGNNB c13g' EGN13 c965. B RA V

(L E V E L) rs

es s / ,r 4 1

Figure3.6-2 pageA it canbeseenthattheaircraft Byreference F-PLN to crossed TGRNB 311KIAS 16800MSL@, a speed at at and reduction 250 to kts.isto occur 10000 11OSGMT@ necessary, at at tt speed be can further modified directly thispage, manually the FCUafter on br on PROFILE disengaged. is LANDis armed the FCU,allowing on intercept the LOCandG/S. of pseudo DatalineGD displays (LEVEL) the waypoint indicating @, a levelvertical segment glidepathintercept 2300MSL. is for at IAS 200K|AS, this point,and the aircraftis beingconfigured at for landin g .

3.6.4

p.248

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

may at Example EFISFMAindications, thispointon approach, be NAVhas mode, seenin Figure 3.6-3. AFSis intheLOCTRACK The disengaged, the G/S is armedfor capture. and

c60259#

Figure 3.6-3 PROFILE is engaged, as indicatedby P SPD and P ALT, and remainsengageduntil G/S* CAPTURE. A late configuration the aircraftfor landing may result in the of flown at a higherthan normalspeed. The aircraft approachbeing beginsto slowto the flap associated targetspeedswhen the flap/slat configuration initiated.A timely executionof the final landing configuration allows deceleration Vapp. lf the aircraft cannot to completethe deceleration the final configuration to Vapp prior to GlideSlopecapture, thenthe approach flownat the speedexisting is at Glide Slope intercept. Figure 3.6-4 is an exampleof G/S{eCAPTURE (A), PROFILEis disengaged, and G/S TRACK (B).

c59740#

Figure 3.64

p.249

3.6-5

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
3.6.3 Procedure Turns

Chatvi AP45

Thereare two typesof procedure turnsusedas legsin a flightplan (seeSection tor Waypoint 2.4 Formats): 1. PROC T to intercept course(Pl) - The procedure a comes fromdatabasewhentheapproach runway selected. mustbe is lt followed a Course Fix(CF)legbackto thePROC fix,which by to T is alsotheFAFin mostcases. inbound The course theCF leg for is defined the flightplan,and corresponds the approach by to procedure PROCT for the landing runway. specified (PM) is 2. PROCT witha ManualTermination - Thisprocedure manually defined thepilot, followed a F-PLN by andis always by planby DISCONTINUITY, cannot cleared which be fromtheflight the CLRfunction. Thepurpose a PROC T is to accord pilotthetimeto configure of the the aircraft approach for and landing, whileperforming course a reversal maneuver align aircraft thefinalapproach to the on course. A PROCT is normally flownin a non-radar only environment. Basically, FMSfliesa PROCT as a great the circle course fromthe point, the initialturn point. PROCT fix,or revise to The FMSthen parallel the makes 180degree a circular turnbackto a course arc to outbound course affectan intercept the finalapproach to to course inbound the PROCT fix - a course to reversal simpler in terms. 3.6.3.1 Procedure Specified PROG T Figure 3.6-5is an example a PROCT specified an approach of by procedure.

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.66
tith dm. nf lhir dmrm.6t

p.250

Chatvi AP45

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

;*,

PROC T FIX FAF

POINT INBOUND COURSE INTERCEPT
TO FAF

Figure3.6-5 is in Thisterminal areaprocedure defined the NAVDataBaseand provides course turn lf reversal whenrequired. a procedure is not for it fromthe F-PLN desired theselected for approach, maybe cleared the withthe CLRfunction, anytimepriorto beginning approach at procedure. 3.6.3.2 Manual Termination PROG T (PM)maybe defined any at A PROCT witha manual termination waypoint the flightplanby firstdoinga LATREVat the desired in procedure fix.As withany LATREV,thisfix or pointbecomes turn page. point. the revise Figure 3.6-6is the LATREVfromPBD01
LAT REV FRolr PBDOI

(iD ED ED NEI{ 6D *[]tl* 6D GD

lfKR/3 4 5 .5 ' /e .g

STAR> > HOLD PROC T>

GO EE
lSl(l qJz

I{ PT NE} I

CO

R TE TO

P B DOI / t

R TE

l*

EO 6E

gl

-ll

RE T URN>@
c59742t

Figure 3.6-6
p.251

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GI'TDE

Chatvi AP45

Pressing LSK [3-R-t, pRoc r> prompt, the results display the in of PROCT at PBD01 page.Two possibilities for thispage. exist

PROC T Ar PBDOI

3 0 0' 5 .A
I NB I NB

O UT B

CRS DIST CRS

165.

* INS E RT

RE TURN>

PROC T lTr-1.
O UT B INB CRS IIIST CRS

^r

PBDOL

El.tr
INB lTf-].

) RETURN

Figure 3.6-7 lf a PROC T alreadyexistsfor the revisepoint,data lines @, @, and [.il containthe d_ata pertaining this definedpRoc-T ((A), to Figure 3.6-7). a PRoc rdoes notalreadyexistforthe lf point, revise these same data linesdisplayboxes ((B), Figure3.6_7). In the case of Display(A) above,any of the data is modifiable the at optionof the pilot. The purposeof the PRoc r page is to allow the crew to insertor modifya procedure turn to a manualtermination (pM), in the active primaryflightplan, at the revisepoint.
3.6-8

p.252

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
Referring againto Figure3.6-7,(A) and (B):

Chatvi AP45

TITLE - Revisepoint,or PROC Tfix, atwhichthe procedure in turn is inserted, this case PBDO1. @ @ OUTB CRS - Gourseflown outboundfrom the revisepoint. INB DIST - Distance,in nauticalmiles,of the inboundleg from the FinalApproach to Courseintercept the revisepoint. INB CRS - Courseflown inboundto the revisepoint (Final ApproachCourse). INSERT - PressingLSK GLl, insertsthe PROC T into the activeprimaryflightplan.This promptis only displayed when data lines @, @, and GD containdata, and the PROC T does not already exist at the revise point. lf the PROG T alreadyexists at the specifiedrevise point, any one of the threedatalinesmustbe modified beforethe*INSERT prompt isdisplayed. Onceinserted, display the revertsto accessing the F-PLN page. lf any other mode key is pressed before the *INSERT prompt,the newlyentereddata is erased. RETURN - PressingLSK @ returns displayto the LAT the REV page. NOTE: CDU SP message,"ENTRY OUT OF FIANGE",is displayedif the geometryof the pilot-entered PROC T cannot be flown. To ensure that this does not occur, make certainthat the lnboundand OutboundPROC T legshavean angularrelationship lessthan90 degrees. of In additionto the maximumspecifiedangle,the manual PROC T has a slightlydifferentpatternthan the Nav Data Base PROC T (see Figure3.6-8).

@

I

@

@

p.253

ASIO FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

FAF

INB CRS

cssTrg,#

Figure3.6-8 Notice thereare no parallel Outbound Inbound and courses. The 180 degreechangeof direction, the intercept the course and of point, donein a constant inbound the revise to is turn. parameters inputon the PROCT page, Whenthedesired are and the*INSERTprompt activated pressing by LSKGD (seeFigure pagewiththe PROCT 3.6-7,(A)), display the reverts the F-PLN to inserted, followed a F-PLNDISCONTINUITY. by
ILS O +

GD PBDOT EE ED - - - F-P LN DIS CONTINUIT Y -_ 60 EB TSLNB EE c1 65. GD Rr,l17 ED Ht8g. til I NTCP T @
M A NUA L TJ
c59745{

eo

P ROC

T

Figure3.6-9

p.254

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

In ThisDISCONTINUITY cannot removed the @ function. be with a theexample, afterthe inbound is completed,DIRTO TSLNB, turn is t h e o n l y wa y to re mo veth e ma nual PROC T and the plan. isthe"manualtermination" This from DISCONTINUITY theflight turn. to of the PROCT that is required exitthistypeprocedure procedure pattern displayed the EFIS is on turn A normal complete ND provided: primary 1. ThePROCT is partof theactive nextlegof theactive or flightplan. PANEL 15,30, is 2. TheNDrange selected theEFIS on CONTROL or60NM. on arrow Otherwise PROCT is depicted the ND as a curved the symbol, indicating direction turnof the PROCT only.Figure the of purposes 3.6-10 displays example eachfordemonstration an of @ arrowsymbol. a full PROCT pattern, a curved @

2? t2,a 2s

Figure3.6-10
p.255

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Forclarity, bothsymbols depicted are larger thanwouldbe normal on thisrangescale. TheF-PLN DISCONTINUITY, following ABCwaypoint, the indicates the PROCT displayed a manual has (pM)leg termination 3.6.4 Transition To Go-Around Phase FMS transition from APPROACH flight phaseto GO-AROUND occurs: 1. Whenaircraft altitude at least25O below altitude is ft the set in the FCU. 2. The active flightphaseis APPROACH. 3. The GO LEVERS toggled. are

p.256

3.6-12

Chatvi AP45

APPROACH

TABLEOF CONTENTS
PAGE 3 . 7 G O - A R OU N D ............ ...............3.7- 1 3 . 7 . 1G o -A ro u nP a 9 e ......... d ...3.7- 1 3 . 7 . 2M i sse d p p ro a ch o u te A R ..................3.7- 2 3.7.3Second Approach Destination To ....3.7-6 3.7.4Diversion Alternate To ...3.7-6 3 . 7 . 5T r an si ti o n th e D ON E l i g ht To F Phase...............3.7- 9

p.257

Chatvi AP45

p.258

A3'O FMS PILOVS OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

3.7 GO-AROUND
to requirement access,check,makeentries, Thereis no operational page priorto an approach' the GO-AROUND or review 3.7.1 Go-Around Page prompton to ln addition the accessprovidedby the <GO-AROUND page the APPROACHpage (See Figure3.6-1),the GO-AROUND may be accessed under the followingconditions: 1. The @ key when the flightphase is TAKEOFFdue to a Go-Around. after a of the sequencing the destination, 2. CLIMBfollowing is definedin and then only until a new destination Go-Around, the FMC. 3 .LSK@,o n theA P P ROA CHpage,whe n t h e f lig h t p h a s e is or CRUISE,DESCENT, APPROACH. when the f|ight NoTE: If the Go-ARoUND page is disp|ayed the to phasetransitions CLIMBor CRUISE, pagedoes to the APPROACHpage' change not automatically Figure3.7-1 is the Go-AROUND page for RWY33Rat LGAT,the for primarydestination FLT 1150. AROUND
THR RED 157 e ACCEL 157 6 ACCEL

FLP

RET R RET R EO

EO

F=159
SL T THR

167 e
R E I}

5=195 VF T O

r57 e

EB GE 6B 60

0=?29

@ APPROACH>

Figure3.7-1
p.259

3.7-1

Rev 1 Ded93

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
@ @

Chatvi AP45

in RWY - The selected runwayis displayed this approach page datalineunderthe title.lf noapproach runway been has defined, PIN dashes displayed. are When ACARS function the is enabled field@ is blanked. this FLP RETR- Flapretraction speed. Sameas page. APPROACH SLT RETR- Slatretraction speed. Sameas page. APPROACH VFTO - FinalTakeoff Velocity, GREENDot.Same page. as APPROACH THRRED - Thethrustreduction altitude. ACCEL- The acceleration altitude. EO ACCEL - The engine acceleration out altitude. EO THR RED - The engine thrustreduction out altitude. page. APPROAGH Allows accesstotheAPPROACH This prompt onlydisplayed a primary is if is destination defined in primary the active flightplan.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

pageif the flight Entries can only be madeon the GO-AROUND phaseis CRUISE, DESCENT, APPROACH. or Oncethe flight phasetransitions TAKEOFF CLIMB, SP message, 'NOT to or the ALLOWED", displayed an entryattempt made, is if is andthe entry is rejected. 3.7.2 Missed Approach Route Theactual missed approach a combination theTAKEOFF is of and phases farastheFMSisconcerned. thepilot issimply CLIMB as To it procedure follow a planned briefed and to whena missed approach is executed, whatever for reason.

p.260

Rev 1 Dec/93

3.7-2

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Figure3.7-2,F-PLNpageA, showsthe published missedapproach procedurefor R\ttfY33R LGAT. at

cs 6 5 ' V BRA Rt^I3 3R 600 €
H3 33. H2 t ?.

FR

o t{

LLSO )

c 3 33' H KNB c 3 33'

1 1 1 3 ? 4 1 / ?366 r s 1 7 6 / ?5gO
16 te e /
-?.7'

?5gA

INT CPT c? 4?. NB EGN

Figure3.7-2 The procedure begins afterthe runway, witha climbto 600ft on a heading 333 degrees@, then a left turn to a heading 212 of of degrees to intercept courseof 242 degrees EGNNB@. a to @, The 242 degreeradial, this case,happens be the published in to holding radialfor EGNNB. The FMSfliesthe aircraft EGNNB, to path,and executes correct alongthe missed approach the holding pattern entry, Teardrop, a based theangular on relationship between aircraft heading the holding and (seeFigure radial 3.7-S, @). fne dashed line,in Figure path-5nd 3.7-5,is the missed approach the holdat EGNNB. Referring backto Figure 3.7-2, the altitude of @, 600e, withthe arrow, means aircraft the turnsto a heading 212 of degrees afterpassing altitude 600ft. The arrowis a Specified an of Turnarrow, the direction the turn - the pointor altitude in of must (SeeSection be sequenced before turn is executed. the 2.2.)

3.7-3

p.261

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Most missed approachesinclude a Hold at the clearancelimit, EGNNBin this case.

IiD 60@e 1163 ?o9/ 70q ED (r/c) sa ees/ FLO4O H2t ?' 4 SgO s6 ? 8 A/ ED I NTCP T c?4?' ED EGNNB oa ?OO/+ 4O A g L II{ IT HOL I) 6D H OLDR l43O sPEED ars c 2' (il E Gs 6N B | | s a s ?a / 4gg g N
f0

F ROl.l H 33 3 .

IISI

)

EE GE 60 6E

(Eo

c59749#

Figure3.7-3 a Scrolling down[-T-ltwo positions reveals Holdis already part the pagecould procedure.desired, HOLD approach lf the of themissed be accessed makenecessary to changes.

I l.a

dic.l^.'r.

dt lh.

infd.mtlktn

dn lhis D.m

i6 subiect

3.7-4

p.262

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

LAT REV FRoH EGNNB
37 45. 5N/ s ?3e5. 5E

( A I R]^IAY * []tl*
NEI{ I{PT NEl{ CO

> HOLD P ROCT>
RT E TO

E GN N B /t l *
EN ABLE LTN A

RT E

RE TURN>

DATABASEHOLD TT EGNNB
-.-/?O.O GD s 6 ? . T URN EO R Lrr{rr \!!'_i'_y'_'_ ED Illl RT E A LTN FU E L RSV/' I EO -.-/-.LGTS/ ?.4 F INAL /T INE 6D z.z/OO3O N0 ALTN*
INB CRS TI}|E ID IS T

[g *

*INSERT

RETURN>

Figure 3.74 For example,20NM legs have been requested and approvedfrom ATC (O, Figure3.7-4).PressingLSK @ , insertsthe changeinto the flightplan.Noticealso that the published holdfor EGNNBis the 242 degreeradial - INB CRS in the hold is 062 degree.

p.263

3.7-5

A37O FMS PILOVS GU'DE
3.7.3 Second Approach To Destination

Chatvi AP45

lf another approach flown theprimary is it needs be to to destination, redefined the FMC,because is no longer partof the remaining in it flightplan.To havethe various approaches available selection, for the destination airport mustbe redeflned the FMC. in Refer backto Figure 3.7-4, notethe NEWRTETO fieldin data @, This field The aircraft presently is holding EGNNB. at line [sE-|. always reflects PPOSas the FROMpoint, therefore EGNNB/[ I is displayed. To redefine primary the destination, LGATin theSPandpress write runway LSK[sR-|, LGATis nowpartof theflightplan,the approach can be selected, another and approach commence. can LGAT, as plan afterthe EGNNB the new destination, occursin the flight holding so flightplanning fix, from that pointcan occurwithout impacting hold. the The aircraft continues hold at EGNNBuntilanother to approach clearance received, is and hold exit is performed the normal in manner IMMEXIT DIRTO. or 3,7.4 Diversion To Alternate lf continued holding impractical, is from a fuel standpoint, the or possibility another definite of approach beingunsuccessful exists, diversion the alternate to airport mustbe considered. (1), Figure 3.7-5 shows primary the destination LGAT the holdat of EGNNB@, and the alternate routeto LGTS @,-th" alternate airport.

p.264

3.7-6

A31O FMS PILOT'S GU'DE
(L-LG) 11. 0M KR

Chatvi AP45

IIKR-LGTS RW17 TSL

RW33R ATH.LGAT

VO c61209#

Figure 3.7-5 DuringPREFLIGHT, LGTSwas selected the alternate, as however, no specificroutewas available from the data base to this alternate ( se eSecti on .1.2.1, 3 lNlT pageA ). The processof flying to the alternatebeginswith a LAT REV at the pointyou wish to leave currentroutingand proceedFROM. In this case the LAT REV would be FROM EGNNB,the holdingfix.

p.265

3.7-7

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Referring backto Figure 3.7-4,@;, notice prompt*ENABLE the ALTN.Thisfunction usedto indorporate alternate portionof is the planinto primary theflight plan. the flight SeeENABLE ALTERNATE, Sec t io n . 1 . 3 . 2 . 3 governing activation theENABLE Therules the of ALTNfunction are as follows: planmusthavean alternate 1. Theflight destination, therevise and pointmustbe partof the activeprimary flightplan. 2. Whenthe ENABLE ALTNfunction activated, waypoints is all in primary point, the original of are flightplan,downpath the revise this includes primarydestination the entire deleted; the and missed approach. 3. Thealternate destination redesignated primary is the destination, and the formerprimary destination becomes newalternate the origin waypoint. 4. Thealternate flightplanis strung theprimary into flightplanwith pointand a DISCONTINUITY between revise the thefirstwaypoint in the alternate route. point; which 5. TheFROM waypoint bethe revise may in caseNAV disengages TheAP/FDengages HDG. in 6. AllSPDandALTdescent constraints, wellasTIME as constraints primary between PPOS theformer and destination, including the formerprimary destination, deleted. are 7. Thealternate CRZFL,if onehasbeenspecified a CO RTE, from orspecified during PREFLIGHT thepilot, by becomes primary the CRZFL. Sinceno alternate routewas specified, duringPREFLIGHT, when pressed, page LSK@ is enabling alternate, the LGTS, F-PLN the will contain the FROMwaypoint, EGNNB, followed a F-PLN by DISCONTINUITY, the newprimary and destination, LGTS.

p.266

3.7-8

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Referring againto Figure 3.7-5, routecan be builtby the PNF, the usingthe enroute waypoints TGRNB, SKL,and TSL.At the same timethePFcanestablish aircraft anintercept theroute, to with the on and theFMSengaged HDG, do a DIRTO TGRNB, thenstring in or into the othertwo waypoints the flightplan. predictions Within few seconds a afterthe flightplanis completed, to the newprimary destination available. are 3.7.5 Transition To the DONE Flight Phase SeeSection 3.8,DONEPHASE.

p.267

3.7-9

Chatvi AP45

p.268

Chatvi AP45

DONEPHASES

3.8 DONE PHASE
Afterlanding FM transitions the DONEphase the to whenthe FMS senses theaircraft notairborne 15seconds thesecond that is and after engine shutdown fuelflow than is with less 220PPH.Atthistime alldata entered the flightis erased. shutdown, the active for At if andSEC F-PLN share common theSECF-PLN erased theactive a leg, is with F-PLN. MCDU, The afterashortdelay, page. displaystheA/C STATUS Exit fromtheDONE phase accomplished pressing is by thefil,r orF R'l I modekey,sequencing flightphase PREFLIGHT. the caseof the to In quickalignof the lRUsis necessary, levelthe a through flight,a to platforms zerothe ground and speedvalues. To retaina flightplanfor immediate futureuse afterlanding, or the activeF-PLNmaybe copied the SEC F-PLN into andthe activeleg altered prevent to SECF-PLN sequencing. landing, SEC leg After the F-PLN preserved maybe activated immediate is and for use. NOTE: Fortraining flights, whereanother takeoff planned is andDonePhase hasnotaccurred, previous the flight planis lostaftertouchdown; however. is stillin the it SEC F-PLN and may be activated, making unnecit essary gothrough entire to planning procedure the flight beforeanother takeoffcan be accomplished.

p.269

Chatvi AP45

NAVIGATION

TABLE GONTENTS OF
4.0 4.1

4.2 4,3 4.4

p.270

Chatvi AP45

p.271

Chatvi AP45

NAVIGATION

4.0 NAVIGATIOI{
OVERVIEW: position inputfrom utilizing TheFMCcomputes displays and aircraft position is determination ADC,lRS,VOR,DME,and lLS.Aircraft arrivedat independently each FMC, utilizinga mix of the by available inputdata. position, Signals fromthe threelRUsare usedto compute inertial while signalsfrom VOR, DME, and ILS facilities radio compute position, provide gu navigation takeoff/approachidance. updates, and faciliRadio tuning performed is automatically the FMC,utilizing by ties capable furnishing highest of the obtainable accuracy levels. pageof the Provision alsomade manual is for tuning, the PROG via CDU,andVORCONTROL PANELS. Whileradiotuningby the FMCmayoccureitheron the ground or radioposition updating onlyoccurs inflight. inflight, 4.1 NAVIGATION FUNCTION position, To compute accurate an and providethe crew with a reliable accuracy levelassessment, FMCtunesthe bestavailthe ableNAVAIDS, selects mostefficient and the navigation modeto compute preciseposition. a The navigation mode combinations enroute are: . IRS-DMEs . IRS-VOR/DMEs . IRSonly and on approach: . IRS-DMEs . IRS-VOR/DMEs o IRS-ILS/DMEs
p.272

A37O FMS PILOVS 4.1.1 IRS Position

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

normally through one on ThethreelRUsareinitialized, theground, of thetwoCDUs. Departure coordinates automatically are specified by theselection a route(CORTE), an airport origin (FROM/ of or of TO).Coordinates DataBasemaybefurther from adjusted manually gate whichis sentto thethreelRUs to conform a specific position, to on withactivation the ALIGNIRSprompt the lNlTA page.(See of may be HT).nitialization also accomplished I 3.1 PREFLIG Section .2.5, (SeeSection After 6.2.4,ISDU.) withidentical results. on the ISDU process, to the initialization eachFMCusesthethreeIRUpositions (SeeFigure 4-1.) a called IRSposition. the compute meanposition
IRU 1

MIXED IRS POSITION

C59T

Figure 4-1 4.1.2 FMG Position Each FMC usesthe IRS positionas its own positionuntilthe thrust leversare advancedand the GO LEVERSare toggledat takeoff.At this time the FMCs are updatedto the runwaythresholdposition the storedin DataBase.The difference between mixedIRS position and the FMC thresholdpositionis calledthe BIAS.This computed FMC positions. difference then added to subsequent is (See Figure4-2.)

p.273

4-2

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

A/C AT RWY THRESHOLD

c59599#

Figure 4-2 4.1,3 Radio Updating FMG Position by aircraftpositionupdatemodesutilized the Thereare four distinct These modes are automaticallyselected FMCs for navigation. based on internalaccuracy level criteria,and no pilot action is requiredin the selectionprocess. they are: In the order of priority o RADIO/INERTIAL (R/l) . INERTIAL only(l) . RADIOonly (R) . DEAD RECKONING (DR) mode is possiblein a given situation, NOTE: lf no navigation (NONE)is displayed the NAV fieldof in ground, air or of failure the indicates complete the PROGpage.This a navigationmode to engage (See DEGRADED Section8.6). PERFORMANCE, on The positionupdatemode selectedby the FMC is annunciated "NAV"label(See Figure4-7 the PROG page,in data line6 underthe and PROG page, Section3.2.6).

p.274

4-3

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

(R/l), FMCcomputes the navigation mode, Inthe RADIO/INERTIAL position (approach or a radio fromDME/DME, VOR/DME, ILS/DME position usedfor FMCposition updating, the and Theradio is only). originaltakeoff correction nolonger BIAS is usedinthecomputation. A new BIASis computed usinga filtered radioposition. FMC The position thengradually is slewed fromthe IRSposition the radio to position, creatinga new BIAS. This processtypicallytakes enroute. in areaand7 minutes 2 minutes theterminal approximately as This new BIAScontinues be computed long as the radio to position valid.lf radioposition lost,the existing is BIASis frozen is applied the IRSposition. and to forany driftthat IRS is corrected Inthisway, FMCposition continuously 4-3.) was occurred to thetimethe radioposition lost.(SeeFigure up
RADIOUPDATING FMC POS

IR S POS

NEWBIAS

. RADIO POS
c59600#

Figure 4-3 4.1.4 IRS.DME/DME The FMC searches untilat least aroundthe aircraftpresentposition, two DMEs are locatedwhich furnishthe highestaccuracylevel of those available from the Data Basefile. ldeally,one DME would be positioned directlyahead, and the other abeam. Since this is not alwaysthe case,the bestavailable selected(see Figure4-4)for are the DME/DME position,based on their angular relationshipTO (geometric criteria), and distanceFROM,the aircraft(FIGUREOF MERIT).Utilization at leasttwo facilities, aircraft of for radioposition, is based solelyon these parameters. The fact that a stationis within rangedoes not necessarily mean it will be used.However, pilot the may remotely manually or tune any desiredstation.(See MANUAL TU N I N G, Secti on .4.) 4
p.275

44

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
IRS-DMgDME

Chatvi AP45

D M E1 Y
I I I I

DME3

+

DME2

+

c59601#

Figure 44 4.1.5 |RS-VOR/DME the lf two separateDMEs are not available, FMC uses an available collocated VOR/DME,if the potentialradio positionerror is lower than the FMC estimated error.(See Figure4-5,)

COLLOCATED VOR/DME

Figure4-5

p.276

4-5

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

NOTE: When radio positiondiffersfrom the IRS positionby morethanSNM,withthe FMCsoperating DUALand in the IRS-DME/DME IRS-VOR/DME or modein use,the CDU scratchpadmessage, "FMC POSITION MISMATCH', is displayed. The messageis automatically erased when the difference is less than 3NM. A positiondifferenceof more than 1ONMcauses the FMCto go intotheINDEPENDENT MODEof operation. ( SeeINDE P E NDE NT 1 DE MODE , e c t io n . 2 . 1 . 2 a n d S GRADEDPERFORMANCE, Section 8.1.)Resolution of thissystemdisagreement leftup to the crew using is conventionalcrosscheck proceduresto determine which is correct. 4.1,6 |RS-ILS/DME The localizeris used,on approach, providean additional to crosspositioncorrection, track utilizingDME distanceand center beam deviation, eliminate to any existing error betweenthe FMC position and the centerof the localizer beam,althoughno coursecorrection is applied.
IRS-ILS/DME

DMEDISTANCE

LOCDEVIATION

LOC BEAM
c59603#

Figure 4-6

p.277

4-6

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Aircraft position may be updated by localizer corrected position when the followingconditions are met: . A destination runway with an ILS is a partof the activeF-PLN,and frequencyhas been identifiedby the FMCs. the correct e The aircraftPPOS is within20NM of the localizer beam. o Localizer deviationis less than 2 deg. . APPR or LAND track is engaged. . An IRS positionis computed. . Localizer intercept less than 45 deg. is lf these criteriahave been met within the FMC, positionupdate occursautomatically withoutany pilot action. 4.1.7 INERTIAL Only The INERTIAL Onlynavigational mode,( | ), is usedwhen no reliable radiofacilities available, at leastone IRS is in the NAV mode are and supplying valid positionand groundspeedvelocitydata.The BIAS at existingbetweenthe radio positionand the inertialposition, the time transition the INERTIAL to Only mode occurs,is frozenat the current valueuntilsuchtimeas the FMCstransition backintoRADIO/ INERTIALas radio positiondata is again available. the position lf updatemode has been INERTIAL Onlyfor a periodof morethan 10 "lRS ONLY NAVIGATION", minutes, and remains the message, so, is displayed10 minutesaftertransition the inertialupdatemode. to lf the FMC transitions of the INERTIAL out Onlymode,the message (See Section8.4.2.) is automatically cleared. 4.1.A RADIO Only The RADIO Only mode, (R), is activewhen no inertialpositionis availableand valid radiodata is being received. In this mode,the primaryNAVAIDSare utilized computeaircraft to position groundrange,and bearing basedon slantrange, information of DME/DMEand VOR/DMEinputs. from a combination
p.278

4-7

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

radioand mode,the BIASexisting between I As in the INERTIAL positions frozen itscurrent inertial is at value, thetimeof transition at fromRADIO/INERTIAL to RADIO Only, thata validBIAS so exists in casethe FMCstransition backintothe R/l mode. The RADIOOnly navigation modeis also indicated the SP by "RADIO message; ONLYNAVIGATION." 4.1.9 DEAD REGKONING The DEADRECKONING navigation active mode,(DR),becomes whenat least one IRSis in theATTITUDE modeand no IRSis in position no data NAV.In otherwords, the nameimplies, current as is available fromany source. conditions For DEADRECKONING be available following to the mustbe met: . OneIRSin theATTITUDE mode. . No IRSin NAV. o No computed radioposition. . A validTASfroman ADC. position then calculated The DEADRECKONING is fromthe last knownposition, takinginto account IRS magnetic heading, ADC TAS, and the last knownwind,to estimate present the track and ground speed theaircraft. of From these inputs DEAD a RECKONING position calculated. is Thismodeis alsoindicated the SP message: by 'DEADRECKONING NAV."
Figure4-7 illustrates typicalexamplesof navigation modes@ that may be encountered the PROG page duringcruise. on

Rev 1 Dec/93

4-8

p.279

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

cRz FL37g

1 150 OP T

@

"t

OF ST

l

Ets
BRG /I!IST

€E @ EE) Ets 47?3.3N/60823.?E IIES DEST FORECAST> EE EO 4 1 0 9 .60 A1 S9 .6 g NAV K P T-K P T -I K P T- K P T Gts gE
---o/---ro t l K P T_K P T /I
1 9 9 .6 6
N AV

6D KP T -K P T GE
A 109.60

Figure4-7 4.2 NAVIGATION AGGURACY

and Theaccuracy the computed of radioposition, the FMCupdated position, solely radio is on used, their and dependent the NAVAIDS geometry. Whenno radioposition available, FMC position the is (lRS+ BIAS)depends the amount timesincelast accuracy on of update. position, reference accuracy The FMCestimates by to levelcriteria, basedon the airspace aircraft in: is the o Terminal Area - 2NM o Enroute 3 to 4NM o Approach .3 to .5NM -

4-9

p.280

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

4.3 AUTOMATIG TUNTNG
NAVAIDS automatically are tuned theFMC,based the before on by mentioned accuracy level criteria. is important realizethat lt to autotuning only occurif the VOR/NAV/ILS can switches(@ see Figure 4-8),on the FCU,are selected eitherNAVor ILS to

PFD

413 VU

/6'
ott

t
ON OFF

/A\ rv/

rot*t

Figure 4-8 Autotuningis further indicatedby dashes displayedon the VOR Control Panels.The tuned frequencyis not visible,on the VOR ControlPanels,in the autotuning mode. NAVAIDSselectedby the FMC for autotuning,are indicatedby the letter"A" (AUTO)preceding frequencyin line 6 of the PROG the page (See Figure4-7.) Each FMC may select up to four DME frequenciesto be tuned automaticallyfrom the data base, or from the list of NAVAIDS entered by the crew on the NEW NAVAIDS page (See NEW NAVAIDS, Section7.2.5).Stationselection basedon the FIGURE is of MERIT,or rangecapability, that particular of station. FI G U REofM ER IT: 0=40NM '. 1 = 70NM .2=130NM : 3 = 250NM

4-10
d^.'rmFnt

p.281

A3'O FMS PILOT'S OUIDE
The FMCautotunes.
a a o

Chatvi AP45

VORand DMEfor display. DMEfor navigational computation. The FMCdoesnot autotune lLS. the

These NAVAIDtypes, in the order of their tuning priorityare: VOR/DME o Procedurespecified(SlD, STAR, etc.) o TO waypoint NAVAID o FROMwaypointNAVAID . Any other down path NAVAID o NearestNAVAID

4.4 MANUAL TUNING
Manualtuningmay be accomplished one of two methods: by 1. By manually selecting desiredfrequency the VOR Control the on Panel - the VOR/NAV/ILS switchmust be in VOR. The results of manually tuning are indicated the letter'M" (MANUAL) by preceding frequencylistedon the PROG page. the 2. On the PROGpage,by writingthe desiredfrequency identifier sr in the SP and transferring into the appropriate it field on line 6. This methodis referredto as remotetuningand is indicated the by letter"R" (REMOTE)precedingthe frequencyon line 6 of the PROG page.

p.282

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

(R), (M) Examples AUTO(A), REMOTE and MANUAL may be of seen theaccompanying in illustration@. Noticethatany combination of the threemethods available the option the pilot. is at of

ECON CRZ 1rls FL37O OO F S T [ ]
BRG

cRz

FL37O
/DIST

l. t Ax

F1345
F UEL

oPT

@

PRED> 3LI'/?3 ro VIr,l
DES

EE
@

GE €E EE 6E

4633. IN/OI4I3.7E
DIST

EE EE

7OG ro DEST
Att?.79

FORECAST> @
- R1 1 a .9 S

-DOL
u tL 7 .7 S

NAV

R/T/V

Il,,I-VI1,.I @
t t ?. 7 9

DOL_DOL R/I

NAV

OL_DOL

Gts

Figure 4-9 BothAUTO and REMOTEtuningrequirethe NAVAIDbe contained in the data base or definedby the pilot,othenrvise SP message, the 'NOT lN DATA BASE,' is displayed. MANUALtuning however, does not requirethat the NAVAIDbe containedin the data base,as it is purely manual (SeeSectionT a function. .2.5,NEW NAVAIDS, a for description pilot-defined of NAVAI ) DS.

WARNING Refer to the 4310 approved flight manual for specific data concerning operation of the ElS, comm u n icationssystems,flig ht instruments,and other related navigationalsystems.

p.283

Chatvi AP45

NAVIGATION

TABLEOF GONTENTS
5.0 oVERVTEW
5 . 1 PE R F O RMA N C E T A A S E DA B

.. ...:l?=
..................5- 1 ......5-1 ........5- 2 ......5- 2

5.2 NAVIGATION DATABASE 5 . 2 . 1 N ami n g o n ve n ti o n s............... C 5 . 2.1 .1 F i x l d e n ti fi e.............. rs 5 . 3 D AT A S E OA D E R BA L 5 . 3 . 1L o a d e Op e ra ti o n ............... r D 5 . 3.1 .1 a taB a seC ro ssl oad

.............5- 8 ,.,...........5- 8 .........5- 10

p.284

Chatvi AP45

p.285

Chatvi AP45

DATABASE NAVIGATION

5.O OVERVTEW
of The DataBaseis the embodied memory the FMC.As such,it is Data divided intothe Performance DataBaseand the Navigation portionis revisedevery 28 days,with two Base.The Navigation consecutive2S-day cycles always available. Selection thecurrent of pageoftheCDU. cycle accomplished theAIRCRAFT is on STATUS (SeePREFLIGHT, Section 3.1.1.) Should selected the cyclenot "GHEGK conform thecurrent to clock date, scratchpad the message, DATABASECYCLE," displayed. is

5.{ PERFORMANGEDATA BASE
Consists of: . Aerodynamic engine and data

5.2 NAVIGATION DATA BASE
of: Consists o NAVAIDS . Airports o Runways o Airways . Waypoints . AirportProcedures o Company Routes

p.286

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

airline Data contained the data base is tailored individual in to pilots requirements, the and have option modifying, the of adding to, (SeePREFLIGHT, or deleting, certain basis. elements a perflight on Section7.2.1.)However, actualmodification deletion, a or of permanent nature theflight by crew, either to databasecycle, not is possible. all cases,crew-entered is automatically In data deleted (e.9.,engine fromthe databaseafterLong-Term PowerInterrupt, shutdown). 5.2.1 Naming Gonventions The followingrules are used to identifyor name fields when government sources notprovide or within the do ldentifiers names ruleestablished ICAOAnnex11. (Thisdata is extracted from by ARTNC SPECtFTCATION 424.) ICAOAnnex 11 defines the international for standards coded designators Navaids, of Waypoints, Ainruays, Standard Instrument Arrival Routes, Standard and lnstrument Departures. 5.2.1.'l Fix ldentifiers Fixidentifiers assigned allWaypoints. identifier limited are to The is to five characters. A. VOR, VORDME, VORTAC, TACAN, Non-DirectionalBeacons and (NDB)take on the identifier the facility, (i.e.,Los Angeles of VORTAC becomes LAX, TyndallTACAN becomes PAM, andFt. Nelson NDBbecomes YE). B. Non-Directional Beacons used a waypoint identified the as are by use of the station identifier followed "N8", (i.e.,Ft. Nelson, by Canada becomes YENBand Newark, becomes NJ EWRNB). C. NamedRNAVWaypoints, Intersections, Reporting and Points maybe assigned unique five-character names andthe identifer isthe same. Forwaypoints notso named, identifiers aredeveloped usingthe following identifiers:

p.287

Chatvi AP45

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
One-Word Names use 1. lf fiveor lesscharacters involved. the full name, are (i.e., Logan). 2. lf the nameis morethanfivecharacters: (i.e., letters, KIMMEL a. Reduce fiveby eliminating to double becomes KIMEL). b. Keep the first letter,the first vowel,and the last letter, vowels dropping fromright left,(i.e., to ADOLPH becomes ADLPH). c. Drop left, consonants, starting rightto (i.e., from ANDREWS ANDRS). becomes Multiple Word Names 3. The first letterof the first word is usedand the lastword is (i.e., CLEAR shortened using rules One-Word the for Names, LAKEbecomes CLAKE). Phonetic Letter Names 4. Waypoints named ICAOPhonetic by alpha character, the use One-Word Naming idents. rulesor unique a. Whenmorethanone nameis useda unique identifier is (i.e., developed, NOVEMBER becomes NOVMR). (i.e., b. Twowaypoints thesameidentifler numbered, with are CHARLIE becomes CHARI,CHAR2). phonetic usedthe Multiple c. Whena double is WordRuleis (i.e., used, Tango India becomes TINDA). d. Whena phonetic alpha character followed a number by or otheralphacharacter, is codedas stated. it

p.288

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
D. UNNAMED WAYPOINTS the following use rules: 1. Whenovera Named Waypoint nameis used. that

Chatvi AP45

2. Whennot coincidental the Waypoint, nearest with the Waypoint, Intersection namewiththedistance used.lf the is distance overg9 milesthe lasttwo digitsof the distance is precedes identifier, Fixat INW18NM the i.e., becomes lNW18, at CSN106NM Fix becomes 06CSN. 3. FlR,UIRandControlled Airspace Reporting Positions unless otherwise designated, identified follows: are as a. FIRusesthe threecharacters a unique plus 2-digit numeric the geographic for area. b. UIRusesthe threecharacters a unique plus 2-digit numeric the geographic for area. c. FIR/UIR "FlR" use andthe numeric. d. Controlled Airspace usesthethree-letters fortheairspace typeplusa numeric, (i.e., TMA= TerminalArea, = CTR Control Zone,ATZ--Aerodrome TrafficZone,CTA = Controlled Area, andTlZ = Trafficlnformation Zone). E. Reporting Positions Defined Coordinates the by use following rules: precedes 1. Latitude always longitude. "N" 2. The letter is usedfor Northlatitude Westlongitude. and "E" 3. The letter is usedfor Northlatitude Eastlongitude. and "S" 4. The letter is usedfor Southlatitude Eastlongitude. and "\A/' usedfor Southlatitude West 5. The letter is and longitude. i.e.,NorthlatitudeMest longitude N52004ru075 = 5275N 00 Northlatitude/East longitude N5000/E020 = 5020E 00 SouthlatitudeAl/est longitude S52 004ru075 = 5275W 00 Southlatitude/East longitude S50 00/E020 00 = 50205

p.289

ASIO FMS PILOVS GUIDE
F. Terminal Waypoints:

Chatvi AP45

prefixes addedto the runway 1. The following two-letter are number identify: to FF = FinalApproach Fix Fix lF = InitialApproach = OuterMarker OM MM = Middle Marker lM = InnerMarker BM = BackCourseMarker RC = Runway Centerline Intercept CF = FinalApproach Course Fix MD = Minimum Descent Altitude RW = Runway Threshold MA = Missed Approach Point(notrunway) TD = Touchdown Pointinboard threshold of A(+ an alpha) = StepDownFix

p.290

5-5

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMg PILOT'S GUIDE
WAY. POINT
TVPF

Chatvi AP45

PROCEDURE TYPE(SEE PARAGRAPH 5.7, ROUTETYPE CODE)

rLS(r)
FACF FAF MAP IAP MDA TDP RCI
EAAE

rLS(L)
tJL

rLS(B)
ttt

voR(D) FD PD ID DD TD RD

voR(v)
CV FV PV IV DV TV RV

voR(s)
CS FS
PS IS DS TS RS

UI

FI PI tl DI TI RI NDB(N) CN FN PN NN DN TN RN rGS(G) CG FG PG IG DG TG RG c-T-L(E) CE FE PE IE DE TE RE

FL PL IL DL TL RL NDB(O) FQ PQ IQ DQ TQ RQ

FB PB IB DB TB RB
MLS(M) CM FM PM IM DM TM RM

FAF MAP IAP MDA TDP RCI FACF FAF MAP IAP MDA TDP RCI FACF FAF MAP IAP MDA TDP RCI

RNAV(R) TACAN(T) LORAN(C) CR FR FT rU PR PT PC IR IT tc n^ DR DT TR TT TC RR RT RC

LDA(X) CX FX PX IX DX TX RX
c-T-L(F) CF FF PF IF DF TF BF

sDF(z)

cz
FZ PZ

tz

DZ TZ RZ
c-T-L(J) CJ FJ PJ IJ DJ TJ RJ c-T-L(K) CK FK PK IK DK TK RK
G3641-06-007#

Figure5-1 NOTE: .C-T-L" Circle Landapproach. a fix is usedfor is to lf twoor moreapproaches defined thetable as in above, then the procedure type prefix is changedto "Y" indicating multiple use.

Rev 1

Dec/93

56

p.291

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

with are and Distance Waypoints identified a preceding 2 . Bearing "D",followed the radial whichthewaypoint andfinally lies, on by in letter followed the DMEarc radiusexpressed a equivalent by (i.e., lfgreaterthan 26NM ofthe alphabet, A= 1NM,G = 7NM etc). convention used. is the unnamed disusesthe wholenumber Waypoints 3 . AlongTrackDistance tancewiththe tenths decimal removed. Whena tenths decimal the has been removed from the identifier, then "NM"precedes distance. no decimalfraction involved lf is thenthe "NM"follows the distance. Radius a FIXWaypoint in 4. Constant to usesthreefixesto assist defining arc,(i.e., the ARC-- ARCCenter Waypoint, = ARC AIF lnitialWaypoint, = ARCEnding AEF Waypoint). These identifiers may requirea numericsuffix to ensurea uniquewaypoint identifier.

p.292

5-7

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

5.3 DATA BASE LOADER
ThesizeoftheDataBase thetypeof loader and used, determine the process. time required complete loading to the Transfer fromthe loaderto each FMC is via two receptacles the cockpitlateral on panel. Onedatatransfer doneat a time.TheQIPsoftware is does allowcrossload capability. timerequired loadthesecond The to FMC to has functional is reduced several minutes. capability unique The utility bothaircrew for and maintenance. Whenthe Nav DataBase Function active is differs between two FMCs. the thentheCrossload if enabled and Pin Selected.
Two types of loadersare currentlyused on A310 aircraft: per 1. ARINC603, a cassette tape loader, takingup to 30 minutes FMC for the data transfer. This type is graduallybeing replaced by the disk loader. 2. ARINC 615, a disk loader, transfers data in approximately 9 minutesper FMC. 5.3.{ Loader Operation

Beforeconnecting loader,both CBs, FMC1and FMC2,must be the pulled.Reason: the FMCsperform safetycheckto determine the if a loaderis properly connected. it is not, loadingis not permitted. lf To new data base cycle: load the 1. VerifyFMC CBs are pulled. 2.Verify CDUs are powered. (Loaderreceivespowerfromthe CDU) 3. Remove cover from Load Panel. 4. Connectloaderto Side 1 data base Load Connector. 5. Loader- 'ON". 6. Insertdisk in loader. 7 . FM C 1 CB - Pu shln. 8. Activateloader.

Rev 1 Dec/93

5€

p.293

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

"FMCFAIL',aftera 3O-second NOTE: TheCDUwilldisplay, with timeout, the FMChas no communication the as process. CDUduring loading the "OFF'. process complete loader 9. Loading 1 0 , F M C1 C B - P u l l . 11. Disconnect loader fromSide1. 12, FMC1 CB - Aftermorethan10 seconds PushIn, (LongTermpowerinterruption) NOTE: Whenpoweris restored the FMG, AIRCRAFT to the pageis automatically STATUS displayed. dataload lf hasnot beensuccessful, FMCfailsandthe CDU the "NAV DATA BASE LOAD INCOMSP message, PLETE',is displayed. Figure See 5-2.lt dataloading is successful, newdatabasecycleis reflected in the the second databasedataline. 13.Repeat ltems1-12tor Side2, or utilize Crossloading if available. ln the event data transferis unsuccessful, CDU message a is generated process. indicating present the statusof the loading (SeeFigure 5-2.)

ED ED ED EB 6D
@

NA V DA TA B A S E LOA D INCOMP LET E

GE] EE GE 6E 6E
@

c5s625#

Figure5-2

p.294

5-9

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

NOTE: CDU displays the AIRCRAFT STATUSpage, at powerup, afterthe FMC1 CB is pushed Successful in. dataloadmaybe verified reference thetwodata by to basecycles. 5.3,1,{ Data Base Grossload lf Crossloading available yourcurrent is in software, database the cycle maybetransferred theother to FMCbyCrossloading, withoutthe necessity using loader the datatransfer the second of a for to FMC. pageof theCDUby pressing Crossloadinginitiated the MAINT is on the F;l key,accessing REF INDEXpage,and selecting the the MAINT> pressing by LSK@. (See Figure 5-3.) MAINT> only The is phase PREFLIGHT DONE. displayed whentheflight is or

p.295

Rev 1 Dec/93

5-10

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

RE F INDE X

GD ED GD ED ED GD

GB NAVA I DS> GE CLOSEST <AIRPORTS GE ( SENSOR TA TUS S A IDS > EO
<H AYPO I NTS <,.IAYPO I NTS
NAVA I DS>

I}EFINEI)

DEF INEI)

<A/C STA TUS

MA INT> *€[ MA INT

SELF TEST

(io

EE <TE S TP A TTE RN €E @ ED <K E YTE S T IRS MON I T O R>EE DAT A BASE ED AB?860tOgt t l 6E EO A NN TE S T
TRANSMIT ARM RECEIVE

Figure 5-3 Data Crossloading initiatedby the followingsteps: is 1. Write 'ARM' (D, in the SP of both CDUs and transferinto the bracketsby prEssingLSK tEFl."ARM' must be in data line [s-n-l to continuethe Crossload. 2. Press'TRANSMIT'@, the CDU of the FMCbeingthe source on of the Crossloadthe FMC already loaded with the new data base cycle. 3. Press'RECEIVE'@,on the CDU of the FMCbeingthe recipient of the Crossload the FMC not havingthe new data base cycle. This action initiates data transfer. the
p.296

Chatvi AP45

p.297

Chatvi AP45

ISDU

TABLEOF CONTENTS
6 . 0 r s D Uo PE R A T ION
6 .1 r R SD E S C R IP T ION

PAGE ..................6- 1

.,..........,.....6- 1 6 . 1 . 1l n erti a l yste ms i sp l aU n i t(ISDU) S D y .................6- 1 6 . 1 . 2 M od e e l e ct n i t(MS U ) S U .................6- 2 6 . 1 . 3 O n -th e -Gro uD d l a ys............. n i sp ....6- 3 ...,.............6- 5 6 . 1 . 4 Acti o n o d e s C g rs ....,..6- 5 6 . 1 . 5 F l ash i nA n n u n ci a to...........,.

P ...................6- 6 6 . 2 o PE R A T IN GR OC E D U R E S ...6- 6 6 . 2 . 1 I R SMo d e s Mo Tur ................6- 6 6 . 2 . 2 N a vi g a ti o n d e S yste m n- On ....6- 8 6 . 2 . 3 T e st......... 6 . 2 . 4 I R SIn i ti a l i za ti o n ......... ....6- 9 PROBLEMS.. 1 6-1 INSERTIONS 6 . 3 LATITUDE/LONGITUDE AFTER 6 . 4 PROBLEMS LATITUDE/LONGITUDE ........,...6- 13 H A V E E E N C C E P T E D .............. B A E OPTION............6- 13 6 .5 N A VM O DE_ 3 -MIN U TR E A L IGN 6 . 5 . 1 R e a l i g Op ti o n ro b l e ms n P 6 . 6 ATTITUDE MODE
6 .7 o F F M O D E

................6- 14 ..6-15 ............6- 17 .......6- 18 ...6- 18 ................6- 18

6 .8 S Y S T EM E R A T T ON A GR A.............................. OP DT M 6- 1 I

6 . 8 . 1 O f fMo d e S yste m u rnOff.... T 6 . 8 . 2 N A VMo d e 6 . 8 . 3 At ti tu d Mo d e e

p.298

Chatvi AP45

p.299

Chatvi AP45

ISDU

6.0 ISDU OPERATION
of This sectiondescribes the operation the InertialReference Unit (lRS)through useof the Inertial Display the Systems System (ISDU) theModeSelect and Unit(MSU).

6.{ IRS DESGRIPTION
The components the three-channel are located follows: IRS as of r The ISDUandthreeMSUsare mounted the overhead panel. in o ThethreelRUsare located the equipment in bay. 6.1,1 Inertial Systems Display Unit (ISDU) o Display: data. displays selected system - Readout o SYSDSPLswitch: pilotto select or one of threesystems OFF. - Allows . DSPLSELswitch: to operation modes andoneposition - Hasfourpositions select to testlamps. . Keyboard: - Usedto inputdata.

p.300

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

SEL- @ -DSPL WINO PPOS

DISPLAY ISDU

DISPLAY SELECT SWITCH SYSTEM DISPLAY SWITCH

@

OSPL-SYS

KEYBOARD CUE LIGHTS

c59557#

Figure 6-1 Inertial Systems Display Unit 6.1.2 Mode Select Unit (MSU) e Mode select(OFF/NAV/ATT) switch.(switchhas a detentin the NAV position) - OFF: Systemoff position. - NAV: Navigation and systemalignmentposition. - ATT: Attitudeerectionposition.Headingmay be enteredor displayed. . Annunciators: - Providesystemfunctioninformation.
MODE SELECT SWITCH ANNUNCIATORS

SWITCH HAS A DETENT IN THE NAV POSITION

Figure6-2 ModeSelectUnit

p.301

6-2

A31O FMS PILOVS OUTDE
6.1.3 On-the.Ground Displays

Chatvi AP45

TK/GS: Displaysgroundtrack directionin degreeson the left display, ground and speedin knotson the right. Displays heading true from6.5minutes alignuntilground into speed is greater than50 knots. Thentrackangleis displayed.
(o) .--,--,-4--o
\ | | t+t\tqtql Lrf=E\ir

sss** \\,/
@ 6P!-sF .2_ trfirxt

sei- @ -wr Wr{o P6

orr.{llll }

\_/

Figure6-3 On-the-Ground Display present PPOS:Displays position the aircraft. of Latitude the left on display and longitude the right. on Displays entered the latitude and longitude duringalign.Displays the PPOS(latitude longitude) and afteralignis completed.
LATITUDE
sEL- @ -osPr W|XO PPOS w6XN(yHoc/sE 6{ \U\ |
DSPL-

LONGITUDE

e)

^ \_v
-SYS

"rr@'

Figure6-4 On-the-Ground Display

p.302

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

WIND:Displays windspeedin knots the rightandwinddirection on in degrees the left. on NOTE:Display blank TAS<100knots. is if
W I ND DIRECTION (0-359 DEGREES)
@

rxler,flnrocnr 6 1 lu l l

SEI-6Pt ProS WNO

WIND SPEED (0-2s6 KNOTS)

tu

-s-mpr-

'7fl1x' o"\y

c59561#

Figure6-5 On-the-Ground Display HDG/STS: Displays heading true after6.5 minutes align. of

S rtrfiqT4l
-wr sa@

ACTION CODE TIME UNTIL NAV MINUTES

;I:'f7i"""o" \z-/
@

*,i,[f[' \_/
MAGNETIC HEADING AVAILABLE IF INITIALLY ENTERED BY PILOT

DSPL-sYs 2

ATT MODE
.--'---'---'-t

t t-t' t - -Ht-Tt Tt ,- - t ' - - ' - - ' - E

l @)

-

c59562#

Figure6-6 On-the-Ground Display

p.303

6.4

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
6.1.4 Action Godes

Chatvi AP45

piloUmaintenance desired. of action Actioncodesareusedto inform
CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ACTION IRU (SEENOTE) REMOVE DELAYED MAINT ENTERPPOS SELECT ATT (IN THE AIR) MOTION EXCESS SWITCH ADC CHECKCiB REMOVE ISDU ENTER HEADING
16r# \ | | tlthtHtHt t--j.....J--iP sEL-6Pr
zr^. ,4 u^^Fft

TIME UNTILNAV MINUTES ACTION CODE

@

rx{/)
-sE 6PL2

orF{ lul )

'rtx' \_/

NOTE: OPEBATOR ERRORCAN ALSO CAUSEACTIONCODE 1 TO OCCUR(i.e..IMPROPER PPOSINITIALTZATION). CREW SHOULDPOWERUN|TOFF,THEN POWERUN|T THE C59563# ON (LONGTERMALIGNMENT) TO THE FAULT, FOR A FULLALIGNMENT CONFIRM

Figure 6-7 Action Godes 6.{.5 Flashing Annunciators A flashingannunciator requirespilot action. DuringALIGN o ALIGN MODE flashing(actioncode = "3") - Enter PPOS. . ALIGN MODE flashing(actioncode = "5") - Excess motion detected.Make sure aircraft is stationary.(A new alignmentbeginsin 30 seconds.) o IRS WARNflashing(actioncode = "1")and ALIGN MODEsteady - Pilot and IRU disagreeon latitude.Retry the full alignment procedure and ensurethat you inputthe correctLAT/LONG.lf persiststhe the samecondition secondtime,the unitis probably the cause of the failure. DuringNAV . IRS WARN flashing(actioncode = "4") - SelectATT mode. . IRS WARN flashing(actioncode = "1") - IRU is most likelyfaulty.

p.304

A37O FIWSPILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

6.2 OPERATINGPROGEDURES
Thisprocedure assumes the IRSis turnedoff.To operate that from procedure in the off condition, this shouldbe followed the order presented (through navigation the [NAV]mode). The three basic IRS modesthat are used duringoperation are described below. 6.2.1 IRS Modes . OFF:IRSoff. o NAV:Normaloperation. (PPOS) Pilot enterspresentposition during1O-minute alignment with aircraft stationary on ground. o ATT: Reversionary aftitude modeto provide aircraft attitude and headinginformation when the NAV mode has failed. reference Selected either ground in air. Pilotinserts on or heading. paragraphs pilotactionrequired operate The following describe to the lRS.Actions be takenby the pilotare in boldlettering. to 6.2.2 Navigation Mode - System Turn-On PilotAction:
GAUTION: Do not move aircraft during align.

NOTE: Any excess motion the x or y axisthatexceeds in an average velocity 0.01 fUsec to accidental of 1 due GSE ground bumpsor severe wind buffeting, causes the IRUto trigger excess the motion response. 1) Set three MSUmode selectswitchesto NAV(initiatesa 10-minute align). 2l Set |SDUSYSDSPLswitchto IRUchannel 1,2, or 3.
p.305

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

ThenALIGN is MSU: BAT OPERannunciator lit for 5 seconds. is MODEannunciator lit.

5 SECONDS LITFORAPPROXIMATELY

LIT AFTER BAT OPER GOES OUT

C59564#

Figure6{ SYstem InertialReference of by data is controlled the position the sYS lsDU: lsDU display DSPLswitch: o Blankdisplay that indicates the sYS DSPLswitchis set to an channel. unenergized that indicate lights, points, degree and o Setof sixdashes, decimal butvaliddatais notyet available. is channel active,

p.306

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
@Tn-ffirm-Hl

Chatvi AP45

@
rr!z

\ t 4ur ! r

, sre'spr_ | lll ; lllli llll; lll @)

o rrrHl
r,

L i:l- 4 :j
ser- @

| | l- l

rrriHl

l- lJ- l

o
/-

@

-mer Wtilo PPOS n</csX$\,rocisr EsIl \u \J ^\J 05PL-5Ys

"rr@'
@

c59565#

Figure6-9 6.2.3 Test PilotAction: 3) Set and hold ISDUDSPLSELswitch to TEST(fullyccw). ISDU:Display lights and keyboard lights energized cue are (allsegments). 4l Gheck displays all lightsand cue lightsto ensure that none are burnedout(o) @) .------,-,''F----'4r.--.---,---,-61- IEIEIEIBIEIEI IIEIEIEIEIBI IEI
tr--rr

MUSTHOLD D S P LSEL SWITCHIN SPRING.LOADED TEST POSITION

sa-oser

@

Figure6-10
p.307

AS|O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

"'@"
') ANNUNCTATOR . LAMP MASTER TESTSWITCH TESTVIACOCKPIT LAMPTEST I . BRIGHT/DIM DIM VIA CONTROL AIRCRAFT CONTROL ANDDIMMING )

Figure6-11 PilotAction: 5) Activatecockpit mastertest switch. MSU:Annunciator lights energized. are 6.2.4 IRS Initialization PilotAction: 6) Set ISDUDSPLSEL switch to HDG/STS. power-up, rightdisplay ISDU: Afterthe 8-second the showstime untilNAVandexisting action codes. The leftdisplay shows threedashes.
T I M EU N T I L NAV IN MINUTES ACTIONCODE 3 APPEARS (3 = ENTEB PPOS)

-osPL

sEr-

@

XTf,:i"'*^ \.2/
@ 6PL-sE .2

'/ftl(' oFFl u VERIFYSAME DATA FROM OTHERlRUs

I l./

c59568#

Figure6-12

p.308

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
@ nrrffilrrrrHl
f, t:..j4]=\cl=

Chatvi AP45

o
E

L__L__j___J_L--!.+J

nvcrfi$rrmtsn
H{ (+J

su-mrr ru mD
\u\ I

@
lF

^

-sn

(O \-v ilr 6PL- ll -

,?. ')ftlx-

\

r 'i r

6r --/n--/n# t-,ttft | | l- t l- t l- l : tNtq rtfr q 1 3 I t t t t t - l _ J 'r r d r
-

oo\:/ -Mse-WNO PM

@

(9

*N-Y R lNlql=l=lrlfl lEl | | I I rlr _n<lcr1ffirm6r
(O

-sE

DsPr- lL

.----.Ja#.1.---,---,---,Jo-Fln

@)
z

"*\:/

'nfi'r','

,,,,,,- E

sEL-6PL

@

@

- s&,2-

Note: oAll t h r e e ( 1, 2 , 3 ) l R S s will b e simultaneosly initialized with the latitude/longitudeentered .Either latitudeor longitudecan be enteredlirst oAlign mode annuncialorflashes after 10 minutes align if latitude/ longitude have not been entered

\- - E

o 6p;fiffi

o rEi-i-fiTiTarq

"rr@'

wcrffirrctsn K1 \U\J ^ \J (+J 6P!-s 2 o"\:/

'/fllx'

c59569#

Figure6-13 PilotAction: 7) Set ISDUDSPLSEL switchto PPOS. 8) Enterpresentpositionlatitude.

(Press o. El r"y.) E

point, ISDU: N or S, degree markers, decimal zerolight, ENT,and CLRcuelights light. will 9) Pressnumberkeys enterdegrees, to minutes, tenthsof and minutes. ISDU:Dataappears ISDUas it is entered. on 10) PressB f"y to enter data, ffi key to changeand reenter
data.

p.309

A37O FITilS PILOVS GUIDE
111 Enterpresentpositionlongitude.

Chatvi AP45

(Press Elor E r"y.)

point, ISDU: E orW, degree markers, zerolight, ENT,and decimal CLRcuelights light. will 121 Pressnumberkeys enterdegrees, minutes, tenthsof to and minutes.

13) Pressffi or ffi f"y as in Step4, above.
present position ISDU:Displays latitude longitude and inputdata.

6.3 LATITUDE/LONGITUDE TNSERTIONS PROBLEMS
lf ALIGN MODE annunciatorflashes (action code "3"), re-verify airportlatitude/longitude. Reenterlatitude/longitude. Repeatprocedure untilAL|GNMODESannunciator ceasesto flash or IRS WARN flashes(actioncode "4"), Pilot Action: 1) Set ISDU DSPL SEL switch to PPOS. 2l Set SYS SEL switch to positions 1,2, and 3 to verify all three lRUs are initializedto the latitude/longitudeentered.
@ @ E
sa@ -DsPr W|NO PPOS rr<tcs ,fin\aroc6n

\
rsr{ \u \ ) ^ \J @|
-sE

DSP[-

@

VERIFYALL THREE lRSsARE INITIALIZED .-TO LATITUDE/ LONGITUDE ENTERED

a
-l

",,ilfrb' rvz
l@

E

l'
c59570#

Figure6-14
p.310

6-11

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

to ISDU: Latitude/longitude appears display data on corresponding systemselected. PilotAction: 3) Set ISDUDSPLSELswitch to HDG/STS. 4l SetSYS SELswitch positionsl,2,and to 3toverifyrespective IRUtimeuntilNAV. 5) GheckMSUsto verify that all annunciatons off and the are threelRUsare in NAV. ISDU: ISDU in to displays until time NAVinminutes, addition aircraft trueheading.
WAIT FOR TIME TO NAV

TO REACH ZERO
@ rrrHl t-tt-tt-l
+c/J -mer sei@

@ TIME TO NAV - 4

\

vtcsyf,fuoams \.4/
(D -sn DspL2

'/fllK' rr\"l/
L- - -

-@)------------

mtrm. Itrtrtr1 trM
F

iltr|ttr|tEl

AIRCRAFT TRUE HEADING WILL BE DISPLAYED HEADING lS NOTE:MAGNETIC DISPLAYED ATT MODE IN

-- VERIFYALL THREElRUsARE lN NAV! # c59571

Figure6-15 go MSU: annunciators extinguished thesystems intoNAV. All are as

"ffi" [il
ALL ANNUNCIATORSOFF AIRCRAFTCAN BE MOVED (TAXIEDOR TOWED) IF ALL ALIGN ANNUNCIATORS ARE OFF.

Figure 6-16
p.311

6-12

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

6.4 PROBLEMS AFTER LATITUDE/ LONGITUDE HAVE BEEN AGGEPTED?
(action the H annunciatorflashes code "5"), IRUhas lfALIGN MODE as sure aircraftis stationary a new aircraft motion.Make detected in automatically begins 30 seconds. alignment

6.5 NAV MODE - 3.MINUTE REALIGN OPTION
PilotAction: (Assuming already IRU in operating NAVmode) 1) PullMSUmodeselectfrom detentbeforegoingfrom NAVto OFF,and backto NAV(within5 seconds,eachMSU). time option is S-second MODE annunciatoroffduring MSU: ALIGN period. realign 3-minute andwill be on during

Figure6-17 "OFF' and seconds remaining to ISDU: Duringfirst 5 seconds, on select realign option displayed ISDU. are
@

\
sf,G) -osPL WIND PPOS nPsyffixoo6n

@ E

rr{ \u\ )
@

\'v

6PL-

. 2, XTX' o"\:l/
-s6

o

1

@

f
p.312

Figure6-18

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
Rightdisplayshows time 2l Set DSPLSELswitch to HDG/STS. until NAV(in minutes) and actioncode "3."
ACTION CODE
SEL-6PL PPOS WIND

Chatvi AP45

*1/4
v @ -ss.2 6PL-

TIME UNTIL NAV MINUTES

arr@'

Figure6-19 3) Pilot must enternew PPOS. NOTE: Following 3-minute the realign, the systemautomode. MODE maticallygoes intothe navigation ALIGN annunciator flashes realign latitude/ if after3-minute longitude havenot beenentered. 6.5.{ Realign Option Problems 1) IRUonlyaccepts latitude/longitude if: data r Latitude 0.5 degfromexisting < latitude timeof realign. at . Longitude 1.0degfromexisting < longitude timeof realign. at by 2) lf ALIGNMODEannunciator cannot extinguished subbe sequent latitude/longitude insertions, IRUoffandstartover. turn 3) lf excess motion detected is the duringrealign, ALIGNMODE annunciatorflashes action After30 and code"5"issent. seconds, the system starts fullalignment. is notnecessary reinsert a lt to latitude/longitude,it was correctly if enteredbeforeexcess motion occured.

p.313

Rev 1 Dec/93

6-14

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
@) \ .-----r)--O | | rJrJr

Chatvi AP45

iJ

'l

ftsrrql
@ -sE

sEL- @ -DsPr WINO PM )-l. '"r""^r*

*,0'
Figure 6-20

6Pr2

NOTE: Recallthat the flashingannunciator requires action. ACTIONCODESindicate required the action.

fifi|

6.6 ATTITUDE MODE
PilotAction: 1) SetMSUmodeselectswitch toATT(pullswitchoutof detent, eachchannel). MSU: ALIGNMODEannunciator on during is 2O-second attitude erection. Aircraft must staystraight level and during time. this ln the eventthat the ATT modeis engaged with the aircraftnot in level flight,an erectioncut-outfunctionwithin the IRU delays platformerectionwhen the yaw rate exceeds0.5 deg/secand permits erection continue to whenyaw ratedropsbelow0.25 degl sec. Twenty seconds flight of withtheyawratebelow threshold this (thecut-out function disengaged) required erectattitude. is to

orr Ntv on

@
c59578#

Figure6-21 ISDU: "Att"appears rightthreecharacters display. as in
p.314

6-15

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
\

Chatvi AP45

| r-r t-rJ-tLl_L_t_l!l5JE a

Tlrtr--r-Tt'

;--1-y--1-1;1;1-q

sz

ACTION CODE

\ 4#

@rrr1-rr-1

'#h*"*
\.<--/ l=
@ -sYs6PL+f

-BPL$LPPOS W|ND

@l@
I

*o"

'A .----,ei--61 ---rH.l - - | | I f ls lClql ll ll
--t

@ lF r =r =r

-oserseel

@

*"@

",,iTfr[' \_/
c59579#

Figure 6-22 2) Set ISDU DSPL SEL switch to HDG/STS.

3) PressE f"y.
ISDU: Degree point, marker, zerodecimal ENT,and CLRcue lights will light. 4l Enter heading (magnetic). (Press number keys to enter degrees and tenths of degrees.)

5) Pressffi f"y to enterdata,and ffi f"y to change data.
ISDU: After enteringheading,headingis displayed left display. on NOTE: Magnetic heading may be periodically entered during flight to update magneticheadingto compensated for drift.

p.315

6-16

A37O FMS PTLOVS GU'DE

Chatvi AP45

6.7 OFF MODE
PilotAction: 1) Set MSU mode select switch to OFF. (NOTE:The NAV position of the switch has a detent and requirespulling beforerotating.)
PLACE MSUMODE SWITCH OFF.(PULL TO SWITCH FROM NAVDETENT SELECT TO OFF)

Figure6-23 ISDU: NAVto OFFresults a S-second (realign in countdown option) followedby a 20-second countdown the built-in for test (BITE) equipment memory service cycle.

ser- @ -osrr rrcsX\t\HDc/srs TEsl1 \u .qJ \,/ ^ Q)

5.SECONDREALIGNOPTION IF MODESWITCHIN OFF GREATER THAN THEN LEFTDISPLAY 5 SECONDS, STARTS 20 SECONDCOUNTDOWN POWEROFF. TO (B|TEMEMORY SERVTCE CYCLE) NOTE: REALIGNOPTIONBYPASSED IN ATT MODE

".,@'

-sYs

DSPLz

c59581#

Figure6-24 ATT to OFF results a 2O-second in countdown.
NOTE: Circuitbreakersmust not be pulleduntilAFTERthe 2O-second countdown.

p.316

6-17118

Chatvi AP45

p.317

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

6.8 SYSTEM OPERATION DIAGRAM
The IRS has threebasic modes:OFF, NAV,and ATT.Also,flve (modestates) operational submodes are usedin goingfromone primaryoperation mode to another.Their interrelationships are shownin the modestatediagram below.
MODES: . Off . Navigation o Attitude SUBMODES: o lnitialization . Align . Erect Attitude o Realign . Power-Off
NORMAL OPERATION

t-_-___-t
6'on

ATTITUDEOPERATION

6.8.1 Off Mode- System Turn Off The OFF modemaybe entered fromany modeor submode. The system switchesto the 20-secondpower-off countdown, except fromNAVor realign, whereit firstgoesthrough S-second realign the pointandthen to the 2O-second power-off decision countdown. Oncethe OFF modeis entered, BITEtestfunction (transferring the ofanyfailure datafromthe random memory thenonvolatile access to memory) accomplished. is 6.8.2 NAV Mode Selection thenavigation (NAV) of mode causes IRU utilize the to two (initialization align) beforeentering submodes and the actual navigation mode. o InitializationSubmode - Duringthis two-minute period,the S U B MOD E (BITE) systemis energized, testfunctions performed, a are and "AutoCal" function makesminor adjustments sensor to coefficients. . AlignSubmode Duringalignsubmode, goesthrough thesystem I an eight-minute align. . RealignSubmode- Withtheaircraft in motion, pilot not the may electto refresh IRSsystem the witha shorterthan usual alignment at an intermediate stop. 6.8.3 AftitudeMode (ATT)modeis a reversionary Theattitude modeusedincasetheIRS experiences total power shutdown, in case of certainBITE a or (lRSWARNannunciator TheATTmode be detected failures lit). can enteredat any time,both on the groundor duringflight.Attitude reference established is duringthe 2O-second erection time.
Use or disclosure of the infomation on this page is subjec{ to the Estriclions on the title page of this document

@s
I I ftl
al .tl I al ll al arl all a tl a tl a 'l

ffi ' o-.

a. "@"
NAVIGATION MOOE

-6
CHANGING MODES DURING THE SUBMODE STEP IS POSSIBLE

@

I
I
I I

!t
al arl al

K.'}\
\Z

DECTStON

:tl ! tl l l a
!tl
a a a a

ii it l
ll tl

i tl
ll
.z \_

I I I I

I I I I
I I
I I

AND IS SHOWN BY

ATTITUDE MODE

I

I I

I

I

I
---N
ERt I ATTT

!

*t*l tl
t --l

I

, I

li__l
\-d>{

-l

2or

I
I

t
---------<-

t_

__)
cs9s82(R1)#

Figure6-25

6-19

p.318

Chatvi AP45

FEATURES ADDITIONAL

TABLE CONTENTS OF
7 .O A D D T T ION F E A T U R E......... AL S 7.1 S E C o N D A RF -P L N Y

PAGE ................7- 1

...............7- 1 P .........7- 2 7 . 1 . 1 S E CIN D E X a g e ..............7- 3 7 . 1 . 2 SE CF -P L N a g e a n dB P A Page ......7- 5 7 . 1 . 3 S E CF U E L R E D IC T ION P 7 . 1 . 4 S E C ON D A R Y P ....7- 6 MOD E a ge........ 7 . 1 . 5 S E CD E SF OR E C A SP age T ..........7- T

...............7- 9 7 . 2 R EF ER E N C E D E X TN 7 . 2 . 1 De fi n e d yp o i n ts Wa ........7- 10 7-14 7.2.1.1 LoadingA/erifying Oceanic Waypoints 7.2.2 WAYPOINTS/NEW WAYPOINTS Page..........7-16 .............7- 19 7 . 2 . 3 C l o se st i rp o rts A ........ ........7- 20 7 . 2 . 4 S E N S OR T A T U S a g e S P Page ......7-22 7.2.5 DEFINED NAVAIDS/NEW NAVAIDS ..............7- 24 7 . 2 . 6 AC A R S ............ 7 .2 .6 .1 C A R S a g e ........ A .............7- 24 P 7.2 .6 .2 C A R S A K E OFF A Page ......... .............7 - 26 T 7 .2 .6 .3 C A R S ssa g es A .............7- 30 Me ( MU ..7- 31 7 .2 .6 .3 .1p l i n k ssages to FMC) U Me 7 .2 .6 .3 .2yste m ssage Me Logic ..............7 S - 31 ( .........7- 32 7 .2 .6 .3 .3l i g hP l a n FPR)( Uplink) F t WindData(PWD) 7.2.6.3.4 Predicted (U p l i n k) ...7- 33 ( Wi 7- 33 7 .2 .6 .3 .5n ro u te nds ER) ..............,.. E ( DW )................ Wi 7- 33 7 .2 .6 .3 .6 e sce n t nds D WindDataRequests 7.2.6.3.7 Predicted

1":':]llll 727AIDS 1'1:l ,"n"

.7- 36 7 . 2 . 8MA IN T a g e P - 37 7.2 .8 .1 E S TP A T T E R N T Page ......... ................7 7 .2 .8 .2 E YT E S TP a g e ........ K ........7- 38 7.2 .8 .3 SMON IT OR age IR P ..........7- 40 7-a

+-3t

p.319

AS|O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
7.3

Chatvi AP45

p.320

Rev 1 Dec/93

7-aa

Chatvi AP45

FEATURES ADDITIONAL

7.1 SEGONDARYF.PLN
The SEC F-PLN feature is a design and storage tool used to accomplish additional alternate withoutdisturbing or flightplanning the activeand alternate features flightplan.Flightplanning available in flightplan. in the active flightplanare alsoavailable the secondary flightplan manually, The pilothas the optionto stringa secondary or copy the active flight plan and modify it. Examples of the secondary flightplan uses include: o Anticipatorypreparations for an alternativedeparture runway, SlD, or other pre-takeoff considerations. . CopyActivejust priortoa DIRTO, thendisplaythe secondaryflight plan to observerelativeabeam waypoints. (Don'tActivate). o Anticipatory preparations an alternativearrival and landing for runwayat the destination. . Stringing routeto the alternate a destination. . Specialperformance flight planningwith full predictions. . Stringinga route completely differentfrom the activeflight plan, (e.9.,the nextdeparture and flightrouting). A description the secondaryF-PLN functionsfollows.Refer to of page 7-8 for a SEC F-PLNtree diagram. As a rule,entryand displayrulesdescribed the activeflightplan for workexactly sameforthesecondary the flightplan. Wheredifferences exist,they will be specifically noted in the followingexplanations.

p.321

7-1

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
7.1.1 SEG INDEX Page

Chatvi AP45

TheSECF-PLN'INDEX'pageaccessed theGF.Tl TheSEC is by key. INDEXpage provides accessto the SEC F-PLNand functions related it (seeFigure to 7-1).

sEc I NDE X
GD tl @D <SEC F-PLN 6D COPY ACTIVE
@ @
CO RTE

rt/tl

F ROl.t/

TO

@)

FUEL

> PRED

> MODE

EE €E
F RON/ TO

S E C INDE X

GD

GD EB 6D ED ED
@

CO

RT E

LSGG/LGAT <SEC F-PLN COPY ACTIVE CLEAR SEC
CRZ

FUEL

PRED>

MODE> > FORECAST
DES

tl

FL

*ACTIVATE SEC LSGG,/LGAT

Figure 7-1

@

CO RTE - Fietddefaultsto entry prompts([ ]) when no CO RTE or FROM/TOis defined.lf any modification the CO to (seeFigure7-1).lf the active RTE is made,thisfieldis blanked flightplan is copiedintothe SEC F-PLN,then the CO RTE is reflectedhere if it exists in the active F-PLN. SEC F-PLN - Provides access 7-1. SEC F-PLNpageA Figure COPYACTIVE - CopiesActiveflightplanintothe secondary flightplan.See Figure7-1.
p.322

@ @

7,2

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
@

Chatvi AP45

CLEARSEG Displayedonlyifthereisatleastonewaypoin in the SECF-PLN, Clears lateral vertical all and elements of the secondary flightplan and defaults to: PPOS ENDOF F-PLN

@

CRZFL - Displayed if thereis at leastonewaypoint only in (See theSECF-PLN. value Pilotalterable. Figure This is 7-1.) ACTIVATE SEC - Function activates secondary the flight planbycopying SECF-PLN theactive plan. NAV the to flight lf is engaged, firstlegof the SECmustbe laterally the identical to theactive to gettheACTIVATE prompt leg, SEC displayed. NAVmustbe deselectedthisidentical doesnotexist, leg if to getthisprompt. leastonewaypoint At mustexistin the SEC flightplanfor the ACTIVATE SECprompt be displayed. to FROM/TO Defined copying by activeflightplan,entering origin/destination defaults entryprompts or to with no entry. FUELPRED- Provides access the FUELPREDpage. to (Strategic) page. MODE- Provides access theSECMODE to DESFORECAST Provides access thedescent to forecast wind entrypage.This prompt displayed is only if a primary destination beendefined. has

@

@ @ @ @

7.1.2 SEG F-PLN Page A and B PressingIZD in Figure7-1 accessesthe SEC F-PLN page A (see Figure7-2). SEC F-PLNpage B is accessedvia the ["-Ellfunction key. All LSKs functionidentically the activeF-PLN LSKs except to that EOSIDis not available selection for and the asterisk(rF)is not displayed. Vertically, TO/APPR parameters, MDA and MAX SPD are assumedto be identicalto the active flight plan and cannot be changedin the SEC F-PLN.CRZ ALT is enteredon the SEC INDEX page insteadof lNlT PageA and the MODE selectis madevia LSK @ on the SEC INDEXpage.
p.323

7 -3

Rev 1 Dec/93

AS|O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
(SEC INDEX Page)

Chatvi AP45

FROM RN05 ( LI M )
SPD

T L QO s4
sE 11

co4 a SPR
FRl8N

FRI
IIA F

NI L ( f / C)

15 ls SP (tFR NI
U

D rsr
-t4
I

SEC )
I.IIN I'

s s s '/ g g s

ee/ seg' - 3 3 g O g '/ s s s 37
-56 -5o " tt / /t " tl

(r
ZU
U 43

r i l /r ,

IJ

Figure 7-2 SEC F-PLNSequencing - Sequencing the SEC F-PLNoccurs of at the sametimeas theACT F-PLNif the activelegof theACT F-PLN is identical the firstleg of SEC F-PLN.lf at any time afterthe copy to is made,a flightplanrevision occursso thatthe activeleg of the SEC F-PLNandthe firstlegof theACT F-PLNare no longerthe same,all SEC F-PLNlegsequencing ceases.lf conditions secondary for flight plansequencing existat DONEphase,thenthe SEC F-PLNreverts to its initialdefaultstate of PPOS followedby an END OF F-PLN. Flight PlanMemory - F-PLNMemory Spacein the FMCis shared (ACT) F-PLN,ALT F-PLN and SEC F-PLN both among ACTive primaryand alternate.The ACT F-PLN has priorityin occupying memorywith the ALT F-PLN next and SEC F-PLN having lowest priority. Whena revision attempted an overflow encountered, is and is the secondary F-PLNis cleared and the revision reattempted except of if attempted the SEC F-PLN,then it is not allowed.lf activation to willstilloccurbut the SEC F-PLNcausesan overflow, thenactivation the secondary flightplanwill subsequently deleted.lf a company be
p.324

7-4

A37O FMS PILOVS OT'IDE

Chatvi AP45

routeis being entered whenan overflow encountered, route is then legswillbe entered to the point up wherethe overflow occurs, with a discontinuity strung thedestination being to airport. cDU Messages encountered during overflows include: F-PLNFULL,ALTN F-PLN CLEARED, SECF-PLNCLEARED. and page 7.1.3 SEG FUEL PREDIGTTON Fuelpredictions onlydisplayed the conditions are if necessary for secondary planpredictions satisfied, flight are othenrvise dashes are displayed.

SEC FUEL PREDICTION

GD LGAT EO LGTS 6 l{ CD Ito .4 RT E RSV/Z ED r . s/5.8 F INAL /T T T lE EB rs.z/36 EXT RA/T INE GD s.8 /g stg

AT

TI I { E

12r35 23.2 5 , / F F + E 0
?5.Oce
T EN P /TR OP O CR Z

EO

H€U
@

o EE -34/360I9r/ 6E
3t8'/060
l .IIN I)

Figure7-3 Forthe sEc FUELPREDpagein Figure 7-3,differences the from active FUELPREDpageinclude:

@ @

GW and FOB - Aircraftgrossweightand fuel on boardare displayed but cannot be changed.Beforeengine start, this field displaysdashes.After engine start, the values in the activeflight plan are displayed(see Figure7-3). TEMP/TROPO - A cruise temperaturecan be entered only if a CRZ FL has beendefinedforthe SEC F-PLN.Entryof the TROPO altitudeis not allowed.
p.325

@

7-5

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
@ CRZ WIND - A cruisewind can be enteredonly if a CRZ FL has been definedfor to the SEC F-PLN. CG - Centerof Gravitycannot be changed.

Chatvi AP45

@

For predictions be calculated, followingconditions to the must be met for both the ACT F-PLNand SEC F-PLN: 1. Laterally, duringpreflight, originairportsmust be the same. the phases,the SEC F-PLNmust be made by a COPY Duringflight ACTIVEand the first leg of the SEC F-PLNmust be identical to the activeleg of the F-PLN. 2. Verticalprofiles mustbe identical, duringtakeoffor climb.During and predictions cruise,the cruiseflight levelsmust be identical are not available when descentor approachis the activephase. The following itemsare modifications may be madespecifically that to the secondary flight plan: . Speed constrainUlimit . Altitudeconstraint . Cruiseflight level (preflight phase only) . Forecast wind/temperatures . Cost index o Strategicmode Any of these modifications will cause the secondaryflight plan predictions be recalculated. to 7.1.4 SEGONDARY MODE Page The SECONDARY MODEpageis shownin Figure7-4.Strategic mode selectionand predictions the SEC F-PLNare made on this page. for (copying Forengineout predictions engineout activeF-PLN) title the SEC ENG OUT MODE is displayed.The COST INDEX may be changedvia the SP and FE| of Figure7-4. lf the Cl is undefined, ([ ]) will be displayed. brackets The companyrouteor a pilotentry definesthis field.All other information remainsunchanged.
p.326

7-6

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

S E CONDA RY DE MO
INIIEX AT DEST

FUEL TI } I E

GO ? 3 . ? 5 EE GE 60
EFOB

@ @

Figure74 7,1.5 SEG DES FOREGASTPage plan.(SeeSection Thispageis identicalto active the flight 3.4.6.3.) NOTE: lf the primary is destination clearedor changed to other than a runwayat the destination airport,all previous windentries thispageare deleted. on

SEC DES FORECAST

I t I

AL T

J/E )./t 1/l

./

} IINII

l l 7

7"/E l

J/E 7"/t

LGA T ,/I ]'/I

GO EE 6E EE) 6E

m

Figure7-5
p.327

7-7

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
SEC F-PLN Tree

Chatvi AP45

SEC INDEX
CO RTE FROil/

F UE L P R E D IC TION
TO

L S GG/L GAT <S E C F - P L N COP Y A C T I V E CLE A R S E C F L3 1
CRZ FL

L GAT L GT S L ? 7 .4 Rr E RSV /Z 9 .5 /s.s
F I IALET I }IE 0i

AT

6ilT

1tO4
FoB

EFOB

9.1

EB M ODE) EO EO DES F ORECAST > EO
PRED) @

FUEL

6.8 1A .50/FF+F8
IE I{P/TROPO

e . z/OO3O

---/

sesgs
t{lND /---

*ACTIVATE SEC

€xtRA/TtfiE 4 , g,/ oosS

CRZ ---'

FR o r Rf ^ t 0 5 (LI f l ) co48. SPR FR I S N FRI u6 5 , . lI L (I / C )
(SPD)

S EC 0@g@ ---/ s4 ss rl 15 rs

) tAL g

SECON D A R Y I'4OD E

? 5 Ot F L I6 O 3 r s /+ " t eo/ " /

EE) EE 60
@ @

COST lO

INDEX TI},IE^T DEST EFOS

ECON
rII ItN FUEL rtffE

12135

?3.?5

T OOO @ rL?4s r tg e e FL37O 1J

Drsr
c o4 8 ' 5FK
-r4 I

SEC
HIND g9g. /sgs

)

SEC I]E S FOR E C A S T

(LI M )
FRI SN

(SPD)

FRI u6 5 HI L

3 s/sB s.
- 33 ggg. /g5g

37 -5 e e 4e -5 e " " / / " "

( r/c)
ZUE
u 66 A

GE EE GD GO u||

@

1t

ED GD 60 6D 6D

r t

ALf

)/t

/

!l tN D

) '/ t

1 l l I

) / t - ) '/ t

t J / t ) '/ t LG AT, / t ) '/ t

Figure7-6

p.328

7-8

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

7,2 REFERENGE INDEX
items be covered: will In the REFINDEX section following the
-a a a a a a o a

waypoints oceanic WAYPOINTS include to DEFINED WAYPOINTS NEWWAYPOINTS and CLOSEST AIRPORTS SENSOR STATUS NAVAIDS/NEW NAVAIDS DEFINED ACARS AIDS Maintenance

7-7. Fromthe REF INDEX Figure Accessing [*;l key selects the page, pressingFEl (DEFI the N NTS) accesses DEFI ED NED WAYPOI pagewherepilot-defined and waypoints displayed are WAYPOINT maybe deleted.

RE F INDE X
<,.IAYPO I NTS <HAYPOINTS <AIRPORTS (SENSORSTATUS <A/C STATUS
CL OSEST IIEF INEI!

NAVA DS> I NAVAIDS> ACARS> AIDS> MAINT>

IIE FIN E D

GE] EE EB EE EE GE

Figure 7-7 NOTE: From the [*;l page the AIRCRAFT STATUS page may be accessedby pressing[sT].

7-9

p.329

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
7.2.1 Defined Waypoints

Chatvi AP45

(PD) The Place/Distance waypoint (alsoknownas an alongtrack point, givendistance before offset waypoint) a pilot-defined is a or planwaypoint, on the existing afteran existing plan flight and flight track. PDwaypoint located A is (-) before waypoint a minus is the if usedandafter pointif a plus(+)is used. example, typing the For by ZUEI-\OintheSPandpressing leftLSKabeam ZUE,thePD01 the point10 NMshortof ZUEis generated inserted the F-PLN. into and pilot7-8 SeeFigures and 7-9.PD01is thefirst(01)of 20 possible waypoints. definable

rsH
ED GD
Figure7-8 Place/Distance Waypoi nt

ED ED

ED ED ED
ED ED

@

EE
@

gE
@ @

GD
Figure7-9

p.330

7-10

A31O FMS PILOT'g GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

The referenced waypointmay not be the "From"waypoint. Also, "DIRECT a waypoint, PD waypoint whenproceeding TO" a cannot becreated short theTOwaypoint. discontinuitynever of A is inserted sincethe pointis alongan established route. The PD pointcannot becreated closerthan 1NMto a waypoint lessthanSNM or fromthe present position. aircraft A Place/Bearing/Distance point(i.e.,ZUEl36Ol17) be (PBD) may createdin a similarmanneras a PD point.The PBD02point becomes of thepilot-definable one waypoints. example, For PBD02 is created Figures in 7-10and7-11.The EFISshould reviewed be whenclearing DISCON establishing routing. the and further

rsH
GD
Figure7-10

GD ED GD

GD ED ED ED
@)

GE GE
GO

60 GE

(m

Figure7-11
p.331

7- 11

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FIWSPILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

A LAT/LONG (i.e., waypoint 4730.3N/00810.1E) begenerated may thesameas a PD or PBDpoint. willbe called LL point lt a anduses the nextnumber sequence in whenentered directly the F-PLN on page. example For LL03is generated displayed Figures and in 7-12 and7-13.Another DISCON mustbe cleared.

Figure 7-12
D EFINE DhIA Y P OINT

GD PBDO 1 L AT lL ONG ED 40 3 7.ON/O??56.5E PLACE/ BRG ./ItIST ED M KR/345 /6.O .O" ED I NAYPO NT > 6D DELETE ALL
@

I D E NT

Figure7-13 Individualwaypoints be deleted using in theSP andFE| may by @ unless theyare in the F-PLN. Withonlyonewaypoint delete to the display page changes theWAYPOINT to (seeFigure 7-14). Pressing DELETE willdelete ALL plan. tEE-l allwaypoints strung a flight not in
p.332

7-12

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
HAYPOi NT

Chatvi AP45

l"IAYPONT I

ZUE

IDENT L AT lL ONG

374?.ON/O?3 5 . 4 E 1

Figure 7-14 Accessto the other pilofdefinedwaypointsin Figure7-13 must be madethrough(Zn-t and [gR't LSKs. Figures7-15 ind 7-16 show 2/3 and 3/3 pilot-defined waypoints.

DEFINED NAYPOINT
IDENT

?/3

CD PBDO? ED A7slihI.,tibEdEs.er NEXr>
@

ZbtiEtts ti:A' .6 12

pREV >

EB
@

hAYPo > EE ifil
DE LE T EA L L @

H€[

GD

GE

Figure7-15

p.333

7-'13

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
DEFINED ,,IAYPOiNT
I I !ENT

Chatvi AP45

3/g

(iD L L g3 GE) L AT L ONG ED 4 7 30.3N/OA UO. tE NE X T > EO ED P RE V > GE ED NAYPO> IfrI
@ @ DE LE TEA L L 6D

€r

GO
c6031 # i

Figure 7-16 Up to 20 pilot-definedwaypoints may be created using entry procedures and/orthe NEW WAYPOINTLSK @. 7.2.1.{ Loading/VerifXring Oceanic Waypoints

For oceanicflights,over-oceanwaypointsshould be loaded by one pilotand verifiedindependenily the otherpilot.proceedas follows: by e All oceanicwaypointsare enteredthroughthe Definedwaypoints page that is accessedthrough fhg I REF I ksy. o AII oceanic waypointsare "named"with a 5-digit name when defining each waypoint. For example, the waypoint N5300.0/ W1500.0shouldbe named53N1S;thewaypoint NSSOO.OAru2OOO.O shouldbe named55N20.In thisway,meaningfulwaypoint names w i l l a pp e a ro n the flightplan page and on th e ND ra t h e rt h a n L L O 1 ,L L 0 2 ,etc. o when definingoceanicwaypoints, sure to load minutesdigits be eventhoughtheyarezero.Forexample, loadN5300.0Aff1S00.0, to it is necessary pressN,5,3,0,0,/,W,1,S,0,0. to

p.334

7-14

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

lf the tenths of a minute digitis not zero,it mustalsobe entered, preceded a decimal point. N or S andW or E maybeentered by The eitherbefore afterthe digits. or o Afterall oceanic waypoints loaded named the Defined are and on page, Waypoints theyshould entered theFlight be into Planpage, in proper sequence usingthe waypoint names. . Thepilot whoverifies eachoceanic waypoint must check exact the latitude and longitude each waypointusing the Defined of page. Waypoints NOTE: lt is a goodtechnique havethe waypoints to verified by the otherpilotpriorto entering themon the Flight Planpage. thisway,if anerrorwas ln made defining in a waypoint, waypoint the can be deletedand reenteredcorrectly. waypoint A that has beenentered into the activeor secondary flight plan cannotbe deletedfrom DefinedWaypoints unlessit is first removed fromthe Flight Plan.

GD ED 6D ED 6D GD

GO

EE
@

EE
@

(m
Figure 7-17

lf a non-collocated VOR/DME is entered as a waypoint within the flightplan,alwaysuse the LAT/LONGof the VOR Navaidas the fixed waypoint.Attemptedentry of more than 20 points resultsin the first pointenteredbeingdroppedunlessit is in the activeflightplan.
p.335

7- 15

Rev 1 Dec/93

A31O FMS PILOVS

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

7.2.2 WAYPOINTS/NEW WAYPOINTS Page Pressing [-"*-lkey selects the Figure 7-18.Fromthe REF INDEX page, pressi (DEFNEDWAYPOI ngfitr| I NTS) accesses DEFI ED the N pagewherepilot-defined WAYPOINT waypoints displayed are and may be deleted. Pressing DELETE ALL ( @ on Figure7-16) previously by the deletes waypoints all defined the pilotwhereupon 7-14). display changes theWAYPOINTS (shown Figure to Page in lf anydefined waypoints within active are F-PLN SECF-PLN, or the WPT/NAV RETAINED theyare notdeleted and message F-PLN is displayed.

usH
@

RE F INDE X
D EF INED

<,.IAYPO I NTS <,.IAYPO I NTS C LOSEST (AIRPORTS <SENSOR STATUS <A,/C STATUS

I NAVA DS> NAVA DS> I ACARS> AII]S> MAINT>

I} EF INEI)

@

ED ED
@

GB EE gE) 6E GE

Figure 7-18 pageprovides Pressing on WAYPOINT accessto [4n-l the DEFINED pagefoundin Figure7-19. the NEW WAYPOINT

p.336

7- 16

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

rs
rg
rTTT.E/
PL ACE/ L AT lL ONG BRG

WAYPoTNT Page) f4Tl (DEFINED or
(REF INDEX,no waypointsdefined)

NEH HAYPOINT

rTrTn,/ErE.E. /ETTE. E

/DIST

EB EE EE gE) EO
@

Figure 7-19 On this page,instead usingPD, PBDor LL for the IDENT,the pilot of may name the waypointwith any combination alphanumerics. of lf a duplicatename is generated,the DUPLICATENAMES display appearswhen the waypointis next accessed. When a LAT/LONGis enteredin tZD via the SP, the PLACE/BRG/ DISTfield is no longerdisplayed. a PLACE/BRG/DIST entered lf is in @, thenthe LAT/LONG calculated displayed is and in@ above. lf a runway is entered in the format of RW16R, then the boxes associated with LSK iZn (ELV),@ (LENGTH), and GD (CRS)are displayed and must havedataenteredto becomea definedrunway. lf the runwaylengthis displayedin meters,a small "M" appearsto the right of the number.Figures7-20 and 7-21 show all RW data inserted and the ENTERGnl promptwhichcreatesthe pointas one of the 20 pilot-definable waypoints.

p.337

7- 17

Rev 1

Dee/93

ASIO FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

rsH

NE'.I

Ril16R

IDENT

'.IAYPOINT

@

rrrn.E/
P LACE/

L AT ,/L ONG BRG /DIST

EE
tr
@

@ rrrff-]/rrT-I. tr. /rrrrl. ELV @D LENG TH 6D fTTTlN GD rT-[-'lo Rr.t 16R Figure7-20
cRs

EE 6E
@

(o

ED Rl,.l16R L AT /L ONG ED 4 754.5N/OO845. IE ED E LV ED ?580 L ENGT H 6D ?760
1 57'
cRs

IDENT

NE'.I '..IAYPOINT

@

EE EE 6E EE
E NT E R @

Ftgure 7-21 The definedrunwaymay be used as an origin or destination, but there will not be any SlDs or STARs available the runway.The for associated LAT/LONG of the RW is assumed to be the runway thresholdpoint. Defininga runwayin this mannermay be used to establishan airport not in the NAV DATA base for arrival and departureoperations.

p.338

7-18

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

RE F INDE X
<,.IAYPO I NTS <NAYPOINTS
DEF INEI'

NAVA DS) I NAVAIDS>

DEFIN E I)

(A IRP ORTS <S E NS OR TA TUS S (A ,/C S TA TUS

CL OSEST

A CA RS > A I DS > MA I NT >

Figure 7-22 7.2.3 Glosest Airports The CLOSEST AIRPORTS page of the REF TNDEX provides a means reviewing flveairports thenavigation basethat of the in data pressing of FigureT-22 areclosest the current to position. aircraft @ selects CLOSEST the AIRPORTS pageshownin Figure 7-23.
CLOS E S T IRP ORT S A B RG DIS T LFLL ?38'/53 LFLS LFS A LFS B LIMC ?L5'/6? 6?6. /93 O38"/rOO TTO'/L16 > RE T URN

Figure 7-23

p.339

7- 19

A37O FMS PILOVS

GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

and rangeare ICAOidentifiers thoseairports theirbearing of and listed order increasing in of distance the closest with airport @ in Onlyairports are between and2000NM that 2 fromthe aircraft will be displayed. no airports foundwithin2000NM lf are then NONE WITHIN 2000NM displayed theCDU. entries changes is on No or are allowed thispage. on 7.2.4 SENSORSTATUS Page page theREFINDEX provides TheSENSOR STATUS of information inputs the FMC. on the status the devices provide of that sensor to Thestatus eachsensor thecurrent of for flightlegandthe previous sixflightlegsin whicha failure occurred maybe viewed using by the key Thelefttwo-digit number thetitlefielddenotes flight the in @ legduring whicha failure occurred. @ datafield,1 = leftsideof In (SeeFiguresT-24 aircraft, = rightsideof aircraft, 3 = center. 2 and and 7-25.)

RE F INDE X

rsH
GD

GO ED ED

(HAYPOINT <HAYPOINT <A I RPORTS <SENSOR STATUS <A,/C STATUS
C L OSEST

D E F INED

NAVAIDS> NAVAIDS>

I} EF INEI)

AIDS>

EE) EE €E EE GE
@

Figure 7-24

p.340

7-20

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

S E N S OR TATUS S
IRS FF FO 13? F AIL FA IL F AIL

)
@

GD
@

EE GB

Gts
INDE P E NDE NT E RA T I O N OP

GB 6D

6E GE
c61211{

Figure7-25 priority: Sensor typesare listedin the orderof theirdisplay

SENSOR IRS/AHRS InertialReference ADC Air Data Computer EFIS-CP EFISControlPanet TCC FAC Thrust Controldata bus Flight AugmentationComputer
1

SENSOR ILS lnstrumentLanding System

1
'I 1
1

2

VOR VHF omni-directional ranoe CLOCK GMT DME Distance Measuring Equip. CDU Conkol OisolavUnit fault

z',

2

1 1
I

FF FuelFlowfrom EMUX FQ Fuel Quantity FCU FlightControlUnit
J

2

FMC FMC tault FMC S/!V FMC Softwarefault DIS-IN FMC inpuldiscretes

I

I INDICATES ONLY THE ONSIDE SENSOR IS DISPLAYED IF FAILED

c61210#

lf the SENSOR STATUS page is accessedwhile the FMC is in independent OPERATION operation, message the INDEPENDENT is displayedand automatically clearedwhen exitingthe SENSOR STATUSpage. 7-21
thA

p.341

A37O FMS PILOVS OUIDE
7.2.5 DEFINED NAVAIDS/NEW NAVAIDS Page

Chatvi AP45

A new NAVAID may be addedto the data baseusingDEFINED NAVAIDS the and NEWNAVAID fiE-lof REFINDEX thenselecting pressing l?trI.lf thereareno navaids defined, directly the to IrE-lgoes page.Up to 20 navaids NEWNAVAID maybe defined the pilot by and added the database(seeFigure to 7-27).

RE F INDE X
<NAYPO NTS I <NAYPOINTS ( A I RPORTS <SENSOR STATUS <A,/C STATUS AIDS> MAINT>
CL OSEST DEF INEI!

NAVA I]S) I NAVAIDS>

IIEF INEI)

|'i-

t!6J

\+/
-g

*
EE EE] 6E
@

trt{l

I I

Figure7-26

NE I^I V A ID NA

GD ZUE L AT lL ONG ED 4 735.6N/9984?. LE F R EO 6D t | s.OA ED

I D ENT

@

[gH

VORTAC

CLASS

EE GE EE) 6E
@

Figure 7-27

p.342

7-22

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

NOTE: Whenthe20 navaids or20 waypoints defined, are the message LISTOF TWENTY USEis displayed lN on the CDU. Whiledatalines,@, @, and [gD are selfexplanatory, the [dl'|, CLASS entered a: is as
VOR DME VORDME VOR only DME oTTACAN VOF/DME Collocated ILSDME VORTAC LOC Collocated and DME ILS VORand TACAr\ Collocated Localizer
c61261#

Figure 7-28 ln Figure7-29 afterthe CLASS is entered,@ ELEV is displayed (exceptVOR) and Gfl FIG of MERITis displayed (exceptLOC)and may be entered.For Figureof Merit information see Figure7-29. NE I^NA V A ID I ZUE
IDENT L AT lL ONG ST AT ION DEC

LgE

37 42.ON/O?351 .4E

r15.ga EL V t?oo
V ORTA C I?1
F IG OF } ,IERIT cL ASS

F REO

E NT E R

Figure 7-29 lf no FIG of MERIT is entered,2 is used as a defaultvalue. lf the STATIONDEC (magnetic variation) displayed it is for a VOR, is as VORTAC,orVOR/DME,a valuemustbe entered. Whenall required dataentriesare made,theGF) ENTERpromptis shown(seeFigure 7-29) and when pressed the data is entered into the data base. Leavingthis page withoutpressingENTER,deletesentereddata. 7-23
or disclosure fhe ra.lddi^--

p.343
t:''-

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
7,2.6 AGARS

Chatvi AP45

General: The AircraftCommunications Addressingand Reporting System(ACARS)is a meansof transferring datato and from aircraft via existingcommunication links, (i.e.,VHF and HF radio).This section describesthe ACARS interfacefor the HoneywellA310/ 4300-600FlightManagement System(FMS).See Section 3.2.1.1. This FMS/ACARS interface definition involvesthe following: plan,load, predicted 1. Theground station's ability uplink flight to the wind, and positionrequestinformation the FMS aboard the to aircraft. 2. The FMSsabilityto downlink flightplan,load,predicted the wind requests, and positionreportsto the groundstation. 7.2.6,1 AGARS Page An exampleACARS page is shown in Figure7-30. 1. Access - Line select key @ on the Referencepage. 2. Purpose - To initiate ACARSdownlinks, displaystatusof FMC ACARS interface,and displayand modification certaindata to of be presentin ACARS downlinks. 3. Data Fields:

@

ROUTE - Pressing this LSK initiates ACARS FlightPlan an (FPR)downlink. a validentryhas not been made Request lf in [tFl, the downlinkshall not be initiated. an ACARS lf downlink in progress, downlink is the shallnot be initiated. T/O DATA - Pressingthis LSK initiatesan ACARS Load Information Data(LlF) requestdownlink. a validentryhas lf n o t b e e n m a de in [ZR], the downlinksha ll n o t b e in it ia t e d . lf an AC ARSdownlink in progress, d o wn lin k h a lln o t is the s be initiated.

@

p.344

7-24

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

A CA RS

[D ED ED ED 6D GD

ROUTE T,/O DATA P OS RE P ORT hIIND P LA N *I^IINDCH6

GD LS G G L G A T E 9
33L EE
R l .IY

CO

R TE

EO ACT FL37O EE 6E STATUS RE A DY GE
F-P LN ,/FL

Figure 7-30

@

POS REPORT - Pressing this LSK initiates an ACARS PositionReport(AEP)downlink.lf an ACARS downlinkis in progress, downlinkshall not be initiated. the WIND PLAN - Pressing this LSK initiates an ACARS Predicted Wind Data (PWD) requestdownlink. Selecting [+u] generates PWD downlink request a to wind data for planning. lf an ACARSdownlink in progress, downlinkshallnot is the be initiated.lf a valid entry has not been made in [7-n], the downlinkshall not be initiated. WIND CHG (*WIND CHG) - Pressing LSK initiates this an ACARS PWD requestdownlink.Selectingfsti generatesa PWD downlink requestwind data for incorporation the into to selectedflight plan.lf [4n-] contai "ACT",the promptdisplayed ns forGD is "{rWlNDCHG'andthewinddatarequested shallbe "SEC",the prompt contains usedin the activeflightplan.lf Gn-l displayed for[sT]is "WINDCHG'and the winddata requested shall be used in the secondary flightplan. lf a validentry has lf shallnot be initiated. an not been made in @, the downlink ACARS downlinkis in progress,the downlinkshall not be initiated.

@

@

7-25
ra th^ -

p.345

A37O FMS PILOVS GUIDE @ @ @
CO RTE - The companyroute input by the pilot to be transmitted FPRdownlinks in whenthisLSKis pressed. RWY - The runwayinputby pilotto be transmitted LIF in request downlinks.

Chatvi AP45

plantypeandflightlevelinputby pilot F-PLN/FL Theflight to be transmitted PWDrequest in downlinks. @ displays lf plantypeanda flightlevelmustbe entered; brackets, flight a otherwise, flightplantypeand a flightlevelmaybe entered a individually together. or Flightplan type entriesare either 'ACT"or "SEC". STATUS- Thislineidentifies status FMG the of ACARSinterface.

@

7.2.6,2 AGARS TAKEOFF Page pagesare shownin Figures Example TAKEOFF 7-31and7-32. 1. Access - @ keywhen aircraft intheDONE, the is PREFLIGHT, phases. thispageis displayed phase TAKEOFF lf whentheflight transitions CLB,the pagewillnotautomatically to change the to APPRpage. parameters. 2. Purpose - To display modifynecessary or takeoff 3. DataFields: @ @
Thesefields'contentsmay be alteredby a changein takeoff parameters, runwaybeing enteredin @, or a LIF uplink a beingreceived. See sectionsbelowfor specificoperations of thesefields.Manualentriesin thesefieldsshallbe cleared when the takeoffmode is changedor a runwayis enteredin @ lf valuesexistfor the new takeoffmode or runway,these values are displayed; othenuise, boxesare displayed thesefields. in

p.346

7-26

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

Whena LIF uplinkis received and valuesfrom a previous uplink displayed these are in fields, boxes values or frofnthe just uplink displayed.theuplink received are lf contains values for the lt-R]runway, did not contain valuesfor the current but takeoffmode,boxesshall be displayed thesefields.lf in valuesfor the currenttakeoffmode and fiE] runwayare received theuplink, values in the received forthese fields shall be displayed. lf an LIF uplinkis received when a runwayhas not been entered [1r-land the firstrunway the uplinkhasdatafor in in the current takeoffmode,the first runway's valuesfor these fleldsshallbe displayed.
TA K E OFF
v1 VR

l!:'
SL AT /F L AP

R IIY R E I) ?87,, ACCEL 437 g EO A C C E L ?a7 g EO TH R REO 247 S TH R

--/-T RI} I

v2

F=163
SL AT

FLP

RET R RET R

S =195 0=236
VF T O

> APPR

Figure7-31

7-27
1^ rh^

p.347

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
TA K E OFF @ Lgg
VR Vl

Chatvi AP45

+O47
SL AT /F L AP T HR

F L EX

33L0 2 GE
RED

R].IY

ED 115 V? ED l3g
FLP

6/tg
+ O .4
RET R RET R ED ED T RII.I

?87s
ACCEL

EE
@

437 s
ACCEL

ED F=163 SLAT ED 5=196 VFT O (ED 0 =2 36

?a7 s
REO

EE}
@

T HR

?s7 s

A P P R> @
c60328#

Figure 7-32

@

Vl - The airspeed inputby pilotor received an ACARSLIF in uplink. Entries received via an ACARS uplink shall be by superseded manualentries.This parameteris output on the EFISbus for display the PFD. on inputby pilotor received an ACARSLIF in VR - The airspeed uplink. Entries received via an ACARS uplink shall be superseded manualentries. by V2 - The airspeed inputby pilotor received an ACARSLIF in u pl i nk. En tr i es receivedvia an A CA R S u p lin k s h a ll b e superseded manualentries. by FLP RETR - FlapRetraction Speed.Thisvalueis calculated by the FMC but may be changed by the pilot. lt is always displayedin LARGEfont. SLT RETR - Slat Retraction Speed.This value is calculated by the FMC but may be changed by the pilot. lt is always displayedin LARGEfont. VFTO - Final TakeoffVelocity.This value is calculatedby the FMC but may be changed by the pilot. lt is always displayedin LARGEfont.

@

@

@

@

@

p.348

7-28

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
@

Chatvi AP45

RWY - Runwayinputbythepilotorreceived LIFuplink. inan This field displaysboxes until a pilot entry is made or a LIF uplinkis received. an LIF uplinkis received lf and[Tn-l doesnot containan entry,the first runwayin the uplinkshall be input. THR RED - Thrust ReductionAltitude (THR RED ALT) roundedto the nearest10 feet. AGCEL - AccelerationAltitude(ACCELALT) roundedtothe nearest10 feet. EO ACCEL - EngineOut acceleration altitude(EO ACCEL ALT) roundedto the nearest10 feet. EO THR RED - ENG OUT Thrust Reductionaltitude(EO THR RED) roundedto the nearest10 feet. APPR - This LSK allows accessto the APPROACHpage. This promptis only displayed there is a primarydestination if in the activeF-PLN. These fieldsdisplaydashes untileitherthe defaultvaluesor a pilot entry is made. The pilot may enter these values and oncethe pilothas enteredthe value,the FMC will not change the entered value to the default value unless the field is cleared.

@

@

@

@

@

@ @

Entries allowed are onlywhilethe flightphaseif PREFLIGHT. Once the flightphasetransitions from PREFLIGHT, entriesare rejected. 1c FLEX - Flex temperature shall be displayedwhen the flex takeoff mode is selected and an ACARS uplinked flex temperaturewas receivedfor the runwayentered in [1il. lf a flextemperature available the runwayin IrFl, but the flex is for takeoffmode is not chosen,"AVAIL"shall be displayed. a lf flex temperatureis unavailable, "NONE" is displayed.lf a runwayhas not beenenteredin [TF-!, dashesshallbe displayed. The flex temperature tc shallbe displayed in when a flex temperature receivedfor the runway in @ and the flex is takeoffmode is chosen. 7-29
p.349

AS|O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
2c

Chatvi AP45

when SLAT/FLAP - Slatand flap settings shallbe displayed ACARS uplinked valuesare available the runwayentered for in @. lf slatand flapsettings a were not received, runwayhas not beenentered, the flextakeoffmodeis selected and flex or data was not received for the runway in FE-|, dashes are displayed. TRIM - Trim settingsare displayed when ACARS uplinked values are availablefor the runway entered in @. lf a trim settingwas not received, runwayhas not been entered,or a the flex takeoff mode is selected and flex data was not received the runwayin @, dashesare displayed. for

3c

7.2.6.3 ACARS Messages An ACARS message,uplink or downlink,can containonly one messagetype. The messagetypes are identifiedby three-character (lMl), which precedethe message lmbeddedMessageldentifiers contents.A message can have several data elements. These elements identifled are bytwo-character lmbedded Elementldentifiers (lEl), which precede the element data. lmbedded elements are separated a slash ( / ) preceding by the lEl. lMl Downlink Message Content Uplink MessageContent Requestfor PositionReport Downlink waypoints at in

AEP Fixed FormatPosition Reportwith Time,Altitude, Temperature, Wind and a variableflight plan length message FPR Requestfor Flight Plan, i.e.,CompanyRouteand FlightLevel LIF Requestfor Load Information at a Runway

FlightPlan and Performance Information Load Information and Takeoff ReferenceInformation Cruisewinds at waypoints and/ordescentwinds at altitudes
p.350

PWD Requestfor CruiseWinds for Flight Plan Waypoints

7- 30

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

performance is received lf an FPRmessage containing data while NOTAIRBORNE, advisory the message ACARS PERF scratchpad DATA is displayed. The ACARS PERF DATA messagecan be cleared pressing by the@ key.TheACARS ROUTE DATA message is displayed is afterthe ACARSPERFDATAmessage cleared. pilot-entered performance All applicable valuesare overwritten by ACARS values. The FPR data shall propagate into other CDU pages,program predictions, calculations an identical and in mannerto CDUentered data.
lf the FPR messageis received while in the air, the ACARS PERF (CT), DATAmessage appears onlywhenany of CruiseTemperature CruiseAltitude(CL), CruiseWind (CW), and Tropopause Altitude (TA) elementsare sent. 7.2.6.3.1Uplink Messages(MU to FMC) An uplinkmessagecan be received the FMC as a resultof an unsolicited by initiation the by ground station or as a response to a crew-initiated flight plan request, via the CDU ACARS page. An ACARS message can containone of four messagetypes,each of whichwillbe discussed individually. 7.2.6.3.2System MessageLogic Whena FPR uplinkis received, the FMC loadsflightplandataderived fromthe RT data intothe SEC F-PLN.lf the SEC F-PLN has existingflightplan data, the ACARS flightplan data will replaceit. A CDU alertingscratchpad messageshall be generated, afterthe integrity of the message block has been establishedand before independent processing text beginson a receivedFPR,to alertthe crew aboutthe RT data. This messageshall be: "ACARS ROUTE DATA'' The messagecan be manuallyclearedusingthe @ key.

7-31
r^ rtsa _-';_!:--_

p.351

A37O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE
lf an error in the RT data is detected by CDU software,the data processing ceasesand the propererrormessageis displayed. an lf error is encountered, crew shouldrequestthe FPR uplinkagain the via the CDU ACARS page.

Chatvi AP45

7.2.6.3.3Flight Plan (FPR) (Uplink) The FPR uplinkcan be received both on ground and in air. lt consistsof flight plan data followedby performance data. lt can be an unsolicited uplinkfrom the ground station or a response to a crew-initiatedrequest. An unsolicited uplinkwill be ignoredunlessthe flightphaseis DONE,or PREFLIGHT before"EngineStart".To requesta flightplan,a crew member accessesthe ACARS page and selectsthe appropriate options. FPR requestswill be further discussedin the downlink section. The FPRuplinkis a variable formatmessage usingseverallmbedded (lEl),following imbedded Elementldentifiers messageidentifier the FPR. The only requiredelementfor an FPR uplinkis Route (RT). Optional elementsconsistot Zero FuelWeight(ZF),CruiseAltitude (CL), Cost Index (Cl), AlternateDestination Airport (AN), Cruise (CT), Cruise Wind (CW), Performance Temperature Factor (PF), Zero Fuel Weight Center of Gravity or Gross Weight Center of Gravity(if no trim tank) (CG),BlockFuel (BF) and Taxi Fuel (TG) in any order after an RT. lf the FPR messagedoes not containthe requiredelement,the messageis processedup to the point of error detection, and the INVALID ACARS DATA message is displayed.lf any of the performance quantities (zerofuelweight, etc.)exceed cruisealtitude, the entry ranges, the INVALID ACARS DATA message will be displayedand processingof the FPR will cease. lf any of the performanceparametersis included several times in the same portion uplink,then only the final one is used.The valid processed of any FPRcontaining invalid datawill be included the FMCflight in plan or performance data. performance elements Whenon the ground(NOTAIRBORNE) data are accepted.The exceptions are Performance Factor(PF), Cost Index(Cl) and BlockFuel (BF),that are only allowedif the onside TCC is valid,and the flightphaseis DONE,or PREFLIGHT before "EngineStart".When AIRBORNE,only Route,CruiseFlightLevel, 7-32

p.352

A3'O FMS PILOT'8 GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

CruiseTemperature, CruiseWind and AlternateDestination Airport are processed. Therefore, acceptedlmbeddedElementldentifiers the (lEl)following FPRin theairareRT,CL,TL,CT,CW,andAN.Any an performance additional data includedin the uplinkis ignored. 7.2.6.3.4Predicted Wind Data (PWDI(Uplink) The PWD uplink can be received whileeitheron the groundor in the air. lt can be an unsolicited uplinkfrom the groundstationor a response a crewto initiatedrequest.An unsolicited uplinkwill be ignoredunless the flight phase is DONE, or PREFLIGHTbefore "Engine Start".To requesta PWD, a crew memberwould have to access the ACARS page, and select the appropriateoptions. PWD requestswill be furtherdiscussedin the downlinksection. The PWD uplinkconsistsof two PWDs: the EnrouteWinds (ED) and the DescentWinds (DW) The CDU advisorymessageACARSWIND DATAwill be displayed in responseto a PWD uplink.Uplinkedwind data is entered into eitherthe ACT or SEC F-PLNonly at pilotselection the ACARS on page.The data is enteredonly intothe primarypartof the flightplan and not the alternate. 7.2.6.3.5Enroute Winds (ER) ER text defineswind velocityand bearing cruisewaypoints. data is assumedto be at the current at ER cruisealtitude. optimalmessage(215freetextcharacters) An allows the maximumnumberof ER waypointsto be 19 if DW text is not appendedor 15 with DW data for four flight levels. The variablefield consistsof text that has been entered in the priorto manually-initiated scratchpad downlink. The variable field is null for automaticpositionreports. 7.2.6.3.6Descent Winds (DW) DW text defineswind velocities and bearingsat specified flight levels. The DW text element is a fixed format field consistingof nine per characters flightlevel.The flrstthreecharacters definethe flight level (units:hundredsof feet). The next six characters define the wind vector; the directionthe wind is coming from, in degrees, followedby the wind magnitude, knots. in
p.353

7-33

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

(PWD)(Downlink)An Wind DataRequests Predicted 7.2.6.3.7 the ACARS downlink PWDcanbetransmitted eitheron ground while will winddataat a selected or in the air,A PWDdownlink request either can for The altitude flightplanwaypoints. message request to windforactual orwindfor planning. response a planning use The printer nottotheFMC. response The request gototheaircraft will and will to an actual request go to theFMCfor useontheACTor SECF(accessed thsfil-lkeyorthefffi]keyandSECF-PLN vis PLNpages page page) prompt theSECINDEX FORECAST ortheDESCENT on page) prompt the PROG as (accessed the DESFORECAST on via appropriate. Fromthe ACARSpage,a F-PLNtype (ACTor SEC)and threeinto by character flightlevel,separated a slash,is entered [a-Fl. Ex am p l e l Ex amp l e 2 A C T /3 5 0 Active F-PLN. F1350 S E C /0 9 0 Secondary F-PLN, FL090

level orflight been made, F-PLN a typealone lf anentry already has if For alone alsobe accepted a validentry. example, field[Znl will as the displaysACT/350 /370 entered, displaywillchangetoACT/ and is 370.Thisidentifies flightplanand flightlevelfor whichdatais the beingrequested. initiates ACARS an Change) Pressing[?D or@ (Wind Plan orWind downlink PWD. a existsin @, pressing or GD causes "NOT lf no F-PLN/FL @ ALLOWED" message be displayed the CDU. to at intoGn] retained is untilflightcompletion, longoruntila Thelastentry occurs. termpowerinterruption

p.354

7-34

A31O FMS P'LOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

A PWD messageconsistsof the enteredflight level and the remaining (maximum 39) in theflightplanselected waypoints of in l?tr|.lf therearemorethan39 waypoints theflightplanthatsatisfy in the PWDdownlink criteria, first39 waypoints be used, the will 7.2,7 AIDS Page An example AIDSpageis shownin Figure 7-33. page 1. Access - LS keyon REFINDEX 2. Purpose- Allowsflight crewtoenterdata theA|DS into system through scratchpad. the

GO

EE
DAYlI.IONT H

s5/sr
AIDS

@ @ @ @

tl

IIAT A

Figure7-33
3. Data Fields: @ DAY/MONTH - lf the date transmittedby the clock is valid, then it is the defaultvalue for this field. Otherwise, the field defaultsto boxes. ln eithercase, a pilot entry of DAY/MONTH replaces the default value. Clearing the field reverts the display the appropriate to default. Leading zerosare displayed on both day and month.For example,an entry of 1/1 would resultin a displayof 01101. a date is displayed this page, lf on then it is also transmitted the GeneralOutputbus. on

7- 35
rha

p.355

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
@

Chatvi AP45

on AIDSDATA - Dataentered thisfieldis transmitted the in General Output as documentary Theentryremains bus data. displayed can be updated a subsequent and by entry.

7.2.8 MAINT Page pageis shownin Figure An example MAINT 7-34. page. 1. Access - @ LSKfromREFINDEX
MA INT

[D

S E LF TE S T

@

GE 6D <TE S TP A TTE RN EE ( K E Y TE S T IRS MONI T O R) EO ED DATA BASE ED AB ?860tOOt t l 6E GD TRA NS MIT RE C E I V E @
@D A NN TE S T
c60331#

Figure 7-34 lf the MAINTpageis displayed whenthe flightphasetransitions from PREFLIGHT DONEto TAKEOFF, or CLB,CRZ,DES,orAPPR,the displaychangesto the F-PLNA page. 2. Purpose - Toallowmaintenancepersonneltoselectand perform certaintest functions. 3. Data Fields: @ SELF-TEST- Pressing this LS key initiates internal the selftestof the FMC.During test,the CDUdisplayis blank. the After completion the test,(PASS)is displayed of adjacent SELFto TEST. Once this page is exited, the (PASS) is no longer displayedon subsequent accesses.

p.356

7- 36

ASIO FMS PTLOVS GUTDE @

Chatvi AP45

ANNTEST - Annunciatortest. Pressing LSkeylights this all four annunciators the CDU front paneland the prompt on CANCEL displayed line[7n1. is in Pressing key[Zn-twhile LS CANCEL displayed is turnsoffthefourannunciator lights and removes CANCEL prompt. the annunciator is not the lf test canceled manually, annunciator the lightsare automatically turnedoff after8 t 2 seconds. TESTPATTERN Pressing LS key causesthe CDU this TEST- TESTPATTERN pageto be displayed. KEYTEST- Pressing LS keywillcause KEYTEST this the pageto be displayed.

@ @

7.2.8.1 TEST PATTERN Page An example pageis shownin Figure TESTPATTERN 7-35. 1. Access - @ LSKfromMAINT page
CDU TE S T--TE S TP AT T E RN A rB sCcDoE eFrGaHx J . lK x L rIr MnNr0 pS oRnS sT Vv Nx X x oP r Uu Y ,r t t ?a3g4 c5 sBe7z 8 e 9s @s 7z <RE TURN
7 .? = * tl + .c i OOor.tl l t

7.?=*[]+*e;" /-.'

otra ><( )1 J

Figure7-35 lf the TESTPATTERN pageis displayed phase whenthe ftight transitions PREFLIGHT DONE TAKEOFF, from or to CLB,CRZ, DES,or APPR, display the changes the F-PLN page. to A

7-37
thA r^^lriJ^

p.357

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

personnel check to 2. Purpose- Thispageallowsmaintenance presentation the CDUandverifo alphanumeric on allfields the of CRTandthatit canbe written on. 3. DataFields. Thispagedisplays available all symbols the CDUin LARGE on are and stvtRtt font.All alphanumeric characters writtenon lines gn -@ Thespecial characters displayed are @ -@ throughI on line@ - [e-n-] in the scratchpad. and @ RETURN Pressing returns display the the to [?D page. MAINT

7.2.8.2 KEY TEST Page Example KEYTESTpages shownin Figures are 7-36and7-37. 1. Access - Accessis fromthe MAINTpageLSK hT). transitions lf theKEYTESTpageis displayed whentheflightphase from PREFLIGHT DONEto TAKEOFF, CLB, CRZ, DES,or or APPR, display the changes the F-PLN page. to A

GD ED GD ED ED GD

6E]
PRESS LS KEY

Ets Gts
6B 6E (B
c60333#

Figure7-36

p.358

7- 38

ASIO FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Figure 7-37 personnelto verify correct 2. Purpose - To allow maintenance key operationon the CDU front panel. 3, Data Fields: @ Throughoutthis test, PRESS is displayed in LARGE font followedby a key identifier, which is displayedleft-justified. The first part of the Key Test checksthe operationof the Line Sequence Keys (LSKs). During this part of the test, the key identifier fixedat LSK and a LARGEfont arrowis displayed is personnel on the leftor rightside instructing maintenance the to press the associated LSK. When that particular LSK is pressed,the arrow sequencesto the next LSK (flCl through operation the LSKs of GD and thenfiE]throughGnl ). Correct is verified the arrowsequencing by with the buttonpushes. An exampleof the KEY TEST pagewhen first accessedis shown in Figure7-36.(Theposition the arrowindicates the test of that is readyto begin.) The second part of the Key Test checks the operationof the mode keys,and beginsafterGn] is pressedat the end of the LSKtestsequence. this point,the arrowis removed and the At key identifierbecomes DIR (see Figure 7-37). Pressingthe ] the to [-ornkgy changes key identifier MODE.Thus,usingthe key titles as prompts,the mode keys are sequencedleft to
p.359

7- 39

A37O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

as rightbyrowswiththedownslewarrow.l,' thelastkeytested. Unassigned are nottested. pressing downslew keys On the page. arrowf-il key, display returns theMAINT to Correct the operation the mode keys is verifiedby the key identifier of sequencing the button pushes. with lf a LSKor modekeyis pressed of sequence, the key then out prompt to thisruleis doesnotincrement. onlyexception The the downslewarrow[-1-l key. the Pressing downslewarrow[I-l fey at anytimeduring the Key Testterminates test and returns display the the to the page. MAINT 7.2.8.3 IRS MONITORPage page provides The IRS MONITOR IRU drift ratesand terminal groundspeedreadings the end of a flight.The page may be at accessed theground on onlyby pressing [-"*-l selecting the key the (see Figure7-38)and pressing[4n] associated maintenance @ prompt (seeFigure withthe IRSMONITOR 7-39). Thepagecannot be accessed during flightand if displayed whenthetransition from preflight made, F-PLN pageA is displayed. is the

RE F INDE X IIEF INEII NA V A I DS ) EE ED <NA Y P OINTS I NTS NAVADS> EE ED <I,.IAYPO I
D E F INED

€D EO 6D
@

<AIRPORTS <SENSOR STATUS <A/C STATUS

C LOSEST

ACA RS> AIDS>

GE EE * gt{l

MAINT> ffi6n

Figure 7-38
p.360

7- 40

ASIO FNilSPTLOT'S GUTDE
MA INT S E LF TE S T (P A S S ) A NN TE S T CA NCE L <TE S TP A TTE RN (K E Y TE S T IRS MO NI T O R>

Chatvi AP45

Figure7-39
IRS MONITOR

IRU1 IRUE IRU3

DRIF T

O.?

RAT E

O.3 O.I
RETURN>

Figure 740 After the pilot has begun his takeoff roll and the ground speed is greaterthat 120 kts or the oleo strut indicatesthat the aircraftis airborne,the takeoff time and the bearingand distancefrom the FMC position each IRU position storedin FMC memory. to are After the aircrafthas landedand the groundspeedis berow60 kts and the oleo strutindicates the ground, on the FMC once againmeasures the land time and bearingand distancefrom the FMC positionto each IRU positionand recordsit in memory.By resolving the two bearingsand rangesfor each IRU into total drift and then dividing by the trip time,the averagedrift ratefor each IRU is calculated and displayed.The value is rounded up to the next whole tenth of a NM/hour.
p.361

7- 41

A37O FMS PILOT'T GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Sincedriftrate,RadialPosition ErrorRate(RPER)is RadialPosition Error(RPE)dividedby time in flight,a Figureof Merit(FOM)for drift rate"evaluation" a non-linear is decreasing function time. lt is also of statistical nature and thereforeshould be consideredover two in flights if practicalto establishreliabilitycriteria.Since the FMS snapshotsthe data for the drift rate calculations(at liftoff and touchdown),T is flighttime only. The followingchart represents drift rate removalcriteriafor the Honeywell lRU. (See Figure7- 41.)
I c €6 E uJ

&4
t

;-3
LL

E2 o
1 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I 9 10 11 12 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 NAV TIME (hours)

NOTE: DriftRateis not usedas a pedormance criteria flights for lessthanonehour. RPEis usedinstead.

c61212#

Figure 741 Theground speed(GS)displayed the CDU is the residualground on speedfor each IRU at enginestop roundedto the next whole NM/ hour. lf a valid groundspeed is not being receivedat enginestop, dasheswill be displayed. lf groundspeederrorexceeds20 knots,the 3-minute RapidRealign mode is disabled, and the IRU will need to be cycledthru a full 10minutealignment. Sincegroundspeederrorscontinue buildas to long as an IRU remainsin the NAV mode,this totaltime shouldbe considered when the pilot evaluatesthe lRUs performance the at period.lf groundspeedexceeds15 knotsfor two end of a power-on flightlegsin a row,a full realignment beenperformed between has in those legs,and total NAV time sincefull alignment doesn'texceed 18 hours,then the IRU shouldbe investigated. promptin @ Entries may not be madeon this page.TheRETURN returnsthe operatorto the MAINT page.
Rev 1 Dec/93 7-42

p.362

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

7.3 ALTERNATE FLIGHT PLAN
Thealternate flightplanvertical revisions similar the primary are to planvertical flight revisions. revisions be However, following the can madeto the primary flightplanbut notto the alternate flightplan. THRREDALT ACCEL ALT EO ACCEL ALT EO THRREDALT S T EP R E D P parameters TO/APPR T I M E ST R C ALT CSTR SPEED CSTR planaretotally Revisions theprimary to flight independent revisions of to itsalternate flightplan, withthe exception thefollowing of items: 1. EnableAlternate- This is the specialrevision function that plan. incorporates alternate the primary the into flight 2. AlternateOrigin - The alternate flightplanoriginis alsothe primary destination. Additionally following the lateral revisions allowed theprimary are in plan: flightplanbut not in the alternate flight plan. 1. SlDsare notstrung the alternate in flight 2. EOSIDS not strung the alternate are in flightplan. Lateral revisions made both primary alternate plans are to the and flight point in identical manners except theabove for restrictions. revise lf the plan,the revision madeto the ALTN. is in the ALTNflight is Figure7-42 is an example the stepsnecessary stringthe of to alternate flightplanmanually. process essentially The is identicalto stringing primary the flightplanexcept laststep. the pressing GD As indicated the LATREVfromLSGG by display, LSK will ENABLE ALTN.The alternate flightplanbecomes primary the flightplanandthe display reverts the F-PLNpage. to
p.363

7-43

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

---------+ GD

GD
@

r9
---"-/
( r /c) SKL ---------> 1750 / , F L??o

( r / D)
TSL MKR

rg
1150 i

- - - F- PLN D ISC ON T IN U IT Y- MKR,/345/6 tJ

LAT RE V F R oi PBD o1
t R R / ? 4 6 .6 '/6 ,6

(r /D)
TSL IlKR PBDO 1 _ -_ F _ P L N DIS C ONTINUITY- L6TS 1J

ST AR > HOLI}>

@

---------+
+[
NE{ IPT

PR O CT > ] t
N ET CO R TE

l*

PBD @ I/C l *

R TE

TO

R ET U R N >

STAR TO LGTS STARS APPRS <SEL> FSKTH ILS1Z FSKIL REi^rxrNc
APPR S

--"--"-

l 15U

t

SKL1H TALS1H TALS1L < INS E R T

10 17 A8 RETURN> t

--------+

ra

PBD61 ___F_PLN D ISC ON T IN U IT Y- L_LG TSLNB Rt^t 17
H l ag.

c 155. c 165.

INTCPT CLR

f .l,

--"-'--PBDO 1 ---F -P L N T S L NB R HI7 I NT CP T 3 5 OO) CLR
r s Laa6 Hr 9g.

<SID

LAT REV FRoi LSGG 4514,4Nl44605.5E HOLD'

DIS C ONT]NUITY- --------l> NET XPT +[ ]

fJ

ug
Figure742

CO iTE t lr NEH RTE TO L50U/ L l* RETURN>

TENABLE ALTN

p.364

7- 44

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE
7.3.1 Alternate Flight Plan Prediction

Chatvi AP45

The Performance function calculatesan estimateof the fuel requiredto fly the alternate lateralflightplan assumingMIN FUEL mode operation.The alternateflight plan predictionis calculated when the associatedprimaryflight plan has satisfiedthe necessary conditions be invoked to and a destination existsforthe primary flight plan. The alternateflight plan predictiondoes not require any matching flightplandefining parameters be invoked doesthe of to as secondaryprimaryflight plan predictions, exceptthat the originof the alternate flightplan is the destination the primaryflightplan. of Therefore, alternate the flight plan prediction allowsfor the modifiparameters through4: cationof the followingdefining 1 1. Alternate Cruise Flight Level - This assumesa defaultvalue of FL200 if the great circle distance between the origin and destinationis less than 300NM and FL300 if the distance is greater than 300NM. The pilot has the optionof enteringan altitudeconstraint the at alternatetop-of-climb(T/C) pseudo waypoint.This is treated as a pilot-entered alternatecruiseflight level. 2. Constraints - Noaltitude, speedortimeconstraintsareallowed, exceptforthe alternate top-of-climb usedto enteralternatecruise flightlevel.No speedlimitentryis allowed, buttheequations used for climb and descentare based on the defaultspeed limit. 3. Winds - The pilotis able to enter a singlewind magnitude and pseudo waypoint.This is bearingat the alternatetop-of-climb resolvedalong the great circle course from the origin to the destination obtainthe headwindor tailwindcomponent.For to tailwinds, percentof the valueis used in the predictions, 50 while for headwinds, 150 percentof the value is used.

p.365

7- 45

A31O FfiIS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

temperature 4. Temperatures Thepilotis ableto entera single pseudo waypoint. This is converted at the alternate top-of-climb This from day altitude. value to a deviation standard at thecruise lf flightplanpredictions.the pilot of AISAis usedfor all alternate subsequently entersa newcruisealtitude the alternate for flight planthen the valueof AISA is retained. no temperature is lf then entered thealternate at top-of-climb, thevalueofAISAat is the primary destination used. planprediction when occurs of flight A recalculationthealternate parameters through are modified. 4 1 anyof the above defining techniques flightplanusesimplified Predictions the alternate for (anddataobtained thanthe fromoff-line rather computations), flightplan.The full prediction techniques usedfor the primary from leg fight is alternate planlength computed default distances usedfor due The andis notcorrected to legtransitions. technique paragraphs. phase described detail thefollowing in flight is in each 7.3.1.{ Takeoff (Go-Around) The airportpressure altitude used for the alternate originis the primary is destination airport elevation, finalaltitude 3000feet the grossweight above primary the destination airport the starting and at thealternate origin theestimated is landing weight the primary at destination. 7 . 3. 1.2 G l i m b Predictions the climbflightphaseuse a tabular for datato obtain time, and for weight origin and elevation, distance fuelburn a nominal thenmodify thesepredictions allowfor actual weightand origin to elevation. 7.3.1.3 Gruise estimate optimum of speed Thisusesa range equation a single and (basedon the alternate top-of-climb weight).

p.366

7- 46

A31O FfrIS PILOVS GUIDE
7.3.1.4 Descent and Approach

Chatvi AP45

The combined descent approach flightphaseusea simplified and computation FUELspeed. based descent the MINIMUM on at 7.3.2 Enable Alternate Function portion theflight Thisfunction usedto incorporate alternate is the of planintothe primary portion. function as follows: The rulesfor the enablealternate are portion the flight 1. The revise waypoint mustbe in the primary of planandtheremustbe an alternate destination. primary portion the flightplan 2 . All waypoints the original in of beyondthe revisewaypointare deleted.(This includesthe primary destination missed and approach.) 3 . Thealternate destination redesignated theprimary is as destination.Thisprimary destination becomes newalternate the origin waypoint. planis strung the primary planwith 4. Thealternate flight into flight point a discontinuity between revise the andthefirstwaypoint in (always alternate the alternate the origin waypoint, altitude no constraint existshere). point. waypoint be the revise 5 . The FROM can
6 . All SPD and ALT descent constraints, well as TIME conas

straints waypoints at fuC position the and between present the primary (including primary destination destination) deleted. are
7 . The alternate CRZ FL is assigned the primary as CRZ FL in

accordance the rules. with

p.367

7-47

Chatvi AP45

p.368

Chatvi AP45

PERFORMANCE DEGRADED

TABLEOF GONTENTS
8 . 0 D E G R A D EP E R F OR MA N C E D PAGE ..................8- 1

8- 1 A ..,..,,........... 8 . 1 D U A L N DIN D E P E N D E N T ERATION OP Mo 8 . 2 c R o s s -T tE D D E ...............8- 3 ....8- 5

F MA 8 3 S I N G L E L IGH T N A GE ME NT.....,... COMPUTER D 8 . 4 D EG R A D EN A V |GA T |ON ........ 8 . 4 . 1 RSD e g ra d e d I ......... 8 . 4 . 2 RSOn l yN a vi g a ti o n I ) 8 . 4 . 3 ti tu d(A T T On l yN a v.. At e ( ) 8 . 4 . 4 N ON EN a vi g a ti o n d e Mo
8 .5 F M CM A L F U N C T T ON S

...............8- 5 .................8- 6 ................8- 7 ..................8- 8 ......... .......8- 8

............8- 9 ......8- 9 8 . 5 . 1 M R e se t F ...8-10 8.5.2FM Re-synchronization ..8-10 8.5.3Locked CDU Star t .......................8- 11 8 . 5 . 4 MCF a i l u re u ri n g n g i n e F D E 8-1 Fix 8.5.5Independent Operation Possible ...............1 ..................8- 12 ................8- 13 ..... ......8- 14 . ....8- 15

8 .6 E N G I N E T ......... OU

8 . 6 . 1 n g i n e tWi th o ua S ID E Ou t 8 . 6 . 2 g i n e tS IDa n dR o u te En Ou
8 .7 M A I N T E N A N C E IT E -U P- FMS WR S

p.369 Rev 1 Dec/93

Chatvi AP45

p.370

Chatvi AP45

DEGRADED

8.0 DEGRADEDPERFORMANGE
The FMS is a ruggednavigation and flight aid. The normalloss of performance mission sensors orcapability impactlittleon overall and (See Section1.2.1,OPERATIONAL accomplishment MODES).To understandand still use the system when it is degraded, the followingtopics will be covered. o DegradedNavigation o FMC Malfunctions provided Additionally, FMSassistance duringEngine OutOperations will be discussed.

8.1 DUAL AND INDEPENDENTOPERATION
The FMS is operablewhen electricalpower is appliedto the aircraft. Built-ln Test(BITE)is performed thistime and afterany short-term at powertransients. Pilot-entered flightdata is retainedduring power transients throughbattery-powered memoryin the FMS. When powered, FMS supports the Dual,Independent, Singleand Crosstied operational modes.Dualmodeis the normalmodeof the FMS.In Dualmode, thetwoFMCscommunicatewith otherand each each CDU communicates with it's FMC.

p.371

8-1

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

Dualoperation involves bothFMCsoperating together withone of thempicked actasmaster to FMCandtheother slave. Upon initial as power-up (within seconds), 0.5 whenFMC-1is designated the as (or of master,initialization cross-talk synchronization) FMC and resident databegins include: to . Nav DataBaseldentification . FM Operational Program Software PartNumbers . Aircraft Engine and TypeProgram PlNs o Non-Aircraft Engine and TypePlNs . Nav DataBaseLoadComplete . Side1 Indicator (fromprogram PlNs) . Source lD An FMCchange could the in cause FMSto operate Independent modeifthedata each in installed isnotidentical. discrepancy FMS Any "A/G intheIisted MISMATC H'. datacauses CDU message, STATUS a Thesystem of thenreverts Independent to mode. failure the InterA SystemBus (lSB) or a re-synchronization failureresultsin the m e s s a g e , ' I N D E P E N DOP E R A T ION '. ENT position, present In Dualmodeoperation threeparameters, aircraft gross weight, target and CASairspeed computed are independently by each FMC.Individually computed with any data is compared significant errors annunciated a CDUSP message. with . Present "FMC positions differ morethansNM,CDUmessage, by POSITION MISMATGH" displayed. is This is automatically canceledwhenthe difference lessthan3NM. is . Gross Weight differs morethan1 Tonnes 2204pounds, by or the "GROSS message, WEIGHT MISMATCH" displayed. is is This automatically canceled when the difference less than 0.5 is pounds. Tonnes 1102 or NOTE: ln some dynamicconditions, verticaland lateral computations temporarily may disagree and may be evident the ND.Inthiscase, flight on the director and auto-flight system the master use FMCfor tracking.
p.372

Rev 1 Dec/93

8-2

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

While synchronization of datais in progress, CDUSP message, the "PLEASE WAIT"is displayed. samemessage displayed The is for a power (VeryLong-Term, interrupt longer of than4 seconds VLT). In thiscase,the FMCin question becomes slaveand re-syncs the itself themasterwhile the to establishing mode dual operation. While 'PLEASE WAIT"message displayed, is CDUkeyinputs fromeither CDUarenotaccepted processing. message automatically for The is cleared when re-synchronizationattained. is . The PROGRESS pagedisplays blanked a offside tuned navaid field. . Onlythe onside radios shown are tuned. Whenre-synchronization is attempted fails(5 re-synchswithin and 5 minutes), eachFMCreverts lndependent to modeof operation "INDEPENDENT without cross-talk. message The OPERATION" is displayed theCDUSP untilit is cleared theFMCreestablishes in or dual.lf the pilotdesires forcereestablishing to cross-talk, may he attemptto do so. See Section8.5.2 tor FM re-synchronization recovery.
NOTE: Flightoperationsin the INDEPENDENT MODE are not recommended. The system may be forced to in operate the SINGLEMODEby pulling one FMCCB, then selecting CROSS-TIED the MODE.

8.2 CROSS-TIEDMODE
The CROSS-TIED MODEis utilized whenone FMCfails.lt provides the capability connectboth CDUs to the one operational to FMC (Figure 8-1),allowing data inputand cross-talk a normalmanner, in exceptthe following: 1. Both CDUsdisplay the same page.

2. Buttonpushes are processed the orderin whichthey are in relationship in the as received- there is no master/slave D U A Lm o d e . 3. Data changes one CDU are reflected the other CDU to on simultaneously. 4. All SP messages displayed bothCDUs. are on
8-3
p.373

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOT'S OUTDE

Chatvi AP45

E
C D U1

E
C D U2

c59722#

Figure 8-1 The CROSS-TIED MODEis enabledby pressing switchlabelled, the FMC (Figure8-2),O on the SWITCHING PANEL,located the left to or rightside of the respective fonrvard INSTRUMENT PANEL.

AN HDE

ADC INST

ll F/o/lll

@t @t

F/o/1ll FD ll

EFIS SGU

ll Fiol3ll

t@l t@l

voR

ll F/on ll
il F/O/1tl

ILS

@l

FMC

Figure8-2 Whenpressed, P/Billuminates the WHITE theaffected and on side GREEN theoperating e.9., on side, P/B Capt. pressed switch cap displays F/O/1 SYS2, FIOswitch capdisplays CAPT/2 SYS 1.
p.374

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
C A P T . ID E S F/OSIDE

Chatvi AP45

c59724#

Figure8-3

8.3 SINGLE FTIGHT MANAGEMENT GOMPUTER
The FMS Buift-ln Test (BITE)is composed a combination internal of of software withinthe FMCand CDU.The builtand hardware monitors in test was designedto detectand isolate95 percentof all failures in the attemptto correctthe situationvia hardware/software resets. lf the MasterFMC fails,the fact is detectedby itselfand the slave FMS. The slave FMS then functionsas the master FMC and the failedsideCDU displays'FMCUNAVAILABLE" after25secondsof lost communications. lf a CDU failureis detected, the displayis blankedand the top left FAIL annunciator the left side of the keypadlightsup. on

8.4 DEGRADEDNAVIGATION
Detailednormalnavigation information can be found in Section4. From the normal mode of both radio and inertial navigation, degradation the individual of and combinednavigation modes are discussedin the followingsections.For review,the highestpriority positionupdatemode is Radio/lnertial, followedby lnertialonly. thereare Dueto inherent driftratesin the lRUsor noisyradioinputs, radioposition times when the IRS positionand the FMS-computed faultylRUs or radioinputs may indicate are different. This condition

p.375

8-5

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

is to the FMSposition computation. Whenthe radioposition different fromthe IRSposition morethan12NM, following by the events occur: 1. lf possible, different radios selected tunedand the new are and radioposition compared the lRS.lf the difference lessthan is to 12NM, further no corrective actions occur. 2. lf the position difference remains12NMor greater, CDU the "VERIFY POSITION" displayed. message, A/C is The pilot must now resolvethe discrepancy betweenthe two positions. it is notpossible select lf to navaids resolve and different from Radio/ the discrepancy, position the updatemodechanges lnertial lnertial. to The "VERIFY POSITION" A/C cleared if message automatically is the difference between IRS and mean radioposition falls below 8NM.The pilotmay alsoclearthe message. the lRUsare mislf preflight a location tolerance, aligned during to outside 12NM the the message notdisplayed radio is updating not will and tuning/position commence. Section See 4.1.8, RADIO ONLYNAVIGATION. 4.4.1 IRS Degraded lnertialPositionis normally computed the FMSat therateof ten in per secondby combining threeindependent positions. Each IRU position after IRUposition normally is compared theprevious to and passing the comparison test, is combined into the new inertial position using a weighted test, average. For the comparison differences morethan 30NMor 20 knotsresultin otherthan of normal modeoperation eachFMSreverts and usesa single and to IRUfor position inputs. IRUfailure The and usecombinations are foundnTable -1. i 8 TABLE8.1 IRUFAILURE ANDFMSUSESELECTIONS
IRU 3 Fails
FMC 1 usesIRU 1 FMC 2 uses IRU 2

IRU 2 Fails
FMC 1 uses IRU 1 FMC2 usesIRU3

IRU 1 Fails
FMC 1 uses IRU 3 FMC 2 uses IRU 2
c61267#

p.376

8-6

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

InertialGround Speed is also computedin the FMS at a 1O-persecondrate by a simpleaverageafterthey pass a comparison test. lf the comparison test is failedor any IRU is operatedin otherthan normalmode,the FMS receivesas singlegroundspeed input per Ta b le8- 1 . When two IRU platforms operatedin otherthan normalmodes, are the FMCsbothuse the singleremaining IRSfor position and ground speed inputs. page,2 minutes afterradio Inertial Nav is declared the PROGress on p o siti on u p dating has ceased. The me s s a g e ' lRS O NL Y NAVIGATION"is displayedwhen the positionupdate mode has been inertialfor 10 minutes.The message automatically clears when a radio update is obtained.lf cleared,this message is immediately re-displayed when transitioning from cruiseto descent and the IRS condition remains. All three IRU positionsare averaged and comparedto the FM position.When an IRU positiondiffersfrom the Radio positionby more than 12NM, then the CDU SP message "VERIFY AIG POSITION" displayed. is Loss of all IRU inputs to the FM results in an "A/G POSITION INVALID'message CDU SP. in 8.4.2 IRS Only Navigation IRS Only Navigation occurswhen NAVAIDSare out of range(e.9., flyingoverwater),or do not meetthe FM radiotuningcriteria. this ln positions modeof operation, masterandslaveFMC the displayed on the progresspage are identicalto the mixed IRS position.The scratchpad message.lRSONLY NAV" is displayed untilradioinput is againavailable, orthe messageis manually cleared fromthe CDU with the @ key. by Radio navigation normallyaccomplished eitherDME/DMEor is DME/Bearing calculations aircraftposition.Positionerrorsof up of to 0.35NMfor DME/DMEand a calculated error basedon DME for DME/Bearingare used in the acceptance and comparisontests.
p.377

8-7

Rev 1 Dec/93

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

threshold= 0.25NM+ (navaidgrounddistancetimes [VOR/DME 2.5I 57.3).1 once-per-second A confidencecheck is accomplished on new radio data to verify radio positiondata. Radio deviation outsidethe allowablerange declaresthe radio positioninvalid and revertsnavigation inertialor in its absence,no navigation. to The message"lRS ONLY NAVIGATION" displayed the CDU is on if SP. Retuning occursevery2 secondswhileairborne, navigation is via "lRS ONLY'. to No navigation declared is upontransition descentor not laterthan 2 minutesafter both a radio and inertialpositioncalculationcannot to be made.The message"A/C POSITIONINVALID' is displayed mode. Unless indicate complete a failureto achieveany navigation resolved,this No Navigationconditionleads to "ATT" (AttitudeOnly 4.1.7, RADIO Navigation) "None"navigation or mode.See Section ONLY NAVIGATION. 8.4.3 Attitude (ATT) Only Nav

ATT is a reversionary attitudemode to provideaircraftattitudeand headinginformation when a NAV faultcausesthe navigation datato pitch, valid.Selectable be invalid, leaves but roll,and heading inputs eitheron the groundor in flight via the ISDU,data input,with this 6.6 failure,must be madefrom a wings levelattitude. See Sections and 6.8.3,ATTITUDE MODE. 8.4.4 (NONE) Navigation Mode Entryintothis condition indicates complete failureof a navigational a mode to engage.The two casesto be considered are: 1. Ground - The aircraftpositionis considered valid as long as at leastone IRS is in the align mode.The positionbecomesinvalid should a long-termpower interrupt(> 10 seconds)occur. The (NONE) navigationcondition continues until an IRS position becomesavailable; which time the INERTIAL(l) Only mode at activates.

p.378

Rev 1 Dec/93

8-8

A37O FMS PILOT'S OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

position considered valid is 2. Airborne - The lastknownaircraft for the firsttwo minutes the (NONE) mode.During of navigation thisperiod re-acquisitionvalidradio a of dataand/or return the of mode IRSdatawouldcausethe engagement a navigational of available, e.9., R/l or L Aftertwo consistent with the sensors position minutes the (NONE) in mode, aircraft the is navigational (l) considered invalid. thiscase, transition INERTIAL mode ln a to can only be achievedby the returnof at least one valid IRS position.Attitude (ATT) theonlymode lf on OnlyMode is available and True Speed available, noradio Air is oneor more lRUs, valid a (See position available, DeadReckoning is declared. (DR) is then S e c t i o 4 . 1.9 .) n navigational No pilotaction necessary possible the (NONE) is or in (NONE) mode. withallother navigational As navigational modes, the in the modeis disptayed dataline6 of the PROGpageunder NAV label. See Section 4.1.3.RADIOUPDATING FMC POSITION andFigure 4-7. 8.5 FMG MALFUNGTIONS problems Themostoften encountered problem FMC areas, aswellas observed withsystems depending the FMCfor inputdata,are on covered thissection. in 8.5.1 FM Reset A resetmay occureachtime the FM sensesthat it cannot work properly. Whena resetis performed, re-synchronization the a with otherFM (ifavailable) follows, mostcases, FM reset In a lastsroughly 30 seconds during which timenothing bedone.lf several can resets followone another, this may leadto an overall memory cleanup whichcauses failingFMC to completely reloadits flightplan the information the otherside.Thesystem from maybe inoperative for about minutes. 3 procedure. The following describes recovery the

p.379

8-9

Rev 1 Dec/93

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
8.5.2 FM Re-synchronization

Chatvi AP45

An FM re-synchronization occurseach time a self-comparison FM1and FM2reveals discrepancy. between a Mostoccuraftera resetof one FM. lf 5 re-synchronizations within5 minutes, occur Independent modeoperation commences. A resetmay occureachtime the FM senses work that it cannot properly. Whena resetis performed, re-synchronization the a with otherFM (if available) follows. mostcases,an FM resetlasts In roughly30 secondsduringwhich time nothingcan be done. Occasionally, several resets follow another, mayleadto the and one system beinginoperative about3 minutes. for
Recovery procedure: An FM RESET/RESYNCH identified the ND message"MAP is by NOTAVAIL". The CDU reverts theAIRCRAFT to STATUSpagewith "PLEASEWAIT' in the scratchpad. the message NOTE: Do not attemptdata input duringdisplayof the 'PLEASEWAIT"CDU message. Recovery procedure (dual FMC loss): Pull both FMC 1 and FMC 2 CBs for 10 secondsor more; then reinstatethem to recoverthe systems. 8.5.3 Locked GDU ln certainremotecasesthe CDU appearsto be lockedup and data inputsare not accepted,althoughthe MAP on the ND is available and everything appearsnormal.This conditionmay appearafter a reset has been completed, followinga CDU internalproblem. or Recovery procedure: Pull the affected FM/CDU CB for more than 5 seconds; then reinstate The scratchpad it. message"PLEASEWAIT" will then be displayed, indicating that a reseVre-synchronizationin progress. is
p.380

Rev 1 Dec/93

8-10

AS|O FMS PILOT'S GI'TDE
8.5.4

Chatvi AP45

lf an FMCfailsafterelectrical power transfer during engine start,it maybe restored pulling affected by the FMc cBs for approximately 10 seconds, causing FMCreseUresynch. an

8.5.5

x

It is sometimes possible affecta returnto the DUALmode,from to theINDEPENDENT byperforming mode, a sELF-TEST theFMC. of Thisfunction available the ground the MAINT is on via pagethatis inturnaccessed theREFINDEX g-a) from page(Figure bylressing LSK@.
RE F INDE X

(E) ED 6D ED
@

<I^IAYPO I NTS <,.IAYPO I NTS <A I RPORTS <SENSORSTATUS <A,/C STATUS
CL OSEST

IIEF INED

NAVA D5 > T NAVA DS> I

DEFIN E I}

AIDS> MAINT)

INDEPENDENT OPERA TION

GD GE GE EE 60 ax g{l trE

c59725#

Figure8-4 The MAINT pageis displayed shownin Figure g-5. as

p.381

8-11

Rev 1

Dee/93

A37O FfiIS PILOT'S GUTDE
MA INT @ SELF TE S T

Chatvi AP45

ED ANN TE S T 6D <TE S TP A TTE RN
@D < KE Y TE S T

6D
@ PLE A S EI^IA IT

Figure 8-5 The SP message"PLEASE WAIT" is displayedafter the SELFTEST is initiated pressingLSK [-1T1, remainsdisplayed by and until the test is complete. The successful conclusion the SELF-TEST of is indicated the work (PASS)besidethe SELF-TESTprompt. by The FMCs shouldnow be operatingin the DUAL mode. NOTE: The MAINT page can only be accessedwhile the aircraft is on the ground and the flight phase is PREFLIGHT DONE. or

8.6 ENGINEOUT
The FMS incorporatesan Engine Out mode of operationthat (EO MAX altitude;deceleration includesperformance integration anticipation's holding,speed limitsand speed constraints; for and fuel at destination) designedaroundthe loss of one engineand the incorporation emergencyEngine Out (EO) SID routing.The of EOSID routing is incorporated into the Nav Data Base at airline request and may or may not exist for every departure runway. lf EOSID routing exists for a selected departure runway, it is automatically selectedwhen selectingthe runway. Whenan EngineOut condition detected, MODEpagedata line is the 6 displays{rcoNFlRM/CLEAR{i.
p.382

Rev 1 Dec/93

8-12

A31O FIWSPILOT"S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

The Engine speed Out targetis the speedobtained timeof loss at of the engine(between and V2 + 10) until the ENG OUT V2 ACCeleration altitude. Then,an aircraft level is commanded off and accelerates GREENdot. After this acceleration aircraft to the will climb FCUaltitude, TrueEO MAXAltitude to constrained. or unless TheTarget speedremains GREEN unless dot further constrained, limited tactically or designated the pilot. by TOGAthrust maintained Engine operation GREEN is for Out until dot or aboveis attained, aircraft in a cleanconfiguration, the the is and altitude above allengineACCEleration is the altitude. Normally, when thesethreeconditions satisfied, are MCTis called on the FMA. for 8.6.1 Engine Out Without a SID lf no EOSIDis identified the data baseor the engine in failureis beyond EOSID/Active the F-PLN diversion waypointforthe selected runway, original andflightplanareflownat EOspeeds the SID and altitudes. thiscondition, CDUsdisplay MODEpagewith In both the prompts the"{$CONFIRM/CLEARTF" at dataline6. (SeeFigure 8-6.)
STEP: Detected EO

E NG OUT CLB

GD 756 Ar DEsr 6 } ,IT E FOE ED E CoN @156 13.8 GD r l' lIN F UEL ED e llIN T Il.lE ED GD *CONFIRM ENG OUT CLEAR*
CRZ FL ABOVE MAX FL

COST

INIT EX

Ets
GE
@

@ @

Figure8-6 NO EOSID MODEDisplay

8-i3

Rev 1 Dec/93
f^ fha racr'irr^-! "

p.383

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
S T EP! g @ :
E NG OUT CLB FLA 55
BRG /DISl

Chatvi AP45

(iD FL35O
@ * tl
O FST

cRz

r.tA x

OPT

FUEL

PRED>
t l

EE) EE
@

GD
@

---c /----

ro

4 3 5?.4N/@sO54 .3E
DIST

ED
@

553 ro DE S T
A l t 4 .8 g NAV

GE GE FORE CA S T >
DES
AL l4 .8 g

AGN-AGN AGN-AGN R,/I CRZ FL ABOVE MAX FL

@

c61266*

Figure 8-7 PROG Page 'CRZ FL ABOVE MAX" is shownbecause two the The SP message, pagedisplays RECMAX engine CRZ FLwas FL 370.The PROG the altitude singleengineoperations for and OPTimumALT is dashed. The REC MAX altitudeis that altitudethat may be maintained with one engineoperatingat MCT. PressingLSK [TR], clearsthe EO requestand causesperformance predictions returnto normal. 8.6.2 Engine Out SID and Route lf the Nav Data Basecontainsan EOSIDfor the selectedrunway,it is automatically runwayis selected.lt selected when the departure maybe previewed the ND orif thepilotwishestoscrollthe EOSID, on it may be selected and inserted as the departure SID on the secondaryF-PLN. The EOSIDis displayed an engine-out is before if condition detected passing EOSIDdiversion the waypoint. ThisEOSIDis automatically presented insertion erasure. landusingFMS guidance, for or To the pilotmust{TCONFIRM initiate EOSID. is to Thenthe destination the the departure airfield.lf a different airfieldis more appropriate, the destination must be changedin order to get properapproachand runwayselection the arrival.Of coursethe pilot may chooseto for
Rev 1 Dec/93 8-14

p.384

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

manually theaircraft fly without the employing FMSfunctions. Once the Engine Out is confirmed, EOSIDis automatically the inserted andtheoriginal F-PLN lost.However,theactive is if F-PLN copied is it into the secondary F-PLNprior to the EO situation, remains available use, for lf theEOcondition occurs after EOSID the diversion waypoint the or priorto the EOSIDdiversion EngineOut is not CONFIRMED waypoint, EOSID deleted theMODE the pageis displayed is and on bothCDUs. The EOSID no longer is available pilotinsertion. for

8.7 MAINTENANGEWRITE.UPS - FMS
Io assisf Engineering in determining the cause of operational problems encountered with FMS, the following data should be included in every maintenance logbook write-up. o Position- (aircraftLaVLong) . FlightPhase (Takeoff, CLB, CRZ, etc.) o Configuration (Flaps,slats,gear) o F-Plan data (SlD, STAR, AIRWAY, pilot-definedWPTs and constraints, CRZ FL, G.W., Cost Index) . Leg Type (HOLD,DIR TO, ManualHeading, etc.) . AP Status(FMA Indications, FCU Altitude) . Speed (lAS and Target) . Guidance (ENGAGED, ARMED OR DISENGAGED) NOTE: Pilotactionon the CDU,priortothe statedmalfunction, shouldalso be noted.

8-15
tha r6alri*i^-^

1L-

''

Rev 1 Dec/93

p.385

Chatvi AP45

p.386

Chatvi AP45

APPENDIGES

TABLEOF CONTENTS
PAGE Appendices A Ab b r e via tionsA cronyms & B D ataFo r mats C Scr atchpad.,........... D Te r m in o logy..... .... E Ind e x . . . . . . . . . . . A -1 . . . . . . . . . .B -1 ... .... C-1 . . . . D-1 . . . . . . . . . -1 E

p.387

Chatvi AP45

p.388

& ABBREVIATIONS ACRONYMS

Chatvi AP45

may Thefollowing abbreviations acronyms be usedbytheFMS and may Someabbreviations the or maybe foundthroughout manual. having verylimited in letters. Abbreviations alsoappear lowercase usage explained the section are in wheretheyare used.
A ACARS ACCEL ACT ACTVT ADC AFCS AFMCS AFS A IDS ALT ALTN ANN AP A PPR A R INC ARPT AiTHR ATO ATS ATT AWY

Autotune Aircraft and Reporting System Communications Address Acceleration Active Activate Air DataComputer Flight Automatic Control System FlightManagement Computer System Advanced Automatic Flight System AircraftIntegrated DataSystem Altitude Alternate Annunciator Autopilot Approach Aeronautical RadioIncorporated Airport Autothrottle AlongTrackOffset Autothrottle System Attitude Airway Built-ln TestEquipment Bearing Bright Celsius Calibrated Airspeed Counter Clockwise Control Display Unit
p.389

BI T E BRG BRT
C CAS

ccw
CDU

A-1

A3'O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
CF CG CGCC Cl CLB CLR CLRALT CMD CONFIG CORR CO RTE CRS CRT CRZ CSTR CW CWS DA D/D DEC DECEL DES DEST DFA DH DIR DIRTO DISCON DIST DME DR DSPY DTG E ECON ECAM EFIS EFOB Course a FixedWaypoint to Centerof Gravity Center Gravity of Control Computer Course an Intercept to Climb Clear Clearance Altitude Command Configuration Correction Company Route Course Cathode RayTube Cruise Constraint Clockwise Control WheelSteering

Chatvi AP45

DriftAngle EO DriftDownPoint (Magnetic) Declination Deceleration Descent Destination Delayed FlapApproach (same ICAODA Decision Decision Height Altitude) as Direct, Direction Direct To (F-PLN) Discontinuity Distance Distance Measuring Equipment DeadReckoning Display Distance Go To East Economy Electronic Centralized AircraftMonitor Electronic FlightInstrument System Estimated FuelOn Board
p.390

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUTDE
ELV ENG EO EOSID E PR ETA ETE F FAC FAF
FCC FCU FD FF FIG FL FLT FMA FM C FMCS FM S FOB F- PLN FPM F,S,O FQ FREQ GA GMT G/S GS GW H HDG h Pa

Chatvi AP45

Elevation En g i n e Out Engine Out Engine SID Ratio Pressure Engine Timeof Arrival Estimated Time Enroute Estimated SPeed FlapRetraction ComPuter Augmentation Flight FAP FinalApproach as Fix f inatnppioach (same ICAO Point) ComPuter Control Flight Unit Control Flight Director Flight FuelFlow Figure FlightLevel Flight ModeAnnunciator Flight ComPuter Management Flight (FMC CDU) and System Computer Management Flight and (FMCS, AFCS, sensors) System Management f tigfrt FuelOn Board Plan Flight FeetPerMinute Dot) VFTO(Green Slats, Flaps, FuelQuantitY Frequency Go Around MeanTime Greenwich GlideSlope Speed Ground GrossWeight Hour Heading (sameas millibars) hectoPascals
p.391

A-3

ASIO FMS PTLOT'S OUIDE
I IAF IAS IDENT lF IMM I NB lNlT INOP INTCP VP IRS IRU ISDU KG KG/H L LAT LAT REV LIM LOC LONG LSK LW M MAG DEC VAR MAX CLB DES END Mb MCT MDA MDH lnertial Initial Approach Fix Indicated Airspeed ldentifier lntermediate Fix lmmediate Inbound lnitialization Inoperative Intercept Intercept Profile System Inertial Reference Inertial Reference Unit Inertial Systems Display Unit Kilograms Per Kilograms Hour Left Latitude LateralRevision Limit Localizer Longitude LineSelect Key Landing Weight Manual Tune, Minute(s), Meters, Mach Magnetic Magnetic Declination Magnetic Variation Maximum Maximum Climb Maximum Descent Maximum Endurance Millibars Maximum Continuous Thrust (same ICAO Minimum Altitude Decision as Minimum Decision Height)

Chatvi AP45

p.392

A4

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
MIN Fuel Time MLW MMO M SG MTOGW MZFW N NAV ND NDB NM N/P Mi n i mu m Minimum Fuel T Mi n i mu mi me Landing Weight Maximum MachMaximum Operating Message TakeoffGrossWeight Maximum Maximum ZeroFuelWeight North Navigation Navigation Display NonDirectional Beacon Nautical Miles NexVPage VFTO,GreenDot Outside Temperature Air Offset Optimum Outbound Pushbutton Place/Beari istance ng/D Place/Distance Performance Display Primary Flight Pounds Hour Per Present Position Prediction Previous Procedure Turn VerticalProfile Progress Point

Chatvi AP45

o
OAT OFST OPT OUTB PIB PIBID PID PERF PFD PPH PPOS PRED PREV PROCT PROF PROG PT Q FE QNE QNH QIP

Altitudereferenced Station(airport) to Pressure (29.92TTHgl to Pressure Altitude referenced Standard 1 0 1 3 .2mb a n dH p a ) 5 Altitudereferenced Sea LevelPressure to lmprovement Package Quality
Rev 1 Dec/93

p.393

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE
R R ED RE F R E PR REV RMI RNAV R NG RSV RTE RWY S Remote Tune Reduction Reference Repressurization Revision RadioMagnetic Indicator Area Navigation Range Reserve Route Runway South StepClimb Step Descent Secondary Select Standard Instrument Departure Scratchpad Speed SpeedReference System Standard Terminal ArrivalRoute System Tactical Top of Climb Thrust Control Computer Top of Descent Temperature Thrust,Throttle Takeoff Takeoff/Go AroundThrust TakeoffGrossWeight Turning Point Transition Tropopause ThrustRating Panel TimeTo Go

Chatvi AP45

s/c
S/D SEC SEL SI D SP S PD SRS STAR SYS TACT

Ttc
TCC T/D TEMP THR TO TOGA TOGW TP TRANS TROPO TRP TTG

p.394

A-6

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
UTC VAPP V1 V2 VDEV VERT VFTO VR VREF V/S W WPT ZFW ZFWCG

Chatvi AP45

(sameas Greenwich and TimeCoordinated Universal Zulutime) Speed Approach Takeoff Decision Speed TakeoffSafetySpeed VerticalDeviation Vertical FinalTakeoffSpeed,"O" Speed,GreenDot Speed TakeoffRotation Speed Reference Speed VerticalSpeed West Waypoint Zero FuelWeight Zero FuelWeightCenterof Gravity

p.395

A-7

Chatvi AP45

p.396

Chatvi AP45

DATAFORMATS

CDU DATA FORMAT LIST
Thefollowing givesall the datathe pilotmayenteron the CDU. list Alsoprovided the related format, acceptable range, are acceptable units entry theCDUpages which datacanbeentered. of and on the pin Unitsof measure program dependent the carriers are at option (English Metric). or The following codesare usedto indicate various dataformats: A - Alphabetic entry N - Numeric entry X - Alphanumeric entry <l> - Below equal or to/above equalto or
DATA NAME FORMAT
RANGE (X is input) UNITS DISPLAY PAGE

ACCELAL T +N NNNN lf+or - is not input,+ assumed;lead ing zeros may be omifted. AIDS DATA

RefAlt +3000' < Thr RedAlt < Accel Alt < MaxCertAlt Pinable Alt Ref +1500'

ft (MsL)

TAKEOFF GO-AROUND

NNNNNNwhere N N/A is an octal character(07). NNNNor NNNNN (leading zeros must be included). SeE BLOCK

AIDS

ALT

MaxAlt = 35000- ft (MSL) 4 1 0 0 0 y S .N . b Entry is
rounded to the nearest10 feet. See BLOCK

F-PLN A VERT EVA R SECF-PLN A

ALTN FUEL ALTN RTE

See BLOCK I N I T B HOLD I N I TA

Same as CO RTE Same as CO RTE N/A

p.397

B-1

A3'O FI"S PILOVS
DATA NAi/lE ALTMIND FORECAST NNN - leading zero not necessary. An entry of WIND DIR = 360 is displayed as 0. Entry must be greaterthan destination elevation. WIND DIR 0-360 WIND VEL 0-200 lf AA,/AA not is in data base file. ..NOTIN DATA BASE" message is displayed. 0-65.5Tonnes FORMAT RANGE (X is inputl

OUIDE
UNITS ft (MSL)/ degrees/ kt DISPLAY PAGE DES FORECAST SECDES

Chatvi AP45

ALT or Flight See ALT or Level/NNN/NNN FLIGHT LEVEL.

ARPT

AAAA

lNlT A LAT REV FUEL PREDICTION F-PLNA and B SEC F-PLNA and B WAYPOINTDIR TO Thousands lNlT B of kg or thousands of pounds, resDectively. % MAC N/A lNlT B NEW NAVAID

BLOCKfuel

NN.N(KG) or NNN.N (LBS); leading zeros may be omitted. NN.N AAAAAA (refer to range for exact inputs allowed)

CG CLASS (navaid)

'10.0 40.0 to VOR DME VORDME VORTAC LOC NDB ILSDME lf CO RTE is not in the NAV data base, "NOT IN DATA BASE'' message is displayed.

CO RTE

XXXXXXX

N/A

LAT REV lNlT A

CO RTE ACARS

XXXXXXXXXX

N/A

ACARS

p.398

B-2

A3'O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
DATA NAME
FORMAT RANGE fi is input)

Chatvi AP45

UNITS

DISPLAY PAGE

N/A CO RTE/FLT See CO RTE and lf CO RTEis not in the NAV FLT. May be "NOT database, entered as: IN DATABASE'' CO RTE is message /FLT displayed. CO RTE/FLT FLT:09999 CO RTE may be
entered alone aSXXXXXXX. FLT may be enteredalone as /NNNNor both may be entered as XXXXXXX'UXX. COST INDEX NNN KG and LBS. May be entered as 1-3 digits; leading zeros may be omitted. CRS CRZ FL 0-999

lNlTA

(Ratio) INIT A See Section MODE SECMODE 3.1.2.4

Same as INB CRS Same as INB CRS degrees See FLIGHT Must be entered as FLIGHT LEVEL. LEVEL See WIND See WIND hundreds offi (MSL) See WIND

NEW WAYPOINT lNlT A and B SEC INDEX PROG I N I TA FUEL PRED SEC FUEL AIDS

CRZ WIND

DAY/MONTH DD/MM where DD is day of monthand MM is month of year. Leading zeros may De omittedbut will be displayed.

DD: 1- 31 M M : 1- 12

N/A

DIST

NN.N (leading and trailing zeros may De omitted). TNNNN if+or - is not input, assume +; leading zeros may be omitted.

0.99.9 i n .1 N M increments

NM

HOLD

-1000to +20470 ft (MSL)

NEW NAVAID NEW WAYPOINT

p.399

B-3

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
DATA NAME
EOACCEL ALT

Chatvi AP45 DISPLAY PAGE
TAKEOFF GO-AROUND

FORMAT
SameasACCEL ALT

RANGE (X is input)

UNITS

MAXALT=41000 ft (MSL) Entry is rounded to the nearest 10 feet. MAXALT=41000 ft (MSL) Entry is rounded to the nearest 10 feet. N/A N/A

EOTHR RED SameasACCEL ALT ALT

TAKEOFF GO-AROUND

FF + FQ Sensors

One or both may be entered. BOth: /FF + FQ or /FQEFF Fuel Flow:/FF Fuel Quantity: /FO N FLNNNor NNN Leadingzeros on NNN may be omitted.

FUEL PRED

FIG OF MERIT FLIGHT LEVEL

O-3 NNN has range of MAX ALT to = 41000.

N/A hundreds of ft (MSL)

NEW NAVAID F-PLNA and B PROG VERT REVA lNlT A and B SEC INDEX SEC F-PLNA SEC F-PLN B ALONG TRK OFST ALT INTCP STEP PRED TAKEOFF APPR GO-AROUND INIT A

FLP RETR

Same as SPD

Same as SPD

kt (CAS)

FLT FOB

/NNNN

0-9999

N/A

NN.NNKG See BLOCK or NNN.NNLBS: leadingzeros may be omitted. NNN.NN AAAAA/AAAAA

See BLOCK FUELPRED

FREQ FROM/TO

108.00- 117.95 MHz AAAAA must be N/A in data base or message,"NOT IN DATA BASE'' is displayed. See BLOCK and GMT

NEW NAVAID lNlT A See INDEX

FINAL/TIME FINAL {see BLOCK), TIME (see GMT)

See BLOCK lNlT B and GMT HOLD FUEL PRED SEC FUELPRED

p.400

B-4

A31O FMS PTLOTS GUTDE
RANGE

Chatvi AP45

H H :0 2 3 HHMM MM:059 where:HH are hoursand MM are minutes.Leading zeros may De l omitted. or2digit entry is interpreted as minutes. INBCRS
0-360 NNN Leadingzeros may be omitted.An entry of 360 is displayedas 0. Same as DIST 0-99.9,see range on OUTB CRS for PROC T restriction.

nours minutes

VERT REVA

degrees

PROC T HOLD

INB DIST

PROC T

LAT

B: N or S or DDMM.MB O < DD< 90 BDD M M , M 0< M M . M < 59. 9 DD=degr ees MM.M = minutes Leading B = direction. zeros may be omitted but the direction(B) is required.Latitude is displayedas DDM M , M B.

oegrees minutes tenths of minutes

I N I TA

LAT/LONG

Same as LAT and Same as LAT/LONG LAT and Same as LAT and LONG LONG LONG excePt both must be entered with "/" in between. NNNN Meters or NNNNN Feet; leading zeros may De omitted.

PROG F-PLNA and B NEW WAYPOINT NEW NAVAID SEC F-PLNA and B DIR TO LAT REV NEW WAYPOINT

LENGTH

or meters Meters 1000-8000 feet, respectivelY.

p.401

A37O FMS PILOT'S OUIDE
DATA NAME
LONG

Chatvi AP45

FORMAT

RANGE (X is inputl

UNITS

DISPLAY PAGE

DDDMM,M B or B :Eo rW BDDDMM.M 0<DDD<180 DDD = degrees 0<MM.M<59.9 MM.M = minutes B = direction. Leading zeros may be omitted but the direction (B) is required. Longitudeis displayedas DDDMM.MB. .NN The decimalpoint is necessary. Trailingzeros are not necessary.

oegrees I N I TA minutes tenths of minutes

MACH

3 to .84

MACH number

TACTMODE (CLBor DES)

MACH/SPD

MACH and SPD Same as MACH must be entered and SPD with "/'in between (see MACH and SPD formats). TNNNN lf+o r-is not input, assume E; leadIng zeros may be omitted. XXXX

Same as MACH and

TACTMODE (CLBor DES) SPD

MDA

-1000to +8000

ft (MSL)

APPR

NAVAID

Any alpha numeric,if entry not found in the data base NAVAID file, message .'NOT IN DATA BASE" iS displayed.

N/A

PROG NEW NAVAID NAVAID WAYPOINT F-PLNA and B LAT REV SEC F-PLNA and B DIR TO PROG

OFST

NNB or BNN B: Lor R NN = offset 1<NN<99 NN = distance B = direction Leading zero on distance may be omitted. OFST will alwaysbe displayedas BNN.

NM

p.402

B-6

ASIO FMS PILOVT
DATA NAME OUTB CRS FORMAT RANGE (X is inout)

GUIDE
UNITS DISPLAY PAGE PROC T

Chatvi AP45

Same as INB CRS. 0-360 degrees An entry of360 Selectedcourse is displayed as 0. must be <90' of aircraftheadingor message,"ENTRY OUT OF RANGE'' is displayed. N.N (leadingor -9.9 to 9.9 trailing zero may be omitted). PLACE - if not in data base, message "NOT lN DATA BASE" is displayed. BRG 000-360.0 BRG degrees

PERF FACTOR

Percent(%) A/C STATUS

PLACE/BRG/ PLACEcan be DIST any data base ARPT, NAVAID or WAYPOINT. BRG must be a 3-digitentry. Decimalolace may be omitted. An entry of BRG = 360.0is displayed 0.0" as DIST is NNN.N Leadingzeros may be omitted; all 3 parameters must be entered with "/" in between. PLACE/DIST PLACE - Any navaid,waypoint,airport, or runwayin the data base. DIST - tNN.N lf + or - is not input,assume +; leadingzeros may be omitted. PRED TO Same as ALT or FLIGHTLEVEL

F-PLNA and B SEC F-PLNA and B LAT REV NEW WAYPOINT PROG

DIST - 0-999.9

DIST-NM

PLACE - if not in data base, message"NOT lN DATA BASE" is displayed. -99.9 to +99.9 in .1 NM increments. NM

F-PLNA and B SEC F-PLNA and B

See ALT and FLIGHT LEVEL. In CLB: Entry must be greater than present A,/C altitude.

See ALT and FLIGHT LEVEL

CLB DES

In DES: Entry must be less than present A/C altitude.

p.403

B-7

ASIO FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
DATA NAME RTERSV
FORiIAT May be entered as fuel or percentage of trip fuel but not both. FUEL - N.N for KG and LBS % - enter/N.N where the trailing N and decimal point may be omitted. FUEL - See Para. 6.3 %: 0-9.9 RANGE (X is input)

Chatvi AP45
DISPLAY PAGE I N I TB HOLD FUELPRED SEC FUELPRED

UNITS Thousands of kg or thousands of pounds
2I1d o/o.

RWY AAAANND WAYPOINT
where: AAAA is same as ARPT. NN is runway number(2 digits must be entered). D is runway suffix. D is L or R if there is more than one runway with the same numberat the airport. D is not included unlessthere is more than one runway with the same numberat AAA/A RWY (ACARS) AANNDII AA is'RW. AA is an optionalportionof the entry. NN is runwaynumber 00-36 (2 digits must be entered). D is runway suffix (see RVI|Yabove). D is an optional portion of the entry.

Same as

ACARS, TAKEOFF

p.404

B -8

A31O FMS PTLOVS OUTDE
DATA NAME
RWY (ACARS) (cont.)

Chatvi AP45

FORMAT

RANGE (X is input)

UNITS

DISPLAY PAGE

On the Takeoffpage, ll is an optional portion of the entry. ll may be composed of any alphanumeric characters, except 0. On the ACARS page entry of ll is not allowed. Same as SPD Same as SPD kt (CAS) TAKEOFF APPR GO-AROUND F-PLNA SEC F-PLNA VERT REV A F-PLNA SEC F-PLNA VERT REV A and B

SLT RETR

SPD

NNN (must be 3 numerics) SSS/NNNNN

85-Vmo

kt (CAS)

SPD LIM

SSS same as sPD. NNNNN SSS is a soeed must be < (see SPD for rules).41000. NNNNNis an ALT or FLIGHTLEVEL (see ALT and FLIGHT LEVEL). SPD and ALT must be entered with "/" in between.

kt/ft (MSL)

SPD/MACH

See MACH/SPD

Same as MACH and SPD NN: 01-99 D: E or W

Same as MACH and SPD degrees

CLB TACT MODE

STATION DEC

NND where: NN is the declination and D is the direction. Leading zeros may be omitted.D is not reouirec for an entry of zero delination.

NEW NAVAID

STEP TO ALTITUDE

Same as FLIGHT Same as FLIGHT See FLIGHT STEP PRED LEVEL LEVEL except LEVEL that entries must be within t8000 feet of CRZ FL.

B -9

p.405

A3'O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
DATA NAME STEP TO WIN D TAXI
FORMAT

Chatvi AP45
DISPLAY PAGE

RANGE (X is input) Same WIND as

UNITS Sameas W IN D

Same WIND as DIR/MAG N.N-KG NN.N-LBS.

STEPPRED

0 to 5.0Kg. SeeBLOCK lNlTB 0 to 11 lbs. Leading or trailing zeros maybe omitted.
degrees centigrade F-PLN B SEC F-PLNB VERT REV B I N I TA FUELPRED S E C F U E LP R E D TAKEOFF GO-AROUND

T E MP

r NN lf no sign, + assume

THRRED ALT

See ACCEL ALT

Ref Alt +1500' < Thr Red Alt < Accel Alt < Max Cert Alt 0-9.9 60.0 to 255.0

ft (MSL)

TIME TOGW and GW

N.N NNN.Nfor KG and LBS leading and trailing zeros may be omitted. Same as ACCEL ALT NNN/NNN Both must be entered;leading zeros may be omitted. WIND DIR = 360 is displayedas 0.

minutes

HOLD FUEL PRED (GW)

SeeBLOCK rNrTB (TOGW)

TROPO

Sameas ACCEL ft ALT Direction: 0-360 oegrees Magnitude: 0-200 kts

I N I TA FUELPRED S E C F U E LP R E D F-PLN B SEC F-PLN B VERT REV B DES FORECAST SECDES

WIND

FORECAST

WIND CORR NN Leading zeros may be omitted. V/S TNNNN Leadingzeros may be omifted. Same as SPD Same as SPD

0-30

APPROACH

-€000 to +6000

fUminute

F-PLNA F-PLN B TAKEOFF TAKEOFF APPR GO-AROUND

V1 VFTO

Sameas SPD Same SPD as

kts (CAS) kts (CAS)

B -10

p.406

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUTDE
DATA NAME
VR WAYPOINT

Chatvi AP45

FORMAT
Same as SPD XXXXX - may be from 1-5 characters for waypoint. Acceptable as waypointIDENT: ARPT RWY NAVAID WAYPOINT

RANGE (X is inout)
Same as SPD

UNITS
kts (CAS)

DISPLAY PAGE
TAKEOFF WAYPOINT NEW WAYPOINT F-PLN A and B SEC F-PLNA and B LAT REV PROG DIR TO

N/A Must be in NAV data base unless LAT/LONG or PLACE/BRG/DIST; if not in data base, message "NOT IN DATA BASE" is displayed.

For F-PLNA and B, SEC F-PLNA and B, LAT REV pages and LAT/LONG,PLACE/ BRG/DISTmay be enteredto define a waypoint. ZFw NNN.Nfor KG and LBS. Leadingand trailingzeros may be omitted. See CG 60.0 to 190.0 See BLOCK lNlT B

ZFWCG

See CG

See CG

lNlT B FUELPRED

p.407

B -11

Chatvi AP45

p.408

Chatvi AP45

SGRATCHPAD

GDU MESSAGES
Twotypesof messages displayed thescratchpad theCDU: in of are Type1 messages displayed a directresult pilotaction, are as of e.g. "ENTRY OUTOF RANGE". typeof message This exists onlywhen queue. it isdisplayed thescratchpad thereis nomessage in Type 1messages displayed are immediatelywhen received overwrites and anyentryin thescratchpad. original The entryreappears whenthe message cleared. is Type1 messages cleared are automatically by entering newdataintothe scratchpad, by pressing LSKor or any MODEkey. fype 2 messages displayed are automatically information, to as or prompt pilotaction. a Fivemessages thisclassmaybe stored of in queue, given a lastin/flrstout message andonlyoneoccurrence a of message allowed thequeueat anyonetime.Theexistence is in of a Type2 message illuminatesthe annunciatoron rightside MSG the 'MSG',in amber, the1 o'clock oftheCDUanddisplay legend the at position theND.Thescratchpad beempty display Type on must to a 2 message they are overwritten pilotentries, and by reappearing when the pilot entereddata is transferred cleared.Type 2 or messages cleared are whentheyno longer automatically apply. NOTE: Exceptfor "PLEASE WAIT",any message may be cleared pressing CLR key of the CDU.This by the actiondoes not clear the messagefrom the other CDU. * Indicates acronym "MSG", thefullplain the or English message, is alsodisplayed the ElS. on
Message ACARS TAKEOFF DATA

Type
2*

Gondition An ACARSuplink hasbeen received the system, by containing takeoffdata.

c-1

p.409

A37O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
Message ACARSROUTE DATA Type 2* Condition

Chatvi AP45

An AGARS uplink hasbeen received the system, by containing requested the flight planroute data, andit hasbeen loaded the SECF-PLN. into An ACARSuplink has been received the system, by predicted winddata containing which the routeof flight, along in for available insertion the F-PLN at or active secondary the pilots option. position invalid Aircraft is during HOLD DlRECT operation. or TO Applicable during dualsystem initialization, indicative and of A/C Statuses. differing phase An IRUis inthealign and lNlTA pagewas leftwithout pressing IRS theALlGN prompt; or regardless the CDUpage of displayed, IRUhasgoneinto an the alignphase. An active flightplanrevision the has exceeded storage capacity the FMC,makingit of to necessary clearthe other flightplans. Thealtitude constraint entered, exceeds maximum the aircraft altitude, or certificated themaximum altitude capability the of theaircraft under present conditions.

ACARSWINDDATA

2*

IS

A/C POSITIONINVALID A/C STATUSMISMATCH 2*

AL I G NIRS

2*

ALTN F-PLNCLEARED

ALT CSTRABOVE MAX FL

c-2

p.410

A3f O FII'S PILOT'S GUTDE
Message Type
Gondition

Chatvi AP45

ALT ERRORWWWWW 2* t NNNN BLOCK OUTOF RANGE 2* BUSY-WAIT FORREADY 1

Altitudeconstraint waypoint at willnotbe metwithin t200 feet (NNNN). Blockfuel entry is eitherbelow or above allowablerange. Systemis busy an ACARS downlinkis in progressand anotherdownlink has been initiated the flightcrew. by FMC computation capacityis processing overloaded flight plan changes,and the system cannot respondto inputs. Offsetroutewill be canceledat the next waypoint. An inconsistent altitude constraint existsat waypoint WWWWW.

BUTTON PUSHIGNORED 1

CANCELING OFFSET CHECKALT CSTR - WWWWW CHECKALTITUDES

2*

2*

An altitudeconflictexists betweenFCU altitudesetting and the activeverticalprofile. Date on the AIDS page is not within the effectivitydates of the activedata base. Climb constraints cleared are automatically when the specifiedaltitudedoes not conform to the active vertical situation, constraintaltitude e.9., is belowA/G or FCU altitude, and the flightphaseis climb.

CHECK DATA BASE CYCLE CLB ALT CSTRS DELETED

2*

2*

p.411

A31O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
Message CLOCKS NOT DO MATCH CLOCKS INVALID Type 2*
Gondition Time differencebetween the two clocksis two minutesor more.

Chatvi AP45

2*

A sensorfailure,causingclock data to be invalid,has been detectedby the FMC. The A/C has enteredthe DESCENT PHASE andtheCRZ ALT, as definedon the PROG page,isabovetheactual aircraft altitude. A cruiseflight level has been selectedthat is above the maximumcertificated aircraft altitude. lnertialand radio positions are notavailable. dead reckoning A positionhas been calculated from the last known aircraft position. Following Long-TermPower a Transient, pilot-entered all data is erased.Only defaultvalues are available untilthe FMC is reinitialized. A discontinuity be will encountered within30 seconds (NAV mode only). Indicates that the data format, data field width, or data type, has exceededthe allowable entry rangeof the data field. Indicates thatthedatafieldwidth has beenexceeded, orthe data format or type is incorrect.
p.412

CRZALT INVALID

2*

CRZ FLABOVE MAX FL

2*

DEAD RECKONING NAV 2*

DEFAULT STATE AS SU M E D

2*

D I S C ONTIN U ITY A HE A D 2*

ENTRY OUTOF RANGE

FORMATERROR

AS|O FME PTLOVS GUTDE
Message FMCPOSITION MISMATCH

Chatvi AP45

Gondition Type Aircraftposition difference 2* greater thanfive NM exists between two FMCswhen the operating dual. in Thestoragecapacity FMC ofthe hasbeenexceeded to the due primary flight sizeof the active plan. A lateral flightplanchange hasobviated steppoint, the or point been passed. has thestep DELETE prompt been ALL has pressed and a WPT/NAV is eitherpartof the active flight planor is beingusedby the FMCfor display position or computations. 2" greater A GW difference than one tonneexistsbetween the two FMCswhenoperating in dualmode. Gross weight entryis either belowor abovethe allowable range. Results whenthe two FMCs are unable maintain to dual operation to the inability due of the slaveto process requests fromthe master. Cruise altitude notbeen has definedbeforeenginestart. Enter CostIndex either the on the lNlTA pageor thestrategic performance MODEpage,as appropriate. p.413

F-PLNFULL

F-PLN STEPREMOVED 2*

F-PLN WPT/NAV RETAINED

GRO SSWEIGHT MISMATCH

GW OUT OF RANGE

2*

INDEPENDENT OPERATION

2"

INITIALIZE FL CRZ

2*

INITIALIZE COST INDEX 2*

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
Message INITIALIZE WEIGHTS Type 2*
Gondition

Chatvi AP45

Zero FuelWeighthas Eitherthe not beenenteredin the FMC,or the Fuel Quantitysensor is invalid. TheZeroFuelWeight Centerof Gravitymust be enteredon the lNlT B page,otherwiseperforwill mance predictions not run will not engage. and PROFILE cannotbe A validradioposition At computed. leastoneIRS is in the normalmode and valid position velocity inertial and data is available. Flightcrew has made an A CA RS f lig h t p la n u p lin k in which is contained data or formaterrors,or flight plan data notfoundin the navigation data base. and Speedbrakesaredeployed CAS is at least10 kts belowthe descent speed target, or 5 kts belowthe FAC VMIN. Displayed when20 pilot-defined waypointsor NAVAIDShave alreadybeen enteredinto the data base,and all 20 are being used in the activeflight plan. An ACARS downlinkhas been initiated and a communication problem exists between the FMCandthe MU (Management Unit).

INITIALIZE ZFWCG

2*

IRSONLYNAVIGATION 2*

INVALID ACARSDATA request

2*

LESS DRAG

2*

LISTOF TWENTYIN USE 1

MSG NOT SENT

2*

p.414

c-6

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE
Message NEW CRZ ALT _ HHHHH Type 1
Condition

Chatvi AP45

The cruisealtitudehas been changed,in the automatically FM C,t o HHHHH(F L ? ? ? )t o between remove inconsistency the CRZ ALT in the FMC,and enteredby the the FCU altitude pilot. An altitudeor speed constraint has beenenteredon the F-PLN A page,the DES* flight phase prompthas been pressed,and no destination beendefined has in the F MC. action Buttonpushorattempted FMC data is not allowedby the entry rules. The identifierof the requested NAVAIDis not in the data base.

NO DESTINATION

NOTALLOWED

NOT IN DATA BASE PLEASE WAIT 2*

Displayed duringresychronization of the masterand slave FMC. Buttonpushesare not acceptedfrom eitherCDU. Valid radio positiondata is however, inertial beingreceived, positionis not available. The referencedNAVAID has been deselected the flight by crew on the NAVAIDpage. The referencedNAVAID, selected the FMGfor tuning, by withinthe has not responded periodand allotted1O-second is classified untunable. as

RADIOONLY NAVIGATION REF NAVAID DESELECTED REF NAVAID UNTUNABLE

2*

2*

2*

p.415

c-7

A37O FilS PTLOT'S GUTDE
Message SECF-PLN CLEARED Type 1 Gondition An active flightplanrevision has exceeded storage the capacity the FMC,making of it necessary clearotherflight to plans. A FLEXTEMPhasbeen received ACARSfor the via FLEXTO is selected runway, engaged, the displayed and temperature to be set on the is TRP. Displayed whenthe crewhas elected manually to choose the type(FFor FQ)usedto sensor compute FOB,and the sensor of choice invalid; both is or become invalid a choice as is entered. Speedconstraint waypoint at +5 XXXXXwill bemetwithin not kts.XXXXX(waypoint), NNN (errorin knotsCAS). With PROFILE engaged and theaircraft thespeed below limit altitude, indicates speed it the limithasbeenexceeded 15 by knots. Informs crewthat FMCstep predictions altitude havebeen completed areavailable and on the STEPPREDpage. Theactive has situation caused the automatic deletion the of timeconstraint.

Chatvi AP45

SELECT C ON TRP XX

2*

SENSORIS INVALID

1

SPDERROR XXXXXINNN

2*

SPDLIMEXCEEDED

2*

STEPPREDAVAILABLE 2*

TIMECSTR REMOVED 2*

p.416

c-8

ASIO FINS PILOVS GUIDE
Message TIMEERROR [fiXXtHHMM Type 2* Gondition

Chatvi AP45

Timeconstraint waypoint at +2 X)fiXXwillnotbemetwithin minutes the specified of time. HH (hours) (minutes). MM grossweightentryis Takeoff eitherbelowor abovethe allowable range. Databasecrossloads have failedthreeconsecutive comparison tests. Databasecrossload been has completed. Databasecrossload in is progress FMCoutputs and are disabled untilthe transfer is complete. The NAVAID procedure is specified cannot tuned and be by the FMCbecause another N AVAIDis being m anually b y the flight cr ew. AAA (frequency). - FFF.FF

TOGW OUT OF RANGE

2*

TRANSFERABORTED 2*

TRANSFER COMPLETE 2*

TRANSFER IN PROGRESS

2*

TUNE AAA - FFF.FF

2*

tuned (identifier)

USINGL DG CONFIG 30t40

2*

Displayed whena landing configurationof hadbeen 2Q120 previously selected, DFAis a subsequently armedor engaged, the system and automatically reverts backto the 30/40configuration.

p.417

c-9

A31O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
Message Type Condition greaterthan 12 A difference NM existsbetween radio position IRSposition. and position Aircraft should be verified usingconventional means. VERIFY POSITION 2 * A/C

Chatvi AP45

ZFWOUTOF RANGE

2*

Zero tuelweightentryis either belowor abovethe allowable range.

p.418

c-1 0

Chatvi AP45

TERMINOLOGY

TERMINOLOGY some which of Thefollowing a listofterminology inthisguide, is used is unique the FMS, to acceleration to ACCELERATION ALTITUDE thataltitude is atwhich initial climbspeedis initiated slats/flaps retracted. are as ACTIVE FLIGHT PLANis the routebetween ORIGIN/DESTINAa TIONas defined the pilotin the FMC.Mayalsobe referred as to by theACTIVE PRIMARY FLIGHT PLAN. restriction. ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT refers an altitude to crossing (AFS) the AUTOFLIGHT SYSTEMS comprises FlightAugmentation (FAC),ThrustControl (TCC),FlightControl Computer Computer (FCC), the Flight Computer and Control (FCU). Unit CLASS is a measureof NAVAIDtransmitter range capability presentedasT Terminal, - LowAltitude,andH HighAltitude, L (e.9.TVOR,HVORTAC, LDME, etc). of COMPANY ROUTE comprises entire the route, theexception with thedestination STAR, between origin/destination, the including cost index, and cruise flightlevel. CONSTRAINT an altitude, is or speed, timerestriction. COST INDEXis a factorrepresenting cost of operating the the per in aircraft dollars hourdivided the costof fuel in centsper by pound. of the CROSSTALK thecommunicationinformation is between two (FMCs). computers

p.419

D-1

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

DATABASE the navigation performance-related is information and thatis stored the non-volatile in memory the Flight of Management Computer. DATA FIELD refersto a data line on the CDU where specific information displayed entered. is or DEFAULTrefersto data, from the FMC, that is automatically displayed when no previous entrieshave been made,or when entered datais manually cleared. DELTA is a termwhichdescribes vadable. a DESELEGT refersto the actionof inhibiting NAVAID a from being automatically tuned. DISCONTINUITY identifies breakin the lateral a flightplanwhere pa th te rmi n a ti o n s a ypoints/navaids)e t wo s u c c e s s i v e (w ar disconnected. EGONOMY CLIMBrefers an IAS/Mach to schedule whichresults in permile. minimum operating cost FIGURE OF MERITis a numberbetween and 3 that ratesa 0 , NAVAID with respect useable to reception range. FIX is a reference waypoint fromwhichan approach maneuver or procedure begun(i.e.,FinalApproach is Fix). FLIGHTMANAGEMENT SYSTEMis an integrated controland provides information guidance, system which automatic navigation, performance map displays, in-flight and optimization. system The comprises Control Display two and Units twoFlight and Management Computers. HOLDis a specified flightmaneuver utilized maintain relative to a geographical position. INSERT refers theactof transferring previously to data typedin the scratchpad the desired to dataline,or in the caseof the INSERT prompt to enterpagedataintothe FMC. (rF),
p.420

D-2

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

that refers the process ensuring the lRUs to of IRSALIGNMENT start their computations a knowngeographical latitudeand at longitude. path used LEGis oneof 16possible navigational terminations, inthe FMC,to deflne lateral a flightplan. MAPmodeis a format the Navigation wherea headingof Display presentation the routemoves up of relative a fixedaircraft to symbol. MAXIMUM ALTITUDE a computed is valuewhichconsiders thrust limitations, speedenvelope constraints, loadfactormargins. and MAXIMUM CLIMBrefers a speed-altitude to schedule whichresults pathangle. in a maximum climb flight MAXIMUM ENDURANGE a speed is target whichresults bestlift in overdrag ratio. NAVis an Automatic Flight System modewhichcouples Flight the guidance Management Computer signals the FlightControl to Computer. NAVAIDis a VHF radiostationthat is usedto determine aircraft position. performance OPTIMUM ALTITUDE thealtitude which is at factors of fuel,time,and costare optimized according the current to strategic cruise mode. PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZATION refersto the determination of speed/altitude schedules which minimize will cost, consumption fuel or elapsed time. PLANMODE a format theNavigation is of Display where aircraft the presentation the route symbolmovesrelative a fixednorth-up to of centered the TO waypoint. at PROCEDURE TURN is a coursereversal maneuver alignan to aircraft the finalapproach on course.
p.421

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

PROFILE anAFSmode is which couples FMCverticalguidance the signals the FCCandtheTCC. to PROMPT refers a symbol to displayed theCDU, adjacent a line to on select ( < or > ), or modify active key,to select data the flightplan(*). PSEUDO WAYPOINT a point is inserted thePrimary into Flight Plan profile. reflecting changein the vertical a TUNING the manualselectiona station, theCDU. on REMOTE is of to be autotunedby the FMC. isthe forthedisplay SCRATCHPAD bottom oftheCDUreserved line ofsystem messages, thetyping alphanumerics initialization for and of planning. andflight SCROLLING refers theactof moving CDUdisplay or down to the up on the screen accommodate to additional dataon the page. SECONDARY FLIGHTPLAN is an optional routethat may be into inserted the Flight Management for Computer lateractivation. SELECTED ALTITUDE refers the altitude to selected the FCU. on refers passing F-PLN SEQUENCED to waypoint TO to FROM. a (lMM SITUATIONAL MODES DES, DECEL, CLB, ENGOUT IMM and profile DRIFTDOWN) allowthe pilotto deviate from the vertical planchange. without necessitating a verticalflight These modes are eithermanually automatically or engaged. SPEED LIMITis a maximum speedspecified regulation. by SPEEDTRANSITION the pointor altitude whicha speed is at changeoccurs. SPEEDCONSTRAINT refersto an airspeed restriction a at point. specified

p.422

Rev 1

Dec/93

D-4

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

point theroute where the of is STEP ALTITUDE POINT a predicted cruise altitude changed. is parameters STRATEGIC MODEpertains verticalperformance to phases a flight. affecting all of parameters TACTICALMODE pertainsto verticalperformance affecting the current only flightphase. THRUST REDUCTION ALTITUDE that altitude is wheretake-off thrustis reduced/increasedclimbthrust. to = POUNDS. (1000 TONNESx2.2046 TONNE refersto metricton kg). = POUNDS. 1 TONNE 2204.6 pointof the routewherethe cruise TOPOF CLIMBis a predicted flightlevelentered the crew,intothe FMC,is reached. by pointof the routefrom which TOP OF DESCENT a predicted is performance the destination be achieved. optimum descent to may VAPPis finalapproach speedin the landing configuration has and a modifiable default valueof VREF+5 KTS. VFTOis finaltakeoff speed, Green Dot,or bestliftoverdragspeed. position, WAYPOINT a geographically-fixed is alongthe routeof flight, either contained withinthe databaseor defined the pilot. by WRITE refersto typingalphanumeric characters the CDU in scratchpad transfer the desired for into datalineon a page.

p.423

D-5

Chatvi AP45

p.424

Chatvi AP45

p.425

E-1

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

E-2

p.426

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

p.427

E-3

A37O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
Comp a nR o u t e y c o M p u r E D H o L DA T ............ CO NF I R M r o m p t P Cons tr a i A t t i t u d e nl Alt itu d E n t r y . . . ...... e TimeE n t r y Constraints ALTNF-PLN Copy c t i v e . . . . . . . ........ A c o RT E CO RTEACARS c o RT ESE Ct N D EX .............. Cos tln d e x Cros s- T i e do d e M Crossload DataBase Crossover Altitude c RUt s E AL Cruis e T NF - P L N Cruise Performance Change WindEntry Cruise c Rz . . .. . ALTC h a n g e. . . . ........., . FL . .. .. . . . . . . Page a c t i c a . . ......... T .l PRO G a g e . . . . .... P Win d . . . . . . . . c Rz F LA L T NF - P L N P CRZF L S E CI N D E X a g e c Rz wt N Ds Ec F - PL N D/ D. . . . . . . . . . . Das he s DA TA B A SH O L D T ............ E A (Nav) DataBase Cro s s l o a d Loader Operation Overview Sele c t i o n F t Dat a o r m aL i s tC D U .........
E-4

Chatvi AP45

...3.1- 4 3.5- 12 ..................3.3- 6 .................3.5- 9 3.1- 51 ........3.1- 39,3.1- 42 .......7-45 3.1- 74,7- 2 3.1- 23,3.1- 30 ..7-26 .............,...7- 2 3.1- 6. 3.1- 66 ...................8- 3 5-8.5-10 3.1-36 ................3.4- 1 ...............7- 46 . 3.4-10 3.4-12,3.4-13, 3.4-14 3.1- 14 ........3.4- 8 .........3.1- 7 3.1- 67,3.1- 69 3.2- 17,3.2- 20 3.1- 8, 3.2- 25 .............7- 46 ....7- 3 .........7- 6 3.3- 15 .................2- g 3.5- 11 .........5- 10 ..............5- 8 ..........5- 8 ..........5- 1 ...........3.1- 2 ...B- 1
p.428

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

...........7- 35 D AY / M O N T H ............... ..................4- 8 R D E A D E c Ko N tN G........:.......::........... ..........3.4- 3 D e c eM o d e l ..............7- 22 DEFTNED VATDS NA ..7-18 Runway Defined ................7- 10 W D e f i n e d a yp o i n ts .............8- 5 D e g r a d eN avi g a ti o n d .............8- 1 D e g r a d ePe rfo rma n .............. d ce ...3.2-11 Departure Runway Change DESCENT ............3.5- 1 P a t h . . . . . ... 3.5- 1. 3.5- 3 . PhaseTransition 3.4-26 ........3.4- 19 P r e p a r a t i o............... ns ...3.5-1 Vertical Profile Guidance ...............3.5- 6 V e r t i c a l e vi si o n s R ............7- 47 D e s c e n t L TNF -P L N A 3.5-2,3.5-3 Descent SpeedTargets Descent ACARS .........7-33 Winds .3.2- 23 D E SF O R EC A S T .3.4- 24 T D E SF O R EC A SP a g e........ .......7- 3 D E SF O R EC A SS E CIN D E X a g e T P 3.1-67,3.1-70 DESPageTactical D e s t i n a t i o n n d........ Wi 3.1- 63 3.4- 15,2- 17 DFLeg ......3.3- 22 D i r e cT o N AV t 3.1- 33 D i s c o n t i n ui ty.............. .................2- 3 Display 3.3-24 DIRTO P i nO p t i o n ........3.3- 23 D i v e r s i o n Al te rn a te ............3.7- 6 to .....3.8- 1 DONE ASE PH ..3.8-1 DONE Transition D 3.3- 12.3.4- 7 Drift own 2- 6 D S P Y n n u nci a to r................ ................... A ....8- 1 I D U A L R SN AV ............1- 6 D u a lM o d e ECON ECONStrategic N EFIS D
E -5

.3.1- 69,3.1- 70 ...3.1-65 ....,....,.....1- 3
p.429

A31O FMS PILOVS GU'DE
P EF | S F D EF I S L AN o d e P M Emer g e n c ye t u r n R ENAB L E T E R N A T.............. AL E Engin e u 1 . . . . . . . .... O EOA C C E L ACC EL o - Ar o u n d G DriftDownSituational Mode Drif t o w n D F-PL N 9 e . . . ...... Pa s f D... . . . . . . . St ra t e g i c o d ePa g e....,... M Ta k e o f f THRR E D THRR E DG o - A ro u n d Engin e u tF l i g hP 1 a n ....,..... O t Enrou t W i n d s C A R S e A EOAC C E L A R S AC EOTH RR EDA C A R S .............. ET 4 . . . . . . . . . . ET E. .. . . . . . . . ExitHolding Pattern EXTRA/TIME Fuel F-PLN P a g e A F-PLN Pa g e B F-PLN Discontinuity F-PLN / FAC A R S L FAI L n u n c i a t o r An Field . . . . . . . . . FI NA L / T I M E e l Fu FINAL/TIME HOLD FI NA L P P RPr o m p t A FL AP / SL AT . . . . . ....... ... FL EX FL EX C A R S A Flig hC o n t r o l n i t .......... t U Flig hP h a s e s t Flig hPl a n h e c k t C
E-6

Chatvi AP45

.. ......,...1- 3 .3.1- 72 .................3.3- 5 3.1- 24.3.7- 8. 7-47 3.3- O, 12 B.......3.2- 6 .............3.7- 2 3.3-12 .........3.4- 7 ...............3.3- 8 8- 12,8- 14 .3.3- 10 .......... 13 . 8..........3.2- 6 .........3.7- 2 .3.3- 8 .........7- 33 ...............7- 29 ...............7- 29 3.1- 35 3.1- 35 3.5-17 3.1-14 .....3.1- 34 ......3.1- 37 .3.1-33 ..................7- 26 ...................2- 6 ............2- 3 .3.1- 14 3.5-14 . ,........3.6- 3 3.2- 9. 30 7..3.2- 8 .......7- 29 ........1- 2 ..... 3.1- 1 .3.1- 71
p.430

ASIO FMS PILOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

. . . . . 7 -4 Flig h tPla nMemory pace S . . . . . 3 . 1 -1 7 Flig h tPla n ning .7-33 FlightPlan Uplink . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 2 -4 FL P RETR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2 8 FL P RETRACA RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 6 -3 P FL P RETRA pproach age ........ . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 7 -2 FL P RETRGo-A round 3 . 2 -2 6 FM A l nd ications ......... ..,......3.6-4 Indications Approach . . . . . . . . 8 -1 1 Fa ilu r e DuringE ngine tart.......... S . . . . . . 8 -1 1 Fix .......... . . ln d e p e n dent Operation . . . . . . . . 8 -9 M a lfun ctions ............... 4-2.4-3 Position 3.2-21 PositionUpdate 2 -2 0 , 3 . 4 -1 5 FM Le g . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -9 FM Re se t.. FM Re syn chronization . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -1 0 . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 3 . 6 -1 FM SAPPROA CH . . . . . . . . . . 2 -2 CDU Keyboard......... . . . . . . . . 2 -1 CDU O verview............ 1 -1 , 1 -4 .............. Co m p o n ents . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 4 -' l cRUlsE De g r a d e d erformance............ . . . P . . . . . . . 8.-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -3 Disp la y . . . . . . 1 -6 Du a lM o de 1 -7 , 8 -1 Mode ln d e p e n dent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -3 lNlTA Page......... 3 . 1 -1 1 lNlT B Pa9e......... . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -3 Initi alization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -1 L a ter a Functions l 1 M a jo rFu nctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -1 . . . 1 -6 M a sterSlave . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -6 Modes O pe r a ti onal Powe r - u p . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -1 Pr efl i gh t . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -1 . . . . 8 -5 Si ng leM ode . . . . . . . . . . .1.-5 . . Syste mConfiguration............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 2 -1 Ta ke o ff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -1 Ver ti cal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -2 FM S Fix ld entifiers
p.431

E-7

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUIDE
3.2- 25 FO B. .. . . . . . . FORECAST DES .3.2-23 Format Waypoint .2-17 .............3.1- 5 FRO M/ T O FRO M/ T O CI N D E X a g e SE P ..................7- 3 Fu e lPl a n n i n g . . . ........ 3.1- 11 3.2-24 FUELPRED 3.2- 24 Pred i c t i o na 9 e .,,....,. P ........3.4- 18 Pred i c t i o n s 3.1- 12 . Weig hE n t r y . . . .... t ..........7- 3 .............. FUE L R E D C| N D E X P SE ...............2- 4 Fu n c t i oK e y s . . . . .... n . General verview O G M T. . . . . . . . . G O -A R O U N D . . . ......... G o -Ar o u nPa g e . ........ d Go-Around Transition G re e n o t. . . . . . . . . .. D G W. . .. .... . . GW andCG Update G W an dF O BSE CF-P L N HDG / ST | S D U. . . ..... S HO LD HO LD T PP O S A Hold in g Pat te r n i t . . . . . ...... Ex Types Pattern HO L DPa 9 e . . . . ..... L Tit le i n e To A l t i t u d( H A) .......... e To F i x( H F ) . . . . . .... To M a n u aT e r m i n a ti o n l ............... VP . . . . . . . . . . . . . I M MCL B / I M M E S D CLBM o d e DE SM o d e

Chatvi AP45

..................1- 1 3.1- 47 3.7- 1 3.6- 2, 3.7- 1 3.6-12 .3.1- 65,3,3- 11 3.2- 25 3.2-15 .....7- 5 .............6- 4 .3.1- 23 ..3.5- 12 3.5- 10 3.5- 17 ...3.5-10 3.5- 11 3.5- 13 ........2- 21, 10 3.52- 21,3.5- 10 3.5- 11 2- 21. 3.1- 16 3.1- 61 ........3.4- 5 ........3.4- 2
p.432

E-8

A31O FMS PTLOT'S GUIDE
r NBCRS HOLD cRS PR OCT .............. DtsT PR OCT........... Independent Mode OP TNDEPEN DE NT E RA TION Fix......... Ind e p e n d e nt Operation IN ERTIAL nlyNA V O lNlTA Pa g e ........ lNlT B Pag e ........ Initi aliza ti on Initi aliza ti on ...,,...... IRS TNSERT LD HO PR OCT............... Ste p ......... IRS/FMPosition Verification fRS- D M E/DME Navigation........... .............. IR S- lL S/DME Navigation IR S- VOR/DME Navigation ........... IR SAlig n Attitude Mode De scr ip ti on ln iti aliza tion Modes O FF M od e o NL Y NAV ......... Positi on IR S M O N ITOR age P IR UAlig nSubmode AttitudeMode Initi aliza tionubmode S lNlT Pr o b 1ems............ M o d eSe lectUnit........... NAV M od e Pr ob le m s AfterlNlT QuickRe-Align Problems QuickRe-Align Re a lig n Submode Syste mO peration Diagram Syste mTu rn Off Te st.......... E -9

Chatvi AP45

. . . 3 . 5 -1 3 . . . . . . . 3 . 6 -6 . . . . , . . . . . 3 . 6 -6 1-6,8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -7 . 3 . 1 -3 . 3 . 1 -1 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -3 . . . . . . . . . , 6 -9 . . . . . 3 . 5 -1 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 6 -9 3 . 1 -6 0 ..3.1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -4 . . . . . . . . . 4 -6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -7 ...6.6-15 . . . . . . . 6 -1 . . . . . . . 6 -9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -6 . . . . . . . . 6 -1 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -7 . . . . . . . . . . 4 -2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -1 8 ...6-18 . . . . . . . . 6 -1 8 . . . . . . . . . 6 -1 1 . . . . , 6 -2 . . . . . . . . 6 -1 8 . . . . . . .. . . 6 -1 3 .6-13 ...6-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 6 -1 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -1 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -1 8 . . . . . , . 6 -8
p.433

A37O FMS PILOT'S GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

p.434

E -10

A31O FMS PILOT'S GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

p.435

E-l1

A31O FIWSPILOVS GUIDE
T NewR o u t e o . . . . ......... NEWWAYPOINT T NE WW AY P O I NF u n cti o n NOAL T NH O L D Mo NoneN a v i g a t i o n d e Nume r iK e y s . . . . ..... c O c e a n i W a y p o i n ts c o FST . . . . . . . . A O FST n n u n c i a to r................ Descent On-Path O p e ra t i o nM lo d e s a . O PTAl t i t u d e. . . . . ........ o PT F L T o u TB c R S P R O C ............... O v e rf l y O v e rv i e C D U. . . . ..... w DataB a s e Nav i g a t i o n PageN u m b e r . . . ......... PageP r o m p t s . . .......... Page r e e s . . . . . . ........ T . 3.3- 16 3,1.23 ...3.1- 27 ..3.5- 16 ..........8- 8 ................2- 6 ................7- 14 3.2- 20 ...................2- 6 .3.5-1 ................1- 6 3.2- 20 3.1- 14 .................3.6- 9 ..................2- 9 ..........,...2- 1 .........5- 1 ........4- 1

Chatvi AP45

.............2- 9 ............2- 9 2- 11112, 2- 12t13, 2-13114, 2-15116 ......3.2-20,3.4-15 Offset Parallel ..3.3- 26 Pt B t D ............7- 11 PB DW a y p o i n t . .......... .............7- 10 PD W a y p o i n t . . . .......... . 3.4-10 Change Cruise Performance .........5- 1 DataB a s e ..........8- 1 Deg r a d e d 3.1- 65 Modes ............1- 3 PF D.. . . . . . . .............1 7- 1 Wa yp ................ Pla c e / B e a r i n g /D i sta n ce o i n t ...........7- 10 Wa ............. Pla c e / D i s t a n c e yp o i n t ...3.2-21,3.2-26 Update Position

p.436

A31O FMS PILOVS OUTDE
P o s i t i oV e r ifi ca ti o n n P O SR E P O R T C A R S A Power-up P P O S D U. ....... |S P r e d i c t i o As T NF -P L N nL Step Prediction ......... Preflight P R E D O . . . ......... T Preparation Descent Turns Procedure P R O C . . . . . .......... T M a n u aT e r mi n a ti o n l .............. P r o c e d u rSp e ci fi e d e P r o f i l e g a g e me n t.............. En P R O G a 9 e ......... P Pseudo Waypoints R Quick e-Align lmprovement Package Quality

Chatvi AP45

...............3.1- 5 ..........7- 25 ..............3.1- 1 ...................6- 3 .......7- 45 3.1-49 3-1,3.1-1,7-2 .3.1- 68,3.1- 70 3.4-19 ..3.6-6 .3.1- 23 ...............3.6- 7 ...........3.6- 6 .3.2- 30 3.2- 17 3.1-15 .....6- 13 1-1,3.1-3, 3.1- 5,3.1- 8, 3.1- 10

R A D f O n l yN A V ...................4- 7 O R a d i o p d a ti n g -F MC si ti o n .......,........ ...4- 3 U Po .. . ... R e - Al i gIn U........... R ...............6- 13 R E F ER E N C E D E X IN .............7- 9 R e s y n c h r o ni za F M............ ti o n .. . . ....8- 10 RETURN 3.1- 24,3.1- 48 HOLD 3.5- 16 P R O C . . . ............ T ...............3.6- 9 S t e p . . . . . . ... 3.1- 60 R E T U R N AIN T a g e........ M P ..7- 38 R e t u r n o A u to tu n i n g T ............ ..................3.3- 4 REVERT HOLD TO 3.5-15 ROUTE ARS AC ..,7- 24 R o u t e e l e cti oP a g e ......... ...3.1- 10 S n 3.1- 13 R T ER S V / % u e .......... F l

p.437

E -l3

A37O FMS PILOVS

GUTDE

Chatvi AP45

p.438

E-I4

A31O FMS PILOVS OUIDE

Chatvi AP45

...3.2-13 Speed Changes Co n str ainEntry........ t 3 . 1 -4 3 L im it....,.... 3 . 1 -4 7 , 3 . 1 -4 9 SRS Mode 3.2-28 3 . 1 -2 2 STAR........ ...3.4-20 STAR Selection .7-26 STATUSACARS Ste pAlti tu d e/P rediction A ........... . . . P age 3 . 1 -5 3 Clim b 3 . 1 -1 6 , 3 . 1 -5 3 De sce n t 3 . 1 -1 6 . 3 . 1 -5 3 PR ED....... 3 . 1 -4 8 PR EDF- PLN8............... . . . . 3 . 1 -4 9 T|M E/D IST . . . . . . . . 3 . 1 -5 9 TO FL 3 . 1 -5 8 WINDa t FL ........ 3 . 1 -5 9 Strategic Mode .....3.3-21 M o d e Pa 9 e......... 3 . 1 -6 5 ( Sym bo ls + o r -) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 2 -9 Syste mC on figuration ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -5 T/O D ATA . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2 4 Tactical ModeAutomatic .......3.3-20 M o d eM an ual . . . . 3 . 3 -1 9 M o d e Pa 9 e......... 3 . 1 -6 7 Ta ke o tf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 2 -1 FM A Ind ications......... 3 . 2 -2 6 Pag e ........ . . . . . . . . . 3 . 2 -2 Pag eACARSUplink , . , . . . . . . . 3 . 2 -7 PositionUpdate 3.2-26 Ro ll.......... . . . . . . . . . 3 . 2 -2 6 Transition 3.1-74 Ta ke o ff TN F-P LN AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -4 6 TAKEOFF PageA CA RS........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2 6 TAXI Fuel 3.1-12 TEM P/TR OP O ........... 3 . 1 -7 ,3 . 2 -2 5 TEMP/TROPO SEC F-PLN ...7-5 Te m p e r a tur e ............. 3 . 1 -3 8 Temperature ALTN F-PLN .....7-46 TEM PVe r t Rev . . . . 3 . 1 -4 9 Te r m in o lo g...................:............. y . . . . . . . . . .D-1 .. E -15
lha litlthic d^^"mahr

p.439

A3'O FMS PILOVS GUTDE
P TES TP A T T E R N a g e........ TF L e g THRA T SM o d e Al RE D / AC C E L t i tu d e s RE D . . . . . . RE DG o - Ar o u n d Th re e - M i n u t e - a l i gIR U........... R n THRR EDAC A R S Th ru sR e d u c t i o n ti tu d e t Al TI M E/D I S TO L D H TI M E/D I S T TimeConstraint Entry Tit le i e l d F L ineF - PL N . . . . .......... 4 L ineH O L D L inePR O G g e........ Pa PRO C . . . . . . . . . ...... T TO G W . . . . . To p -o f - C l i m b. . . ......... ... To p -o f - D e s c e n t.......... TO S H T F T Transition Takeoff t o A p p r o a c.h. . . .......... . t o Cl i m b a s e Ph to Cruise Phase to Descent Phase to DONE t o Go - Ar o u n d . ............ TRI M TR| M A R S AC TRI P / T I MF u e l. . . .. . E TRI PH O L D TROPO Tuning Automatic Tu n in g a n u a l M Tu n in g a v a i d s N Tu rn r o w Ar TURN O L D H

Chatvi AP45

..7- 37 3.4- 15,2- 17 ....3.2- 28 ........3.2- 10 .........3.2- 6 .................3.7- 2 ...........6- 13 ..................7- 2e ......3.1- 50 3.5- 14 3.1- 59 3.1-39 .............2- 3 ........3.1- 35 ........3.5- 13 .......3.2- 18 ...............3.6- 9 3.1- 13 3.1- 16 ............3.5- 1 .............3.2- 6 3.1-74 3.5- 18 .3.2- 30 3.3-27 3.4-26 ...........3.8- 1 3.7- 12 ...3.2- 9 .......7- 30 3.1- 13 3.5- 14 3.2-25 .4-10 .....4- 11 ....32- 22 ...........2- 9 ........3.5- 14

p.440

E -16

A31O FMS PTLOVS GUIDE

Chatvi AP45

E-17

p.441

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful